AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE CO SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
485APOS, 1995-12-27
Previous: ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL CORP, DEF 14A, 1995-12-27
Next: SUPER FOOD SERVICES INC, 10-Q, 1995-12-27



                                                    Registration Nos. 33-43390
                                                                      811-2441

   
              As filed with the Commission on December 27, 1995
    

                 --------------------------------------------


                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM N-4

   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
         Pre-Effective Amendment No.          -
         Post-Effective Amendment No.  5      X
                                      ---    ---
    


                                    and/or

   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
         Amendment No.   47                   X
                        ----                 ---
    


                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                          (Exact Name of Registrant)

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              (Name of Depositor)

                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                           Houston, Texas 77019-2191
       (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Officers) (Zip Code)
                                (713) 831-3632
              (Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

                            Steven A. Glover, Esq.
               Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
                    American General Life Insurance Company
                  2727-A Allen Parkway, Houston, Texas 77019
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

        Copies of all communications to Freedman, Levy, Kroll & Simonds
                           1050 Connecticut Avenue,
                                N.W., Suite 825
                            Washington, D.C. 20036
                        Attention: Gary O. Cohen, Esq.

 Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:  Continuous

 It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

   
 |_|     Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
 |_|     On (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
 |_|     60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
    

<PAGE>

   
 |X| On March 15,  1996  pursuant to  paragraph  (a)(1) of Rule 485 
 |_| 75 days after filing  pursuant to paragraph  (a)(2) of Rule 485
 |_| On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) (2) of Rule 485
    


If appropriate, check the following:

 |_| This  post-effective  amendment designates  a new  effective  date  for a
     previously filed post-effective amendment

   

Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 24f-2 under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, Registrant has elected to register an indefinite number or amount of its
securities  under the  Securities  Act of 1933.  That election was  previously
filed in Registrant's  Form N-4  registration  statement  (File No.  2-49805).
Registrant  filed a Rule 24f-2 Notice on February  _____,  1996,  for its most
recent fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

    

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                                   FORM N-4

                             Cross Reference Sheet
                            Pursuant to Rule 495(a)
                       Under the Securities Act of 1933

   
                                    PART A
               Showing Location of Information in Prospectuses (1)
    

Form N-4
Item No.                                       Prospectus Caption

 1.  Cover Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page

 2.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary

 3.  Synopsis or Highlights. . . . . . . . . . Synopsis of Contract Provisions

   
 4.  Condensed Financial Information . . . . . Synopsis of Contract Provisions
                                               - Financial and Performance
                                               Information; Cover Page;
                                               Selected Accumulation Unit
                                               Data(2); Financial
                                               Information(3)

 5.  General Description of Registrant,
     Depositor and Portfolio Companies . . . . AG Life; Separate Account D;
                                               The Funds(3); Cover Page

 6.  Deductions and Expenses . . . . . . . . . Charges Under the Contracts;
                                               Long-Term Care, Catastrophic
                                               Medical Expenses and Terminal
                                               Illness

 7.  General Description of Variable
     Annuity Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . Synopsis of Contract Provisions
                                               - Communications to Us; Owner
                                               Account Value; Transfer,
                                               Automatic Rebalancing,
                                               Surrender and Partial
                                               Withdrawal of Owner Account
                                               Value(2); Transfer, Automatic
                                               Rebalancing, Surrender and
                                               Partial Withdrawal of Owner
                                               Account Value(3); Owners,
                                               Annuitants and Beneficiaries;
                                               Assignments; Rights Reserved by
                                               Us

- - -------- 

          (1)  This  registration  statement  contains two  prospectuses  that
               relate to  successive  versions  of the same  form of  variable
               annuity contract.  Each successive  version generally  reflects
               enhancements  made to the form of contract over time. Except as
               otherwise noted, the information required by Part A of Form N-4
               is  located  under  the  captions   identified  below  in  each
               prospectus contained herein.

          (2)  Contained in the Prospectus relating to Contract Form No. 93020
               and Contract  Form No. 93021 (See Part C, Item 24.  4(f)(i) and
               (f)(ii)).  

          (3)  Contained in the Prospectus relating to Contract Form No. 95020
               and Contract  Form No. 95021 (See Part C, Item 24.  4(g)(i) and
               (g)(ii)).
    

                                       i

<PAGE>

                                    PART A

Form N-4
Item No.                                       Prospectus Caption
- - --------                                       ------------------
 8.  Annuity Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Annuity Period and Annuity
                                               Payment Options

 9.  Death Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Death Proceeds

10.  Purchases and Contract Value. . . . . . . Contract Issuance and Purchase
                                               Payments; Variable Account
                                               Value; Distribution
                                               Arrangements; One-Time
                                               Reinstatement Privilege

   
11.  Redemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer, Surrender and Partial
                                               Withdrawal of Owner Account
                                               Value(2); Transfer, Automatic
                                               Rebalancing, Surrender and
                                               Partial Withdrawal of Owner
                                               Account Value(3); Annuity
                                               Payment Options; Contract
                                               Issuance and Purchase Payments;
                                               Synopsis of Contract Provisions
                                               - Surrenders, Withdrawals and
                                               Cancellations; Payment and
                                               Deferment
    

12.  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Federal Income Tax Matters;
                                               Synopsis of Contract Provisions
                                               - Limitations Imposed by
                                               Retirement Plans and Employers

13.  Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable

14.  Table of Contents of Statement
     of Additional Information . . . . . . . . Contents of Statement of
                                               Additional Information

- - --------

   
          (2)  Contained in the Prospectus relating to Contract Form No. 93020
               and Contract  Form No. 93021 (See Part C, Item 24.  4(f)(i) and
               (f)(ii)).  

          (3)  Contained in the Prospectus relating to Contract Form No. 95020
               and Contract  Form No. 95021 (See Part C, Item 24.  4(g)(i) and
               (g)(ii)).
    

                                      ii

<PAGE>

                                    PART B

   
   Showing Location of Information in Statement of Additional Information(4)
    

                                               Caption in
Form N-4                                       Statement of
Item No.                                       Additional Information
- - --------                                       ----------------------
15.  Cover Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page

16.  Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page

17.  General Information and
     History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Information;
                                               Regulation and Reserves

18.  Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Independent
                                               Auditors; Services

   
19.  Purchase of Securities
     Being Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable(5)
    

20.  Underwriters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal Underwriters

21.  Calculation of Performance
     Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Data for the
                                               Divisions

   
22.  Annuity Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable(5)
    

23.  Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . Financial Statements


                                    PART C

Information  required  to be  set  forth  in  Part C is set  forth  under  the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C of the Registration Statement.

- - --------

          (4)  This   registration   statement   contains  two  statements  of
               additional   information   (each  an  "SAI")   that  relate  to
               successive  versions  of the  same  form  of  variable  annuity
               contract.    Each   successive   version   generally   reflects
               enhancements   made  to  the  contract  over  time.  Except  as
               otherwise noted, the information required by Part B of Form N-4
               is  located  under the  captions  identified  below in each SAI
               contained herein.

          (5)  All required information is included in Prospectus.

                                      iii

<PAGE>

   
     Registrant  is  filing  this  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  5  for  the
     principal  purpose of adding to the  Registration  Statement a prospectus
     and a statement  of  additional  information  with respect to an enhanced
     version of the Combination Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract offered by
     American General Life Insurance Company.

     Registrant  does not intend for this  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 5 to
     delete,  from the Registration  Statement,  any document  included in the
     Registration  Statement,  including any currently  effective  prospectus,
     supplement thereto, or statement of additional information.
    

                                      iv

<PAGE>

   
               COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                                  OFFERED BY
                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                       ANNUITY ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT
                   P.O. BOX 1401, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77251-1401
                          1-800-247-6584 713/831-3505

American  General Life Insurance  Company ("AG Life") is offering the flexible
payment deferred  individual annuity contracts (the "Contracts")  described in
this Prospectus.

You may use AG Life's  Separate  Account D for a  variable  investment  return
under  the  Contracts  based  on one or  more  of the  following  mutual  fund
portfolios  of the Van Kampen  American  Capital Life  Investment  Trust:  the
Emerging  Growth Fund, the  Enterprise  Fund, the Global Equity Fund, the Real
Estate Securities Fund, the Growth and Income Fund, the Asset Allocation Fund,
the Domestic Income Fund, the Government Fund, and the Money Market Fund.

You may also use AG  Life's  guaranteed  interest  accumulation  option.  This
option has five  different  guarantee  periods,  each with its own  guaranteed
interest rate.

This  Prospectus is designed to provide  information  about the Contracts that
you should know before  investing.  Please read it  carefully  and keep it for
future  reference.  Information  about certain  aspects of the  Contracts,  in
addition to that found in this Prospectus,  has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  in the  Statement  of  Additional  Information  (the
"Statement").  The  Statement,  dated  March  15,  1996,  is  incorporated  by
reference  into this  Prospectus.  The "Table of  Contents"  of the  Statement
appears  at page ___ of this  Prospectus.  You may  obtain a free  copy of the
Statement  upon  written or oral request to AG Life's  Annuity  Administration
Department  in our Home  Office,  which is  located at 2727-A  Allen  Parkway,
Houston,  Texas 77019-2191.  The mailing address and telephone numbers are set
forth above.
    

NO  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED
STATEMENT (OR ANY SALES LITERATURE APPROVED BY AG LIFE) IN CONNECTION WITH THE
OFFER CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS  MUST  NOT BE  RELIED  UPON AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED.  THE
CONTRACTS  ARE NOT  AVAILABLE  IN ALL  STATES  AND  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM SUCH OFFER WOULD
BE UNLAWFUL THEREIN.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

   
THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY A CURRENT  PROSPECTUS OF THE
VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST.

                        Prospectus dated March 15, 1996
    

                                       1

<PAGE>



                                   CONTENTS

   
Glossary.....................................................................
Fee Table....................................................................
Synopsis of Contract Provisions..............................................
Financial Information........................................................
AG Life......................................................................
Separate Account D...........................................................
The Funds ...................................................................
The Fixed Account............................................................
Contract Issuance and Purchase Payments......................................
Owner Account Value..........................................................
  Variable Account Value.....................................................
  Fixed Account Value........................................................
Transfer, Automatic Rebalancing, Surrender and Partial Withdrawal of Owner
  Account Value..............................................................
  Transfers..................................................................
  Automatic Rebalancing......................................................
  Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals.........................................
Annuity Period and Annuity Payment Options...................................
  Annuity Commencement Date..................................................
  Application of Owner Account Value.........................................
  Fixed and Variable Annuity Payments........................................
  Annuity Payment Options....................................................
  Transfers..................................................................
Death Proceeds...............................................................
  Death Proceeds Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date......................
  Death Proceeds After the Annuity Commencement Date.........................
  Proof of Death.............................................................
Charges Under the Contracts..................................................
  Premium Taxes..............................................................
  Surrender Charge...........................................................
  Transfer Charges...........................................................
  Annual Contract Fee........................................................
  Charge to Separate Account D...............................................
  Miscellaneous..............................................................
  Systematic Withdrawal Plan ................................................
  One-Time Reinstatement Privilege...........................................
  Reduction in Sales and Administrative Charges..............................
Long-Term Care, Catastrophic Medical Expenses and Terminal Illness...........
  Long-Term Care.............................................................
  Catastrophic Medical Expenses..............................................
  Terminal Illness...........................................................
Other Aspects of the Contracts...............................................
  Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries; Assignments..........................
  Reports....................................................................
  Rights Reserved by Us......................................................
  Payment and Deferment......................................................
    

                                       2

<PAGE>

   
Federal Income Tax Matters...................................................
  General....................................................................
  Non-Qualified Contracts....................................................
  Individual Retirement Annuities ("IRAs")...................................
  Simplified Employee Pension Plans..........................................
  Other Qualified Plans......................................................
  Private Employer Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plans......................
  Excess Distributions - 15% Tax.............................................
  Federal Income Tax Withholding and Reporting...............................
  Taxes Payable by AG Life and Separate Account D............................
Distribution Arrangements....................................................
Legal Matters................................................................
Other Information on File....................................................
Contents of Statement of Additional Information..............................
    

                                       3

<PAGE>

                                   GLOSSARY


WE, OUR AND US - American General Life Insurance Company ("AG Life").

YOU  AND  YOUR - a  reader  of this  Prospectus  who is  contemplating  making
purchase  payments or taking any other action in  connection  with a Contract.
This would generally be the Owner.

ACCOUNT  VALUE - the sum of your  Fixed  Account  Value and  Variable  Account
Value.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT - a measuring unit used in  calculating  your interest in a
Division of Separate Account D prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

ANNUITANT - the person named as such in the  application for a Contract and on
whose life annuity payments may be based.

ANNUITY  COMMENCEMENT  DATE - the date on which we begin making payments under
an Annuity Payment Option, unless a lump-sum distribution is elected instead.

ANNUITY  PAYMENT OPTION - one of the several forms in which you can request us
to make annuity payments.

ANNUITY  PERIOD - the period  during which we make annuity  payments  under an
Annuity Payment Option.

ANNUITY  UNIT - a measuring  unit used in  calculating  the amount of Variable
Annuity Payments.

BENEFICIARY  - the person that you designate to receive any proceeds due under
a Contract following the death of an Owner or an Annuitant.

CODE - the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

   
CONTINGENT  ANNUITANT  - a person  that you  designate  under a  Non-Qualified
Contract  to become the  Annuitant  if the  Annuitant  dies before the Annuity
Commencement Date and the Contingent Annuitant survives the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT  BENEFICIARY  - a person that you designate to receive any proceeds
due under a Contract  following the death of an Owner or an Annuitant,  if the
Beneficiary has died but the Contingent  Beneficiary survives at the time such
proceeds become payable.
    

CONTRACT - an individual annuity Contract offered by this Prospectus.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY - each anniversary of the date of issue of the Contract.

CONTRACT YEAR - each year beginning with the date of issue of the Contract.

DIVISION - one of the several different investment options into which Separate
Account D is divided.

                                       4

<PAGE>

FIXED ACCOUNT - the name of the  investment  alternative  under which purchase
payments are allocated to AG Life's General Account.

FIXED  ACCOUNT  VALUE - the amount of your Account Value which is in the Fixed
Account.

FIXED ANNUITY  PAYMENTS - annuity payments that are fixed in amount and do not
vary with the investment experience of any Division of Separate Account D.

   
FUND - an  individual  fund  available  for  investment  under the  Contracts.
Currently,  each  Fund is a part  of the  Van  Kampen  American  Capital  Life
Investment Trust.
    

GENERAL ACCOUNT - all assets of AG Life other than those in Separate Account D
or any other legally-segregated separate account established by AG Life.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE - the rate of interest we credit during any Guarantee
Period, on an effective annual basis.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD  - the  period  for  which  a  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate is
credited.

   
HOME  OFFICE - our  office  at the  following  addresses  and  phone  numbers:
American General Life Insurance Company,  Annuity  Administration  Department,
2727-A Allen Parkway,  Houston,  Texas 77019-2191;  mailing address - P.O. Box
1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401; 1-800-247-6584 or 713-831-3505.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ("1940  ACT") - a federal  law  governing  the
operations of investment companies such as the Funds and Separate Account D.
    

NON-QUALIFIED  - not eligible  for the special  federal  income tax  treatment
applicable in connection with retirement  plans pursuant to Sections 401, 403,
or 408 of the Code.

OWNER - the  holder of record  of a  Contract,  except  that the  employer  or
trustee may be the Owner of the Contract in connection with a retirement plan.

QUALIFIED - eligible for the special  federal income tax treatment  applicable
in connection with  retirement  plans pursuant to sections 401, 403, or 408 of
the Code.

SEPARATE  ACCOUNT D - the  segregated  asset  account  referred to as American
General Life Insurance  Company  Separate Account D established to receive and
invest purchase payments under the Contracts.

SURRENDER  CHARGE - a charge  for sales  expenses  that may be  assessed  upon
surrenders of and payments of certain other amounts from a Contract.

   
VALUATION  DATE - all days on which we are  open  for  business  except,  with
respect to any  Division,  days on which the  related  Fund does not value its
shares.
    

                                       5

<PAGE>

VALUATION  PERIOD - the period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the exchange on the next succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY PAYMENTS - annuity payments that vary in amount based on the
investment experience of one or more of the Divisions of Separate Account D.

VARIABLE  ACCOUNT VALUE - the amount of your Account Value that is in Separate
Account D.

WRITTEN - signed, dated, in form and substance satisfactory to us and received
at our Home Office.  See "Synopsis of Contract  Provisions - Communications to
Us." You must use special forms provided by us or your sales representative to
authorize  telephone  transfers,  elect an  Annuity  Option or  exercise  your
one-time reinstatement privilege.

                                       6

<PAGE>

                                   FEE TABLE

   
     The  purpose  of this Fee Table is to  assist  you in  understanding  the
various costs and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly  pursuant
to a Contract and in connection with the Funds. The table reflects expenses of
the Separate Account as well as the Funds.  Amounts for state premium taxes or
similar assessments may also be deducted, where applicable.
    

Participant Transaction Charges

   
     Front-End Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases..........................0%
     Maximum Surrender Charge(1)..........................................6%
     (computed as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered)
     Transfer Fee.......................................................$ 0 (2)


Annual Contract Fee(3)...................................................$30

Separate Account D Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net asset
value)

     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.................................1.25%
     Administrative Expense Charge.....................................  15%
       Total Separate Account D Annual Expenses........................1.40%

    

- - --------

          (1)  This  charge  does  not  apply  or  is  reduced  under  certain
               circumstances. See "Surrender Charge."

   
          (2)  This  charge is $25  after the  twelfth  transfer  during  each
               Contract Year prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date. There is
               an exception to this charge.  See "Automatic  Rebalancing." 
    

          (3)  This charge is not imposed during the Annuity Period.

                                       7

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
The Funds' Annual Expenses(1)  (as a percentage of average net  assets)
<CAPTION>

                                    Management                Other
                                    Fees After                Expenses                      Total  Fund
                                    Expense Re-               After Expense                 Operating
                                    imbursement(2)            Reimbursement(2)              Expenses
<S>                                 <C>                       <C>                           <C>
Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Growth and Income
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
</TABLE>

Example       If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time
              period(3),  a $1,000  investment would be subject to the following
              expenses, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:

<TABLE>
If all amounts are invested
in one of the following
Funds:
<CAPTION>
                                               1 year          3 years          5 years        10 years
                                               ------          -------          -------        --------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
Emerging Growth                                                                 N/A            N/A
Enterprise
Global Equity                                                                   N/A            N/A
Real Estate Securities                                                          N/A            N/A
Growth and Income                                                               N/A            N/A
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
<FN>

          (1)  The annual  expenses are estimated for the current  fiscal year
               for the Emerging Growth, Global Equity, Real Estate Securities,
               and  Growth  and  Income  Funds  because  none of the Funds has
               financial statements covering a period of at least ten months.

          (2)  If certain voluntary expense reimbursements from the investment
               adviser were  terminated,  management  fees and other  expenses
               (including  estimated  fees and charges) would have been as set
               out in the following table.
</FN>
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Management            Other              Total
                                            Fees              Expenses           Expenses
<S>                                      <C>                  <C>                <C>
Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Growth and Income
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
<FN>

          (3)  In this Example and the Example that follows,  "N/A"  indicates
               that SEC rules require that the Emerging Growth, Global Equity,
               Real Estate  Securities,  and Growth and Income Funds  complete
               the Example for only the one and three year periods.
</FN>
    
</TABLE>

                                       8

<PAGE>

   
Example          If you do NOT  surrender  your  Contract a $1,000  investment
                 would be subject  to the  following  expenses,  assuming a 5%
                 annual return on assets:

<TABLE>
If all amounts are invested             
in one of the following
Funds:
<CAPTION>
                                               1 year          3 years          5 years        10 years
                                               ------          -------          -------        --------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
Emerging Growth                                                                 N/A            N/A
Enterprise
Global Equity                                                                   N/A            N/A
Real Estate Securities                                                          N/A            N/A
Growth and Income                                                               N/A            N/A
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
</TABLE>


     THE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES.  Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. Similarly,
the assumed 5% annual  rate of return is not an  estimate  or a  guarantee  of
future investment performance.

    

                        SYNOPSIS OF CONTRACT PROVISIONS

     This  synopsis  should be read together  with the other  information  set
forth in this  Prospectus.  Variations due to requirements  particular to your
state are described in supplements  which are attached to this Prospectus,  or
in endorsements to your Contract, as appropriate.

     The Contracts  are designed to provide  retirement  benefits  through the
accumulation  of purchase  payments on a fixed or variable  basis,  and by the
application  of such  accumulations  to  provide  Fixed  or  Variable  Annuity
Payments.

 MINIMUM INVESTMENT REQUIREMENTS

   
     Your initial purchase payment must be at least $10,000. The amount of any
subsequent  purchase  payment  that you make  must be at least  $100.  If your
Account  Value falls below $500,  we may cancel your  interest in the Contract
and treat it as a full  surrender.  We also may transfer funds from a Division
(other than the Money Market Division) or Guarantee Period under your Contract
without  charge to the Money  Market  Division  if the  Account  Value of that
Division or Guarantee  Period  falls below $500.  See  "Contract  Issuance and
Purchase Payments."
    

PURCHASE PAYMENT ACCUMULATION

   
     Purchase  payments will be accumulated on a variable or fixed basis until
the Annuity  Commencement  Date. For variable  accumulation,  you may allocate
part  or all of  your  Account  Value  to one or  more  of the  nine available
Divisions of Separate  Account D. Each such Division  invests solely in shares
of one of nine corresponding  mutual fund Funds. See "The Funds." As the value
of the  investments  in a Fund's shares  increases or decreases,  the value of
accumulated   purchase  payments  allocated  to  the  corresponding   Division
increases or decreases,  subject to  applicable  charges and  deductions.  See
"Variable Account Value."
    

                                       9

<PAGE>

   
     For fixed  accumulation,  you may  allocate  part or all of your  Account
Value to one or more of the five Guarantee Periods currently  available in our
Fixed Account. Each Guarantee Period is for a different period of time and has
a different  Guaranteed  Interest Rate. While allocated to a Guarantee Period,
the  value  of  accumulated  purchase  payments  increases  at the  Guaranteed
Interest Rate applicable to that Guarantee Period. See "The Fixed Account."
    

FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

     You may  elect  to  receive  Fixed or  Variable  Annuity  Payments,  or a
combination  thereof,  commencing  on the  Annuity  Commencement  Date.  Fixed
Annuity  Payments are periodic  payments from AG Life,  the amount of which is
fixed and guaranteed by AG Life. The amount of the payments will depend on the
Annuity  Payment  Option  chosen,  the  age  and,  in some  cases,  sex of the
Annuitant,  and the total amount of Account Value applied to the fixed Annuity
Payment Option.

     Variable Annuity Payments are similar to Fixed Annuity  Payments,  except
that the amount of each periodic payment from AG Life will vary reflecting the
net investment return of the Division or Divisions chosen in connection with a
variable  Annuity  Payment  Option.  If the net investment  return for a given
month exceeds the assumed interest rate used in the Contract's annuity tables,
the monthly  payment  will be greater than the  previous  payment.  If the net
investment  return for a month is less than the  assumed  interest  rate,  the
monthly payment will be less than the previous  payment.  The assumed interest
rate used in the Contract's  annuity tables is 3.5%. AG Life may in the future
offer other forms of Contract with a lower assumed interest rate, and reserves
the right to  discontinue  the  offering of the higher  interest  rate form of
Contract. See "Annuity Period and Annuity Payment Options."

CHANGES IN ALLOCATIONS AMONG DIVISIONS AND GUARANTEE PERIODS

     Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you may modify your election with
respect to the allocation of future  purchase  payments to each of the various
Divisions and Guarantee Periods, without charge.

     In addition,  you may  reallocate  your Account Value among the Divisions
and Guarantee Periods prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Transfers out of
a Guarantee  Period,  however,  are subject to limitations  as to amount.  For
these and other terms and conditions of transfer, see "Transfer, Surrender and
Partial Withdrawal of Owner Account Value - Transfers."

     After the Annuity  Commencement  Date, you may make  transfers  among the
Divisions or to a fixed Annuity Payment Option, but you may not make transfers
from a fixed Annuity Payment  Option.  See "Annuity Period and Annuity Payment
Options - Transfers."

SURRENDERS, WITHDRAWALS AND CANCELLATIONS

     You  may  make a total  surrender  of or  partial  withdrawal  from  your
Contract  at any time  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  by  Written
request to us. A Surrender  Charge may be  assessed  and some  surrenders  and
withdrawals  may subject you to tax  penalties.  See  "Surrenders  and Partial
Withdrawals."

                                      10

<PAGE>

     You may  cancel  your  Contract  by  delivering  it or  mailing it with a
Written cancellation request to our Home Office or to the sales representative
through whom it was  purchased,  before the close of business on the tenth day
after you receive the Contract. (In some cases, the Contract may provide for a
20 or 30-day,  rather than a ten-day  period.) If the foregoing items are sent
by mail,  properly  addressed and postage  prepaid,  they will be deemed to be
received by us on the date actually received.

   
     We will refund to you the Owner  Account Value plus any premium taxes and
Annual  Contract  Fee that have  been  deducted.  In  states  where the law so
requires,  however, we will refund the greater of that amount or the amount of
your purchase  payments,  or, if the law permits,  the amount of your purchase
payments.
    

DEATH PROCEEDS

     In the  event  that the  Annuitant  or Owner  dies  prior to the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  a benefit  is  payable  to the  Beneficiary.  See  "Death
Proceeds Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date."

LIMITATIONS IMPOSED BY RETIREMENT PLANS AND EMPLOYERS

     Certain  rights you would  otherwise have under a Contract may be limited
by the terms of any applicable  employee benefit plan.  These  limitations may
restrict such things as total and partial surrenders,  the amount or timing of
purchase  payments that may be made, when annuity  payments must start and the
type  of  annuity  options  that  may be  selected.  Accordingly,  you  should
familiarize  yourself with these and all other aspects of any retirement  plan
in  connection  with  which a Contract  is used.  We are not  responsible  for
monitoring or assuring compliance with the provisions of any retirement plan.

COMMUNICATIONS TO US

     All  communications to us should include your Contract number,  your name
and, if different, the Annuitant's name. Communications may be directed to the
addresses and phone numbers on the cover of this Prospectus.

     Except as otherwise  specified in this Prospectus,  purchase  payments or
other communications are deemed received at our Home Office on the actual date
of receipt there in proper form unless received (1) after the close of regular
trading  on The  New  York  Stock  Exchange  or (2)  on a date  that  is not a
Valuation  Date.  In either of these two cases,  the date of  receipt  will be
deemed to be the next Valuation Date.

FINANCIAL AND PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

   
     Financial  statements  of AG  Life  and  Separate  Account  D,  including
financial information about the Divisions which invest in the Funds of the Van
Kampen American Capital Life Investment  Trust, are included in the Statement.
See "Contents of Statement of Additional Information."
    

                                      11

<PAGE>

   
     From time to time,  Separate Account D may include in advertisements  and
other  sales  materials  several  types  of  performance  information  for the
Divisions,  including  "average  annual  total  return,"  "total  return," and
"cumulative  total  return."  The Domestic  Income  Division,  the  Government
Division,  and the Growth and Income Division may also advertise  "yield." The
Money Market Division may advertise "yield" and "effective yield."

     Each of these  figures is based upon  historical  information  and is not
necessarily representative of the future performance of a Division.  Moreover,
these  performance  figures do not represent the actual  experience of amounts
invested by a particular  Owner.  The investment  experience for each Division
reflects the investment  performance of the separate investment Fund currently
funding such Division for the periods stated, except that for periods prior to
the time when the Contract  became  available,  the results were calculated by
applying all applicable charges and fees at the Separate Account level for the
Contract,  as noted below, to the historical Fund performance results for such
periods.

     Average annual total return,  total return,  and cumulative  total return
calculations  measure  the net  income of a  Division  plus the  effect of any
realized  or  unrealized   appreciation  or  depreciation  of  the  underlying
investments  in the Division for the period in question.  Average annual total
return figures are  annualized  and,  therefore,  represent the average annual
percentage  change  in the  value  of an  investment  in a  Division  over the
applicable  period.  Total return figures are also annualized,  but do not, as
described  below,  include the effect of any  applicable  Surrender  Charge or
Annual Contract Fee.  Cumulative total return figures represent the cumulative
change in value of an investment in a Division for various periods.
    

     Yield is a measure of the net dividend and interest  income earned over a
specific  one month or 30-day  period  (seven-day  period for the Money Market
Division)   expressed  as  a  percentage  of  the  value  of  the   Division's
Accumulation  Units.  Yield is an  annualized  figure,  which means that it is
assumed  that the Division  generates  the same level of net income over a one
year period which is compounded on a semi-annual  basis.  The effective  yield
for the Money Market Division is calculated  similarly but includes the effect
of assumed  compounding.  The Money Market Division's  effective yield will be
slightly higher than its yield due to this compounding effect.

   
     Average  annual  total  return  figures  include  the  deduction  of  all
recurring  charges  and  fees  applicable  under  the  Contract  to all  Owner
accounts,  including the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
Expense Charge, the applicable Surrender Charge that may be imposed at the end
of the period in question, and a pro-rated portion of the Annual Contract Fee.
Yield,  effective yield,  total return, and cumulative total return figures do
not include the effect of any  Surrender  Charge that may be imposed  upon the
redemption of Accumulation  Units,  and thus may be higher than if such charge
were deducted.  Total return and  cumulative  total return figures also do not
include  the  effect of the Annual  Contract  Fee.  We may waive or  reimburse
certain  fees or  charges  applicable  to the  Contract  and such  waivers  or
reimbursements  will affect each Division's  performance  results.  Additional
information  concerning a Division's  performance  appears in the Statement of
Additional Information.
    

                                      12

<PAGE>

   
     AG Life may also  advertise its ratings by independent  financial  rating
services,  such as A.M.  Best Company,  Standard & Poor's,  and Duff & Phelps.
Best's  Insurance  Reports,  Life-Health  Edition,  1994 reconfirmed AG Life's
rating of A++  (Superior)  as of  _______,  1995 for  financial  position  and
operating  performance.  AG  Life  has  received  the  highest  rating  of AAA
(Superior) from Standard & Poor's Corporation, reconfirmed as of _______, 1996
and  the  highest  rating  of  AAA  from  Duff &  Phelps  Credit  Rating  Co.,
reconfirmed  as of ______,  1995.  The  ratings  from these  three  nationally
recognized  rating  organizations   reflect  the  claims  paying  ability  and
financial  strength of AG Life and are not a rating of investment  performance
that  purchasers  of  insurance  products  have  experienced  or are likely to
experience in the future.

     In addition, AG Life may include in certain  advertisements  endorsements
in the form of a list of  organizations,  individuals  or other  parties  that
recommend the Company or the Contracts.  AG Life may  occasionally  include in
advertisements  comparisons of currently  taxable and tax-deferred  investment
programs,  based on selected  tax  brackets,  or  discussions  of  alternative
investment vehicles and general economic conditions.

                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The financial statements of AG Life are located in the Statement. See the
cover page of the  Prospectus  for  information on how to obtain a copy of the
Statement.  The financial  statements of AG Life should be considered  only as
bearing on the ability of AG Life to meet its  contractual  obligations  under
the  Contracts;  they do not bear on the  investment  performance  of Separate
Account D.

     The  financial  statements  for  Separate  Account D are  located  in the
Statement  and relate to the Growth and  Income,  Asset  Allocation,  Domestic
Income,  Government,  and Money Market Divisions.  The financial statements of
Separate Account D do not include  information  regarding the Emerging Growth,
Enterprise,  Global Equity, and Real Estate Securities Divisions, because such
Divisions had not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus.
    

                                    AG LIFE

     AG Life is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the
State of Texas,  which is a  successor  in  interest  to a company  originally
organized  under  the laws of the  State of  Delaware  in 1917.  AG Life is an
indirect,  wholly-owned  subsidiary of American General Corporation  (formerly
American General Insurance Company), a diversified  financial services holding
company engaged primarily in the insurance business. The commitments under the
Contracts  are AG  Life's,  and  American  General  Corporation  has no  legal
obligation to back those commitments.

                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

   
     Separate  Account D was  originally  established on November 19, 1973 and
consists of thirty Divisions,  nine of which are available under the Contracts
offered  by  this  Prospectus.  Separate  Account  D is  registered  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission as a unit investment  trust under the 1940
Act.
    

                                      13

<PAGE>

     Each Division of Separate Account D is part of AG Life's general business
and the assets of  Separate  Account D belong to AG Life.  Under Texas law and
the  terms of the  Contracts,  the  assets of  Separate  Account D will not be
chargeable  with  liabilities  arising out of any other business which AG Life
may conduct,  but will be held exclusively to meet AG Life's obligations under
variable  annuity  contracts.  Furthermore,  the  income,  gains,  and losses,
whether or not realized,  from assets allocated to Separate Account D, are, in
accordance  with the  Contracts,  credited to or charged  against the Separate
Account without regard to other income, gains, or losses of AG Life.

   
                                   THE FUNDS

     The variable benefits under the Contracts are funded by nine Divisions of
the  Separate  Account.  These  Divisions  invest in  shares of nine  separate
investment  Funds of the Van Kampen  American  Capital Life  Investment  Trust
("Trust"),  which are sold,  without sales  charges,  exclusively to insurance
company separate accounts and not sold directly to the public.  The Trust also
offers its shares to variable  annuity and variable  life  insurance  separate
accounts of insurers that are not  affiliated  with AG Life. We do not see any
conflict  between  Owners of Contracts and owners of variable  life  insurance
policies or variable  annuity  contracts  issued by  insurance  companies  not
affiliated with AG Life. Nevertheless, the Board of Trustees of the Trust will
monitor to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may develop and
determine  what,  if any,  action  should be taken in response.  If it becomes
necessary for any separate  account to replace shares of any Fund with another
investment,  the Fund may have to liquidate  securities  on a  disadvantageous
basis.

     Any dividends or capital gain distributions attributable to Contracts are
automatically reinvested in shares of the Fund from which they are received at
the  Fund's  net  asset  value  on  the  date  payable.   Such  dividends  and
distributions  will have the effect of  reducing  the net asset  value of each
share of the  corresponding  Fund and increasing,  by an equivalent value, the
number of shares outstanding of the Fund. However,  the value of your interest
in the  corresponding  Division  will  not  change  as a  result  of any  such
dividends and distributions.

     The names of the Funds in which each available  Division invests,  are as
follows:

          Van Kampen American Capital Life Investment Trust

                 Emerging Growth Fund
                 Enterprise Fund
                 Global Equity Fund
                 Real Estate Securities Fund
                 Growth and Income Fund
                 Asset Allocation Fund
                 Domestic Income Fund
                 Government Fund
                 Money Market Fund

     Van Kampen  American  Capital Asset  Management,  Inc. is the  investment
adviser of each Fund. John Govett & Co. Limited is the investment  sub-adviser
for  the  Global  Equity  Fund.   Hines  Interests   Realty  Advisors  Limited
Partnership is the sub-adviser for the Real Estate Securities Fund.
    

                                      14

<PAGE>

   
     Before  selecting any Division,  you should carefully read the prospectus
that includes more complete  information about the Fund in which that Division
invests,  including investment objectives and policies,  charges and expenses.
You may obtain  additional copies of such a prospectus by contacting AG Life's
Variable  Products  Department  at the addresses and phone number set forth on
the cover page of this  Prospectus.  When making your request,  please specify
the Fund or Funds in which you are interested.

     High yielding fixed-income securities such as those in which the Domestic
Income Fund  invests are subject to greater  market  fluctuations  and risk of
loss of income and principal than  investments in lower yielding  fixed-income
securities.  Potential  investors in this Division  should  carefully read the
prospectus and related  statement of additional  information  that pertains to
said  Fund and  consider  their  ability  to  assume  the  risks of  making an
investment in this Division.

VOTING PRIVILEGES

     The Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date and the  Annuitant  or
other payee during the Annuity Period will be entitled to give us instructions
as to how Fund shares held in the Divisions of Separate Account D attributable
to their  Contract  should be voted at meetings of  shareholders  of the Fund.
Those persons entitled to give voting instructions and the number of votes for
which they may give  directions will be determined as of the record date for a
meeting. Separate Account D will vote all shares of each Fund that it holds of
record in accordance  with  instructions  received with respect to all AG Life
annuity contracts participating in that Fund.

     Separate  Account D will  also vote all  shares of each Fund for which no
instructions  have been  received for or against any  proposition  in the same
proportion as the shares for which voting instructions were received.

     Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of votes each Owner is
entitled  to direct  with  respect  to a  particular  Fund is equal to (a) the
Owner's  Variable  Account Value  attributable to that Fund divided by (b) the
net asset value of one share of that Fund. In determining the number of votes,
fractional  votes will be recognized.  While a variable Annuity Payment Option
is in effect,  the number of votes an Annuitant or payee is entitled to direct
with  respect to a particular  Fund will be computed in a  comparable  manner,
based on our liability for future  Variable  Annuity  Payments with respect to
that  Annuitant  or payee as of the record  date.  Such  liability  for future
payments will be calculated on the basis of the mortality  assumptions and the
assumed  interest rate used in determining the number of Annuity Units under a
Contract and the applicable value of an Annuity Unit on the record date.

     Fund  shares  held by  insurance  company  separate  accounts  other than
Separate Account D will generally be voted in accordance with  instructions of
participants in such other separate accounts.
    

     We believe  that AG Life's  voting  instruction  procedures  comply  with
current  federal  securities law  requirements  and  interpretations  thereof.
However,  AG Life reserves the right to modify these  procedures in any manner
consistent with applicable legal requirements and interpretations as in effect
from time to time.

                                      15

<PAGE>

                               THE FIXED ACCOUNT

     AMOUNTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT OR SUPPORTING  FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS BECOME
PART OF OUR GENERAL ACCOUNT. BECAUSE OF EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
INTERESTS IN THE GENERAL ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, NOR IS THE GENERAL  ACCOUNT  REGISTERED AS AN INVESTMENT  COMPANY
UNDER THE 1940 ACT. WE HAVE BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STAFF OF THE  SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE  DISCLOSURES IN THIS PROSPECTUS THAT
RELATE TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT OR FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS.  DISCLOSURES  REGARDING
THESE  MATTERS,  HOWEVER,  MAY  BE  SUBJECT  TO  CERTAIN  GENERALLY-APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS  OF THE  FEDERAL  SECURITIES  LAWS  RELATING  TO THE  ACCURACY  AND
COMPLETENESS OF STATEMENTS IN PROSPECTUSES.

     Our obligations  with respect to the Fixed Account are legal  obligations
of AG Life and are supported by our General Account assets, which also support
obligations  incurred  by us under  other  insurance  and  annuity  contracts.
Investments  purchased  with amounts  allocated  to the Fixed  Account are the
property of AG Life, and Owners have no legal rights in such investments.

   
     Account Value that is allocated by the Owner to the Fixed Account earns a
Guaranteed  Interest Rate  commencing with the date of such  allocation.  This
Guaranteed Interest Rate continues for a number of years selected by the Owner
from among the Guarantee Periods that we then offer. At the end of a Guarantee
Period, the Owner's Account Value in that Guarantee Period, including interest
accrued  thereon,  will be  allocated  to a new  Guarantee  Period of the same
length  unless  AG Life has  received  a  Written  request  from the  Owner to
allocate this amount to a different  Guarantee  Period or periods or to one or
more of the  Divisions  of Separate  Account D. We must  receive  this Written
request at least three business days prior to the end of the Guarantee Period.
The first day of the new Guarantee Period (or other  reallocation) will be the
day after the end of the  prior Guarantee Period.  We will notify the Owner at
least  30 days  and not more  than 60 days  prior to the end of any  Guarantee
Period.  If the Owner's Account Value in a Guarantee Period is less than $500,
we reserve the right to automatically  transfer without charge, the balance to
the Money Market Division at the end of that Guarantee Period,  unless we have
received in good order  Written  instructions  to transfer  such  balance to a
different Division.

     We  declare  the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rates from time to time as market
conditions  dictate.  We advise an Owner of the Guaranteed Interest Rate for a
chosen  Guarantee  Period  at the time a pur  chase  payment  is  received,  a
transfer is effectuated or a Guarantee Period is renewed.  A different rate of
interest  may be credited to one  Guarantee  Period than to another  Guarantee
Period that is the same length but that began on a different date. The minimum
Guaranteed Interest Rate is an effective annual rate of 3%.

     Currently we make available  Guarantee Periods of one, three, five, seven
and ten years.  Each Guarantee  Period has its own  Guaranteed  Interest Rate,
which may differ from those for other Guarantee Periods.  From time to time we
will,  at our  discretion,  change  the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate for future
Guarantee  Periods  of  various  lengths.  These  changes  will not affect the
Guaranteed  Interest  Rates being paid on Guarantee  Periods that have already
commenced.  Each  allocation  or transfer  of an amount to a Guarantee  Period
commences the running of a new  Guarantee  Period with respect to that amount,
which will earn a Guaranteed  Interest Rate that will continue unchanged until
the end of that period.  The Guaranteed  Interest Rate will never be less than
the minimum Guaranteed  Interest Rate stated in your Contract.  We reserve the
right to change the  Guarantee  Periods  that we are making  available  at any
time.
    

                                      16

<PAGE>

     AG LIFE'S  MANAGEMENT  MAKES THE FINAL  DETERMINATION  OF THE  GUARANTEED
INTEREST  RATES TO BE DECLARED.  AG LIFE CANNOT PREDICT OR ASSURE THE LEVEL OF
ANY  FUTURE  GUARANTEED  INTEREST  RATES IN EXCESS OF THE  MINIMUM  GUARANTEED
INTEREST RATE STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT.

     Information  concerning the Guaranteed  Interest Rates  applicable to the
various  Guarantee  Periods  at any  time  may be  obtained  from  your  sales
representative  or from the  addresses or phone numbers set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus.

                    CONTRACT ISSUANCE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS

   
     The  minimum  initial  purchase  payment  is  $10,000.  The amount of any
subsequent purchase payment allocated to any Division or Guarantee Period must
be at least  $100.  We  reserve  the right to modify  these  minimums,  in our
discretion.

     An  application  to  purchase a Contract  must be made by signed  Written
application  form provided by AG Life or by such other medium or format as may
be agreed to by AG Life and Van Kampen American Capital Distributors,  Inc. as
distributor  of  the  Contracts.   When  a  purchase  payment  accompanies  an
application to purchase a Contract and the application is properly  completed,
we will either process the application, credit the purchase payment, and issue
the Contract or reject the application and return the purchase  payment within
two Valuation Dates after receipt of the application at our Home Office.

     If the application is not complete or is incorrectly  completed,  we will
request additional  documents or information within five Valuation Dates after
receipt  of the  application  at our  Home  Office.  If a  correctly-completed
application is not received  within five Valuation  Dates after receipt of the
purchase  payment at our Home  Office,  we will  return the  purchase  payment
immediately  unless the  prospective  purchaser  specifically  consents to our
retaining the purchase  payment until the  application  is made  complete,  in
which  case the  initial  purchase  payment is  credited  as of the end of the
Valuation  Period in which we receive at our Home Office the last  information
required to process the application. Subsequent purchase payments are credited
as of the end of the Valuation  Period in which they and any required  Written
identifying information, are received at our Home Office. We reserve the right
to reject any application or purchase payment for any reason.

     If the Owner's  Account Value in any Division falls below $500 because of
a partial  withdrawal  from the  Contract,  we reserve the right to  transfer,
without charge,  the remaining  balance to the Money Market  Division.  If the
Owner's  Account value in any Division  falls below $500 because of a transfer
to another Division or to the Fixed Account,  we reserve the right to transfer
the remaining  balance in that  Division,  without charge and pro rata, to the
Division,  Divisions or Fixed  Account to which the  transfer was made.  These
minimum requirements are waived for transfers under the Automatic  Rebalancing
program. See "Automatic Rebalancing." If the Owner's total Account Value falls
below  $500,  we may  cancel  the  Contract.  Such  a  cancellation  would  be
considered a full surrender of the Contract. We will provide you with 60 days'
advance notice of any such cancellation.
    

                                      17

<PAGE>

     So long as the Account  Value does not fall below $500,  you need make no
further purchase payments. You may, however, elect to make subsequent purchase
payments  at any time  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date and while the
Owner and Annuitant are still living.  Checks for subsequent purchase payments
should  be made  payable  to  American  General  Life  Insurance  Company  and
forwarded  directly to our Home Office.  We also accept  purchase  payments by
wire or by exchange from another  insurance  company.  You may obtain  further
information  about how to make  purchase  payments by either of these  methods
from your  sales  representative  or from us at the  addresses  and  telephone
numbers on the cover page of this Prospectus.  Purchase  payments  pursuant to
salary reduction plans may be made only with our agreement.

     Your  purchase  payments  begin  to earn a  return  in the  Divisions  of
Separate  Account D or the  Guarantee  Periods of the Fixed  Account as of the
date we credit the purchase  payments to your  Contract.  In your  application
form, you select (in whole  percentages)  the amount of each purchase  payment
that is to be allocated to each Division and each  Guarantee  Period.  You can
change these allocation percentages at any time by Written notice to us.

                              OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE

     Prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  your  Account  Value  under a
Contract is the sum of your Variable Account Value and Fixed Account Value, as
discussed below.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE

     Your Variable Account Value as of any Valuation Date prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date is the sum of your Variable Account Values in each Division
of Separate Account D as of that date. Your Variable Account Value in any such
Division  is the  product  of the  number of your  Accumulation  Units in that
Division  multiplied  by the  value of one such  Accumulation  Unit as of that
Valuation Date. There is no guaranteed  minimum Variable Account Value. To the
extent that your Account  Value is  allocated to Separate  Account D, you bear
the entire risk of investment losses.

     Accumulation  Units in a Division  are  credited to you when you allocate
purchase  payments or transferred  amounts to that Division.  Similarly,  such
Accumulation  Units are  cancelled  to the extent  you  transfer  or  withdraw
amounts  from a Division or to the extent  necessary  to pay  certain  charges
under the Contract.  The crediting or cancellation  of  Accumulation  Units is
based on the value of such Accumulation Units at the end of the Valuation Date
as of which the related  amounts are being credited to or charged against your
Variable Account Value, as the case may be.

     The value of an Accumulation Unit for a Division on any Valuation Date is
equal to the previous value of that Division's Accumulation Unit multiplied by
that Division's net investment  factor for the Valuation Period ending on that
Valuation Date.

   
     The net  investment  factor for a Division is  determined by dividing (1)
the net  asset  value  per  share of the  Fund  shares  held by the  Division,
determined  at the end of the  current  Valuation  Period,  plus the per share
amount of any dividend or capital gains  distribution made with respect to the
Fund shares held by the Division during the current  Valuation  Period, by (2)
the net asset  value  per share of the Fund  shares  held in the  Division  as
determined at the end of the previous  Valuation Period,  and subtracting from
that  result  a factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,  expense  risk and
administrative expense charge.
    

                                      18

<PAGE>

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE

   
     Your Fixed Account  Value as of any  Valuation  Date prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date is the sum of your Fixed  Account  Value in each  Guarantee
Period as of that date.  Your Fixed Account  Value in any Guarantee  Period is
equal to the following amounts,  in each case increased by accrued interest at
the  applicable  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate:  (1) the  amount of net  purchase
payments,  renewals and transferred  amounts allocated to the Guarantee Period
less (2) the  amount of any  transfers  or  withdrawals  out of the  Guarantee
Period, including withdrawals to pay applicable charges.
    

     Fixed Account Value is  guaranteed by AG Life.  Therefore,  AG Life bears
the  investment  risk with respect to amounts  allocated to the Fixed Account,
except to the extent that AG Life may vary the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate for
future  Guarantee  Periods  (subject to the minimum  Guaranteed  Interest Rate
stated in your Contract).

   
            TRANSFER, AUTOMATIC REBALANCING, SURRENDER AND PARTIAL
                       WITHDRAWAL OF OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE
    

TRANSFERS

     Commencing  30 days after the  Contract's  date of issue and prior to the
Annuity  Commencement  Date,  you may transfer  your Account Value at any time
among the available  Divisions of Separate  Account D and  Guarantee  Periods,
subject to the conditions described below. Such transfers will be effective at
the end of the Valuation  Period in which we receive your Written or telephone
transfer request.

   
     If a transfer would cause your Account Value in any Division or Guarantee
Period to fall below $500, we reserve the right to also transfer the remaining
balance in that Division or Guarantee  Period in the same  proportions  as the
transfer request.

     Prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  and  after  the  first 30 days
following  the  date  the  Contract  was  issued,  you may  make up to  twelve
transfers each Contact Year without charge,  but additional  transfers will be
subject  to a $25  charge.  Also,  no more than 25% of the  Account  Value you
allocated to a Guarantee Period at its inception may be transferred during any
Contract  Year.  This 25%  limitation  does not  apply to  transfers  from the
one-year Guarantee Period, to transfers within 15 days before or after the end
of the Guarantee Period in which the transferred amounts were being held or to
a renewal at the end of the Guarantee Period to the same Guarantee Period.

     Subject  to  the  above  general  rules  concerning  transfers,  you  may
establish  an  automatic  transfer  plan,  whereby  amounts are  automatically
transferred  by us from the Money Market  Division or the  one-year  Guarantee
Period to one or more  other  Divisions  or  Guarantee  Periods  on a monthly,
quarterly,  semi-annual  or  annual  basis.  Transfers  under  such  automatic
transfer plan will not count towards the twelve free  transfers  each Contract
Year, and will not incur a $25 charge.  You may obtain additional  information
about  how  to  establish  an  automatic  transfer  program  from  your  sales
representative  or from us at the telephone numbers and addresses on the front
cover of this Prospectus.
    
                                      19

<PAGE>

   
     If the  person  or  persons  that are  entitled  to make  transfers  have
provided a Written request for the Telephone  Transfer  Privilege form that is
on file with us,  transfers  may be made  pursuant to telephone  instructions,
subject to the terms of the Telephone  Transfer  Privilege  authorization.  We
will honor telephone  transfer  instructions  from any person who provides the
correct  information,  so  there  is  a  risk  of  possible  loss  to  you  if
unauthorized  persons use this  service in your name.  Currently we attempt to
limit the availability of telephone transfer instructions only to the Owner of
the Contract for which instruction is received.  Under the Telephone  Transfer
Privilege we are not liable for any acts or omissions based upon  instructions
that we reasonably believe to be genuine, including losses arising from errors
in the communication of transfer instructions.  We have established procedures
for accepting telephone transfer  instructions,  which include verification of
the Contract  number,  the identity of the caller,  both the  Annuitant's  and
Owner's names, and a form of personal  identification from the caller. We will
mail to the  Owner a  written  confirmation  of the  transaction.  If  several
persons seek to effect  telephone  transfers at or about the same time,  or if
our recording equipment  malfunctions,  it may be impossible for you to make a
telephone  transfer at the time you wish. If this occurs,  you should submit a
Written transfer request. Also, if, due to malfunction or other circumstances,
the  recording  of  your   telephone   request  is  incomplete  or  not  fully
comprehensible,  we will not process  the  transaction.  The phone  number for
telephone exchanges is 1-800-247-6584.
    

The Contracts are not designed for professional market timing organizations or
other entities  utilizing  programmed and frequent  transfers.  We reserve the
right at any time and without prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend,
or modify our policy regarding transfers.

   
AUTOMATIC REBALANCING

     Automatic  Rebalancing  within  the  Separate  Account is  available  for
Contracts  with an  Account  Value  of  $25,000  and  larger  at the  time the
application for Automatic  Rebalancing is received.  Application for Automatic
Rebalancing can be made either at issue or after issue,  and may  subsequently
be discontinued.

     Automatic Rebalancing occurs when funds are transferred by us between the
Separate  Account  Divisions  so that the  values in each  Division  match the
percentage  allocation then in effect.  Automatic  Rebalancing of the Separate
Account  Divisions will occur  periodically.  Automatic  Rebalancing  does not
permit  transfers to or from any Guarantee  Period.  Transfers under Automatic
Rebalancing  will not count  towards the twelve free  transfers  each Contract
Year, and will not incur a $25 charge.
    

SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

     At any  time  prior  to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  and  while  the
Annuitant is still living,  the Owner may make a full  surrender of or partial
withdrawal from his or her Contract.

   
     The  amount  payable  to the Owner  upon full  surrender  is the  Owner's
Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive a Written
surrender request in good order, minus any applicable  Surrender Charge, minus
the amount of any  uncollected  Contract Fee (see "Annual  Contract  Fee") and
minus any applicable premium tax. Our current practice is to require that you
    

                                      20

<PAGE>

   
return  the  Contract  with any  request  for a full  surrender.  After a full
surrender,  or if the Owner's  Account Value falls to zero,  all rights of the
Owner,  Annuitant  or any other  person  with  respect  to the  Contract  will
terminate,  subject  to a right to  reinstate  the  Contract.  (See  "One-Time
Reinstatement  Privilege.") All collateral assignees of record must consent to
any full surrender or partial withdrawal.

     Your  Written  request  for  a  partial  withdrawal  should  specify  the
Divisions  of  Separate  Account  D, or the  Guarantee  Periods  of the  Fixed
Account,  from which you wish the partial withdrawal to be made. If you do not
specify,  or if  the  withdrawal  cannot  be  made  in  accordance  with  your
specification,  to the extent  necessary the withdrawal will be taken pro-rata
from the Divisions and Guarantee Periods, based on your Account Value in each.
Partial withdrawal requests must be for at least $100 or, if less, all of your
Account  Value.  If your  remaining  Account  Value in a Division or Guarantee
Period would be less than $500 as a result of the  withdrawal  (except for the
Money Market Division), we reserve the right to transfer,  without charge, the
remaining balance to the Money Market Division.  Unless you request otherwise,
upon a partial withdrawal, your Accumulation Units and Fixed Account interests
that  are  cancelled  will  have a total  value  equal  to the  amount  of the
withdrawal  request,  and the amount  payable to you will be the amount of the
withdrawal  request less any Surrender Charge,  and premium tax if applicable,
payable upon the partial withdrawal.
    

     We also make available a systematic  withdrawal  plan under which you may
make  automatic  partial  withdrawals  at  periodic  intervals  in a specified
amount,  subject  to the  terms and  conditions  applicable  to other  partial
withdrawals.  Additional  information about how to establish such a systematic
withdrawal  program may be obtained from your sales  representative or from us
at the  addresses  and  phone  numbers  set  forth on the  cover  page of this
Prospectus.  We reserve the right to modify or terminate  our  procedures  for
systematic withdrawals at any time.

     The Code provides that a penalty tax will be imposed on certain premature
surrenders or withdrawals. For a discussion of this and other tax implications
of total  surrenders and systematic and other partial  withdrawals,  including
withholding requirements, see "Federal Income Tax Matters."

                  ANNUITY PERIOD AND ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

   
     The Owner may select  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date when  applying  to
purchase a  Contract  and may  change a  previously-selected  date at any time
prior to the  beginning of an Annuity  Payment  Option by submitting a Written
request, subject to Company approval. The Annuity Commencement Date may be any
day of any month up to the Annuitant's 99th birthday  inclusive.  See "Federal
Income Tax  Matters" for a  description  of the  penalties  that may attach to
distributions prior to the Annuitant's attaining age 59 1/2 under any Contract
or  after  April 1 of the  year  following  the  calendar  year in  which  the
Annuitant attains age 70 1/2 under Qualified Contracts.
    

                                      21

<PAGE>

APPLICATION OF OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE

     We will  automatically  apply your Variable Account Value in any Division
to provide  Variable  Annuity  Payments  based on that Division and your Fixed
Account Value to provide Fixed Annuity Payments. However, if you give us other
Written  instructions  at least thirty days prior to the Annuity  Commencement
Date, we will apply your Account Value in different proportions.

     We deduct any applicable state and local premium taxes from the amount of
Account Value being applied to an Annuity  Payment  Option.  In some cases, we
may deduct a Surrender  Charge from the amount being  applied.  See "Surrender
Charge."  Subject to any such  adjustments,  your  Variable and Fixed  Account
Value are applied to an Annuity Payment Option,  as discussed below, as of the
end of the  Valuation  Period that contains the tenth day prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date.

FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

     The amount of the first monthly Fixed or Variable Annuity Payment will be
at least as favorable as that produced by the annuity  tables set forth in the
Contract, based on the amount of your Account Value that is applied to provide
the Fixed or Variable Annuity Payments. Thereafter, the amount of each monthly
Fixed  Annuity  Payment  is fixed and  specified  by the terms of the  Annuity
Payment Option selected.

     Account  Value that is applied to provide  Variable  Annuity  Payments is
converted  to a number of Annuity  Units by  dividing  the amount of the first
Variable  Annuity  Payment  by the value of an  Annuity  Unit of the  relevant
Division as of the end of the  Valuation  Period that  includes  the tenth day
prior  to  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date.  This  number  of  Annuity  Units
thereafter  remains constant with respect to any Annuitant,  and the amount of
each subsequent  Variable  Annuity  Payment is determined by multiplying  this
number by the value of an Annuity Unit as of the end of the  Valuation  Period
that contains the tenth day prior to the date of each payment. If the Variable
Annuity Payments are based on more than one Division,  these  calculations are
performed  separately for each  Division.  The value of an Annuity Unit at the
end of a Valuation  Period is the value of the Annuity  Unit at the end of the
previous  Valuation  Period,  multiplied  by the net  investment  factor  (see
"Variable  Account  Value") for the Valuation  Period,  with an offset for the
3.5% assumed interest rate used in the Contract's annuity tables.

     As a result of the foregoing  computations,  if the net investment return
for a  Division  for any month is at an annual  rate of more than the  assumed
interest rate used in the  Contract's  annuity  tables,  any Variable  Annuity
Payment  based on that  Division  will be greater  than the  Variable  Annuity
Payment based on that Division for the previous  month.  If the net investment
return  for a  Division  for any month is at an  annual  rate of less than the
assumed  interest rate used in the  Contract's  annuity  tables,  any variable
annuity payment based on that Division will be less than the Variable  Annuity
Payment based on that Division for the previous month.

                                      22

<PAGE>

ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS

   
     The Annuity  Commencement Date will be extended to the Annuitant's age 99
unless otherwise requested. The Code imposes minimum distribution requirements
that have a bearing on the  Annuity  Payment  Option  that should be chosen in
connection with Qualified Contracts.  See "Federal Income Tax Matters." We are
not  responsible  for monitoring or advising  Owners as to whether the minimum
distribution  requirements  are being met,  unless we have received a specific
written request to do so.

     No election of any Annuity  Payment  Option may be made unless an initial
annuity payment of at least $100 would be provided, where only a Fixed or only
Variable  Annuity  Payments  are  elected,  and  $50  on  each  basis  when  a
combination  of Variable  and Fixed  Annuity  Payments  is  elected.  If these
minimums are not met, we will first reduce the frequency of annuity  payments,
and if the minimums are still not met, we will make a lump-sum  payment to the
Annuitant  or other  properly-designated  payee in the  amount of the  Owner's
Account Value, less any applicable  Surrender Charge,  any uncollected  Annual
Contract Fee, and any applicable premium tax.
    

     The Owner, or if the Owner has not done so, the  Beneficiary  may, within
60 days after the death of the Owner or  Annuitant,  elect that any amount due
to the  Beneficiary be applied under any option  described  below,  subject to
certain  tax  law  requirements.   See  "Death  Proceeds."   Thereafter,   the
Beneficiary  will have all the remaining  rights and powers under the Contract
and be  subject to all the terms and  conditions  thereof.  The first  annuity
payment will be made at the beginning of the second month  following the month
in which we approve the  settlement  request.  Annuity  Units will be credited
based on Annuity Unit Values at the end of the Valuation  Period that contains
the tenth day prior to the beginning of said second month.

     When an Annuity  Payment Option becomes  effective,  the Contract must be
delivered to our Home Office, in exchange for a payment contract providing for
the option elected.

     Information  about the  relationship  between the Annuitant's sex and the
amount of annuity payments,  including requirements for gender-neutral annuity
rates in certain states and in connection with certain  employee benefit plans
is set forth  under  "Gender of  Annuitant"  in the  Statement  of  Additional
Information. See "Contents of Statement of Additional Information."

   
OPTION 1 - LIFE  ANNUITY - Annuity  payments  are payable  monthly  during the
lifetime  of the  Annuitant,  ceasing  with the last  payment due prior to the
death of the Annuitant.  It would be possible under this  arrangement  for the
Annuitant or other payee to receive only one annuity  payment if the Annuitant
died prior to the second annuity payment,  since no minimum number of payments
is guaranteed.
    

OPTION 2 - LIFE  ANNUITY  WITH 120,  180,  OR 240 MONTHLY  PAYMENTS  CERTAIN -
Annuity  payments are payable  monthly  during the  lifetime of an  Annuitant;
provided,   that  if  the  Annuitant  dies  during  the  period  certain,  the
Beneficiary is entitled to receive  monthly  payments for the remainder of the
period certain.

   
OPTION 3 - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY - Annuity payments are payable
monthly  during the lifetime of the  Annuitant  and another payee and continue
during the lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing with the last payment  prior to
the death of the survivor.  It is possible under this option for the Annuitant
or other  payee to  receive  only one  annuity  payment if both die before the
second annuity payment, since no minimum number of payments is guaranteed.  If
one of these persons dies before the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the election
of this option is revoked,  the survivor  becomes the sole  Annuitant,  and no
death proceeds are payable by virtue of the death of the other Annuitant.
    

                                      23

<PAGE>

   
OPTION 4 - PAYMENTS  FOR  DESIGNATED  PERIOD - Annuity  payments  are  payable
monthly to an Annuitant or other  properly-designated  payee, or at his or her
death,  the  Beneficiary,  for a selected number of years ranging from five to
forty. If this option is selected on a variable basis,  the designated  period
may  not   exceed   the   life   expectancy   of  such   Annuitant   or  other
properly-designated payee.
    

OPTION 5 - PAYMENTS  OF A SPECIFIC  DOLLAR  AMOUNT - The amount due is paid in
equal monthly  installments of a designated  dollar amount (not less than $125
nor more than $200 per annum per $1,000 of the original  amount due) until the
remaining  balance is less than the amount of one  installment.  If the person
receiving these payments dies, the remaining  payments  continue to be made to
the  Beneficiary.  Payments  under this option are  available on a fixed basis
only. To determine the remaining balance at the end of any month, such balance
at the end of the previous month is decreased by the amount of any installment
paid during the month and the result will be  accumulated  at an interest rate
not less than 4% compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any time is
less than the amount of one installment, such balance will be paid and will be
the final payment under the option.

     Under the fourth  option  there is no  mortality  guarantee  by us,  even
though  Variable  Annuity  Payments will be reduced as a result of a charge to
Separate  Account D which is partially  for  mortality  risks.  See "Charge to
Separate Account D."

     A payee  receiving  Variable (but not Fixed)  Annuity  Payments under the
fourth  option can elect at any time to commute  (terminate)  such  option and
receive the current  value of the annuity,  which would be based on the values
next  determined  after the Written request for payment is received by us. The
current  value of the  annuity  under  the  fourth  option is the value of all
remaining annuity payments,  assumed to be level,  discounted to present value
at an annual rate of 3.5%.  Other than by election of such a lump-sum  payment
under the fourth option,  an Annuity Payment Option may not be terminated once
annuity payments have commenced.

     Under  federal  tax  regulations,  the  election  of the  fourth or fifth
options may be treated in the same manner as a surrender of the total account.
For tax  consequences  of such  treatment,  see "Federal  Income Tax Matters."
Also, in such a case, tax-deferred treatment of subsequent earnings may not be
available.

     ALTERNATIVE  AMOUNT  UNDER  FIXED LIFE  ANNUITY  OPTIONS - Each  Contract
provides  that when  Fixed  Annuity  Payments  are to be made under one of the
first three Annuity  Payment  Options  described  above,  the Owner (or if the
Owner has not elected a payment  option,  the  Beneficiary)  may elect monthly
payments  to the  Annuitant  or other  properly-designated  payee equal to the
monthly payment available under similar  circumstances based on single payment
immediate fixed annuity rates then in use by us. The purpose of this provision
is to assure the Annuitant that, at retirement,  if the fixed annuity purchase
rate then offered by us for new single payment  immediate annuity contracts is
more  favorable  than  the  annuity  rates  guaranteed  by the  Contract,  the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated payee will be given the benefit of the
new annuity rates.

     In lieu of monthly  payments,  payments  may be  elected on a  quarterly,
semi-annual or annual basis,  in which case the amount of each annuity payment
will be determined on a basis consistent with that described above for monthly
payments.

                                      24

<PAGE>

TRANSFERS
   

     After  the   Annuity   Commencement   Date,   the   Annuitant   or  other
properly-designated  payee  may make one  transfer  every  180 days  among the
available  Divisions  of Separate  Account D or from the  Divisions to a fixed
Annuity  Payment  Option.  No charge will be assessed  for such  transfer.  No
transfers from a fixed to a variable Annuity Payment Option are permitted.  If
a transfer  would  cause the value that is  attributable  to a Contract in any
Division to fall below $500,  we reserve the right to transfer  the  remaining
balance in that  Division  in the same  proportion  as the  transfer  request.
Transfers  will be  effected  at the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we
receive the Written transfer request at our Home Office.  We reserve the right
to terminate or restrict transfers at any time.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

DEATH PROCEEDS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

     The death proceeds  described below are payable to the Beneficiary  under
the Contract if, prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date, any of the following
events  occurs:  (a) the Annuitant  dies and no Contingent  Annuitant has been
named  under a  Non-Qualified  contract;  (b) the  Annuitant  dies and we also
receive  proof of death of any named  Contingent  Annuitant;  or (c) the Owner
(including  the first to die in the case of joint  Owners) of a  Non-Qualified
Contract  dies,  regardless  of  whether  said  deceased  Owner  was  also the
Annuitant  (however,  if the Beneficiary is the Owner's surviving spouse,  the
Beneficiary  may elect to continue  the  Contract as  described  in the second
paragraph  below).  The death  proceeds,  prior to deduction of any applicable
premium  taxes,  will equal the  greatest  of (1) the sum of all net  purchase
payments  made  (less  any  previously-deducted  premium  taxes  and all prior
partial  withdrawals),  (2) the  Owner's  Account  Value  as of the end of the
Valuation Period in which we receive,  at our Home Office,  proof of death and
the  Written  request as to the manner of payment,  or (3) the  Minimum  Death
Benefit,  as defined  below,  plus all net  purchase  payments  less all prior
withdrawals made after determination of the Minimum Death Benefit.  The amount
specified  in (3)  above is not an  available  option in all  states,  and you
should therefore  consult your sales  representative  or our Home Office as to
whether it will apply to you. In those states where (3) is not available,  the
death proceeds will equal the greater of (1) or (2) above.

     Prior to the fifth Contract  Anniversary,  the Minimum Death Benefit will
be equal to the sum of all net purchase payments made since the date of issue,
less the sum of all partial withdrawals made during the same period.

     On the fifth Contract Anniversary,  if the Annuitant has not attained age
81, the Minimum Death  Benefit will be the highest of the five Account  Values
at the end of each of the first five  Contract  Years  after  increasing  such
values by the sum of all net  purchase  payments  less the sum of all  partial
withdrawals made since the end of such Contract Years.

     On each Contract Anniversary  thereafter (if prior to the Annuitant's age
81), the Minimum  Death  Benefit will be the greater of (1) the Minimum  Death
Benefit  as of the  previous  anniversary,  plus  the sum of all net  purchase
payments  less the sum of all partial  withdrawals  made  during the  Contract
Year, or (2) the Account Value as of the current Contract Anniversary.
    

                                      25

<PAGE>

   
     The Minimum Death Benefit will not be reset after age 80.  Therefore,  if
the  Annuitant  is age 76 or older on the date of  issue,  the  Minimum  Death
Benefit will not be reset on the fifth  anniversary.  The Account Value is the
value after  deduction for fees. Net purchase  payments are purchase  payments
less applicable premium tax.

     We will pay the death  proceeds to the  Beneficiary  as of the end of the
Valuation Period in which we receive proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's death
and a Written  request in good order from the  Beneficiary as to the manner of
payment.
    

     If the Owner has not already done so, the  Beneficiary  may, within sixty
days after the date of death,  elect to receive  the death  proceeds as a lump
sum or in the  form of one of the  Annuity  Payment  Options  provided  in the
Contract.  See "Annuity  Payment  Options." If we receive no request as to the
manner of payment, we will make a lump-sum payment, based on values determined
at that time.

     If the Owner  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date,  the Code  requires  that all  amounts  payable  under the
Contract be  distributed  (a) within five years of the date of death or (b) as
annuity payments beginning within one year of the date of death and continuing
over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary.  If
the  Beneficiary  is the  Owner's  surviving  spouse,  the spouse may elect to
continue  the  Contract  as the new Owner and, if the  original  Owner was the
Annuitant,  as the new Annuitant.  If the Owner is not a natural person, these
requirements  apply upon the death of the primary Annuitant within the meaning
of the Code.  Failure to  satisfy  these Code  distribution  requirements  may
result in serious adverse tax  consequences.  Under a parallel  section of the
Code, similar  requirements apply to retirement plans in connection with which
Qualified Contracts are issued.

DEATH PROCEEDS AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

   
     If the Annuitant dies following the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the only
amounts payable to the Beneficiary or other  properly-designated payee are any
continuing  payments  provided for under the Annuity Payment Option  selected.
See "Annuity  Payment  Options."  In such a case,  the payee will have all the
remaining  rights and powers  under a Contract and be subject to all the terms
and  conditions  thereof.  Also, if the Annuitant  dies  following the Annuity
Commencement Date, no Contingent Annuitant can become the Annuitant.
    

     If the payee  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies  after  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  any  remaining  amounts  payable  under  the terms of the
Annuity  Payment  Option must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
method of distribution  then in effect.  If the payee is not a natural person,
this  requirement  applies upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within the
meaning of the Code.  Failure to satisfy  these  requirements  of the Code may
result in serious adverse tax  consequences.  Under a parallel  section of the
Code,  similar  requirements  apply to the retirement plans in connection with
which Qualified Contracts are issued.

PROOF OF DEATH

     We accept  the  following  as proof of any  person's  death:  a copy of a
certified  death  certificate;  a copy of a  certified  decree  of a court  of
competent  jurisdiction  as to the finding of death; a written  statement by a
medical  doctor who attended  the deceased at the time of death;  or any other
proof satisfactory to us.

                                      26

<PAGE>

     Once we have paid the death proceeds, the Contract terminates and we have
no further obligations thereunder.

                          CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACTS

PREMIUM TAXES

   
When  applicable,  we will deduct an amount to cover  premium taxes imposed by
certain  states.  Such deduction will be made, in accordance  with  applicable
state law:
    

(1) from purchase payment(s) when received; or

(2) from the Owner's Account Value at the time annuity payments begin; or

(3) from the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

(4) from  proceeds  payable  upon  termination  of the  Contract for any other
    reason,  including  death of the  Annuitant or Owner,  or surrender of the
    Contract.

If  premium  tax is  paid,  AG Life  may  reimburse  itself  for such tax when
deduction  is being  made  under  paragraphs  2, 3, or 4 above  calculated  by
multiplying  the sum of Purchase  Payments  being  withdrawn by the applicable
premium tax percentage.

   
      Applicable  premium tax rates depend upon the Owner's  then-current place
of residence. Applicable rates currently range from 0% to ___% and are subject
to change by legislation,  administrative interpretations or judicial acts. We
will not make a profit on this charge.
    

SURRENDER CHARGE

     The Surrender  Charge  reimburses us for part of our expenses  related to
distributing  the  Contracts.  We  believe,  however,  that the amount of such
expenses will exceed the amount of revenues generated by the Surrender Charge.
We will pay such  excess  out of our  general  surplus,  which  might  include
profits from the charge for the assumption of mortality and expense risks.

   Unless a  withdrawal  is exempt  from the  Surrender  Charge (as  discussed
below),  the  Surrender  Charge is a percentage of the amount of each purchase
payment that is withdrawn  during the first seven years after it was received.
The  percentage  declines  depending  on how many years have passed  since the
withdrawn  purchase payment was originally  credited to your Account Value, as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Surrender Charge as a
        Year of Purchase                 Percentage of Purchase
        Payment Withdrawal               Payment Withdrawn

               <S>                           <C>
   
               1st                           6%
               2nd                           6%
               3rd                           5%
               4th                           5%
               5th                           4%
               6th                           3%
               7th                           2%
               Thereafter                    0%
</TABLE>
    

                                      27

<PAGE>

   
     Only for the purpose of  computing  the  Surrender  Charge,  the earliest
purchase  payments are deemed to be withdrawn first, and before any amounts in
excess of  purchase  payments  are  withdrawn  from your  Account  Value.  The
following  transactions  will be  considered  as  withdrawals  for purposes of
assessing  the  Surrender  Charge:   total  surrender,   partial   withdrawal,
commencement of an Annuity Payment Option, and termination due to insufficient
Account Value.

     Nevertheless,  the Surrender  Charge will not apply to withdrawals in the
following circumstances:

          The amount of withdrawals that exceeds the cumulative amount of your
          purchase payments;

          Death of the Annuitant,  at any age, after the Annuity  Commencement
          Date;

          Death  of  the   Annuitant,   at  any  age,  prior  to  the  Annuity
          Commencement Date, provided no Contingent Annuitant survives;

          Death of the Owner,  including the first to die in the case of joint
          Owners of a Non-Qualified Contract;

          Annuitization   over  at  least  10   years,   or  life   contingent
          annuitization where the life expectancy is at least 10 years;

          Within the 30 day window under the One-Time Reinstatement Privilege;

          If the Owner or  Annuitant  has been  confined to a  long-term  care
          facility,  incurred certain  extraordinary  medical expenses,  or is
          subject to a  terminal  illness  (to the  extent  that the rider for
          these matters is available in your state),  after the first Contract
          year  as set  forth  under  "Long-Term  Care,  Catastrophic  Medical
          Expenses and Terminal Illness".

     In the State of  Washington,  beginning  after the Annuitant has attained
age 63,  surrender  charges  which would  otherwise  be  assessed  against any
withdrawal may be reduced.

     The Surrender  Charge also does not apply to the surrender of a Contract,
or to the withdrawal of Contract Value (limited to the Variable  Account Value
and the one year  Guarantee  Period) of a Contract,  issued to owners who are:
(1) employees and registered  representatives of any broker-dealer  authorized
to sell the Contracts,  and their spouses and minor children, or (2) officers,
directors,  or bona-fide  full-time  employees of AG Life or American  General
Securities Incorporated,  the principal underwriter of the Contracts, or their
affiliated companies,  or Van Kampen American Capital Distributors,  Inc., the
distributor of the Contracts. These waivers of Surrender Charge are based upon
the Contract Owner's status at the time the Contract was purchased.

     In addition,  the Surrender  Charge does not apply to the portion of your
first  withdrawal or total surrender in any Contract Year that does not exceed
10% of the amount of your purchase  payments that (a) have not previously been
withdrawn and (b) have been credited to the Contract for at least one year. If
multiple  withdrawals are made during a Contract Year, the amount eligible for
the free withdrawal will be recalculated at the time of each withdrawal. After
the first Contract Year,  non-automatic and automatic  withdrawals may be made
in the same Contract Year subject to the 10% limitation. For withdrawals under
a systematic  withdrawal plan,  Purchase Payments credited for 30 days or more
are eligible for the 10% free withdrawal.
    

                                      28

<PAGE>

   
     The Surrender Charge will not apply to any amounts withdrawn which are in
excess of the amount permitted by the 10% free withdrawal privilege, described
above,  if such  amounts  are  required  to be  withdrawn  to obtain or retain
favorable tax treatment. This exception is subject to our approval.

     A free  withdrawal  pursuant  to any of the  foregoing  Surrender  Charge
exceptions is not deemed to be a withdrawal of purchase  payments,  except for
purposes of  computing  the 10% free  withdrawal  described  in the  preceding
paragraph.  A penalty tax may be imposed on  distributions if the recipient is
under age 59 1/2. See "Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions."

TRANSFER CHARGES

     The charges to defray the expense of effecting  transfers  are  described
under "Transfer,  Automatic  Rebalancing,  Surrender and Partial Withdrawal of
Owner  Account  Value -  Transfers"  and "Annuity  Period and Annuity  Payment
Options - Transfers." These charges are designed not to yield a profit to us.

ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE

     An Annual  Contract Fee of $30 will be deducted from each Owner's Account
Value at the end of each Contract Year prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
This Fee is for  administrative  expenses  (which do not  include  expenses of
distributing  the  Contracts),  and we do not expect that the revenues we will
derive from this Fee will exceed such expenses.  Unless paid directly, the Fee
will be allocated  among the Guarantee  Periods and Divisions in proportion to
your Account Value in each.  The entire Fee for the year will be deducted from
the proceeds of any full surrender. We reserve the right to waive the Fee.
    

CHARGE TO SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

   
     To cover other administrative expenses not covered by the Annual Contract
Fee discussed above,  and to compensate us for assuming  mortality and expense
risks under the Contracts,  Separate Account D will incur a daily charge at an
annualized  rate of 1.40% of the  average  daily net asset  value of  Separate
Account  D  attributable  to  the  Contracts.  Of  this  amount,  .15%  is for
administrative  expenses  and 1.25% is for the  assumption  of  mortality  and
expense risks. We do not expect to earn a profit on that portion of the charge
which is for administrative expenses, but we do expect to derive a profit from
the portion which is for the assumption of mortality and expense risks.  There
is no  necessary  relationship  between the amount of  administrative  charges
imposed on a given Contract and the amount of expenses  actually  attributable
to that Contract.
    

     In  assuming  the  mortality  risk,  we are  subject to the risk that our
actuarial  estimate of mortality rates may prove erroneous and that Annuitants
will live  longer  than  expected,  or that more  Owners  or  Annuitants  than
expected will die at a time when the death benefit  guaranteed by us is higher
than the net surrender value of their interests in the Contracts.  In assuming
the  expense  risk,  we are  subject  to the risk that the  revenues  from the
expense  charges under the Contracts  (which  charges are guaranteed not to be
increased) will not cover our expense of administering the Contracts.

                                      29

<PAGE>

MISCELLANEOUS

   
     Charges  and  expenses  are  paid  out of the  assets  of each  Fund,  as
described  in the  prospectus  relating to that Fund.  We reserve the right to
impose  charges or establish  reserves for any federal or local taxes incurred
or that may be  incurred  by us,  and that may be deemed  attributable  to the
Contracts.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN

     Automatic partial withdrawals, with minimum payments of $100, may be made
at periodic intervals through a systematic withdrawal program and the Contract
Owner may choose from payment  schedules of monthly,  quarterly,  or annually,
and may start, stop,  increase or decrease payments.  Withdrawals may start as
early as 30 days  after the issue date of the  Contract  and may be taken from
the Fixed  Account or any  Division,  as  specified  by the Owner.  Systematic
withdrawals  are  subject  to the terms  and  conditions  applicable  to other
partial  withdrawals,  including Surrender Charges and exceptions to Surrender
Charges.

ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

     If the Account  Value is at least  $500,  the Owner may elect to reinvest
all of the proceeds that were  previously  liquidated from the Contract within
the past 30 days and have the Surrender Charge and any Annual Contract Fee not
then due credited  back to the  Contract.  The funds will be reinvested at the
value next  following  the date of receipt of the  reinstated  Account  Value.
Unless you request  otherwise,  the reinstated Account Value will be allocated
among the Divisions and Guarantee Periods in the same proportions as the prior
surrender. You may use this privilege only once.
    

REDUCTION IN SALES OR ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES

     We may reduce the sales or  administrative  charges imposed under certain
Qualified  Contracts in connection  with  employer-sponsored  plans.  Any such
reductions will reflect  differences in costs or services (due to such factors
as reduced sales expenses or administrative efficiencies relating to serving a
large number of employees of a single  employer and  functions  assumed by the
employer  that we  otherwise  would have to perform)  and will not be unfairly
discriminatory as to any person.

   
                     LONG-TERM CARE, CATASTROPHIC MEDICAL
                         EXPENSES AND TERMINAL ILLNESS
    

     THE RIDER DESCRIBED BELOW IS NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES,  AND YOU SHOULD
THEREFORE  CONSULT YOUR SALES  REPRESENTATIVE OR OUR HOME OFFICE AS TO WHETHER
IT WILL APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO SEPARATE CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER.

LONG-TERM CARE

   
     Pursuant to a special  Contract rider,  after the first Contract Year, no
Surrender  Charge will apply  during any period of time that the  Annuitant is
confined for 30 days or more (or within 30 days after discharge) in a hospital
or state-licensed  in-patient nursing facility.  We must receive Written proof
of such confinement that is satisfactory to us.
    

                                      30

<PAGE>

   
     In addition,  after the first  Contract  Year,  no Surrender  Charge will
apply if the Owner, Owner's spouse, or the Owner's or Annuitant's dependent is
confined  for 30  days  or more in a  hospital  or  state-licensed  in-patient
nursing  facility,  and such confinement is expected to be permanent.  We must
receive Written proof of such confinement that is satisfactory to us.

CATASTROPHIC MEDICAL EXPENSES

     The rider  provides  that,  after the first  Contract  Year no  Surrender
Charge  will apply to a partial or total  surrender  equal to or less than the
amount of certain major  medical  expenses.  To consider this waiver,  we must
receive  Written  proof  satisfactory  to us that the  Owner or  Annuitant  is
responsible  in one twelve month period  (beginning  after the first  Contract
Year) for payment,  after receiving all reimbursements,  of $50,000 or more of
medical  expenses  incurred by the Owner,  the  Annuitant,  and/or one or more
dependents of the Owner or the Annuitant.

TERMINAL ILLNESS

     The rider also provides that, after the first Contract Year, no Surrender
Charge will apply if we have received a physician's Written certification that
the Owner or  Annuitant is  terminally  ill and not expected to live more than
twelve months and have waived or exercised  our right to a second  physician's
opinion.
    

                        OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     Only an officer of AG Life can agree to change or waive the provisions of
any  Contract.  The Contracts  are  non-participating  and are not entitled to
share in any dividends, profits or surplus of AG Life.

OWNERS, ANNUITANTS, AND BENEFICIARIES; ASSIGNMENTS

   
     The Owner of a  Contract  will be the same as the  Annuitant,  unless the
purchaser  designates a different  Owner when applying to purchase a Contract.
In the case of joint  ownership,  both Owners must join in the exercise of any
rights or  privileges  under the Contract.  The  Annuitant and any  Contingent
Annuitant  are  designated  in the  application  for a  Contract  and  may not
thereafter be changed.

     The  Beneficiary  and any  Contingent  Beneficiary  are  designated  when
applying to purchase a Contract.  A Beneficiary or Contingent  Beneficiary may
be changed by the Owner  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  while the
Annuitant is still alive, and by the payee following the Annuity  Commencement
Date.  Any  designation  of a new  Beneficiary  or Contingent  Beneficiary  is
effective as of the date it is signed but will not affect any payments we make
or action we take  before  receiving  the  Written  request.  We also need the
Written consent of any irrevocably-named Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary
before making a change. Under certain retirement programs, spousal consent may
be  required  to name a  Beneficiary  other  than the  spouse  or to  change a
Beneficiary to a person other than the spouse.  We are not responsible for the
validity of any designation of a Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary.

     If no named  Beneficiary or Contingent  Beneficiary is living at the time
any payment is to be made, the Owner will be the Beneficiary,  or if the Owner
is not then living, the Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary.
    

                                      31

<PAGE>

     Rights under a Qualified  Contract may be assigned only in certain narrow
circumstances  referred to therein.  Owners and other  payees may assign their
rights under  Non-Qualified  Contracts,  including their ownership  rights. We
take no  responsibility  for the  validity  of any  assignment.  A  change  in
ownership  rights  must be made in Writing and a copy must be sent to our Home
Office. The change will be effective on the date it was made,  although we are
not bound by a change until the date we record it. The rights under a Contract
are subject to any  assignment of record at our Home Office.  An assignment or
pledge of a Contract may have adverse tax  consequences.  See "Federal  Income
Tax Matters."

REPORTS

     We will mail to Owners  (or  persons  receiving  payments  following  the
Annuity Commencement Date), at their last known address of record, any reports
and  communications  required  by  applicable  law or  regulation.  You should
therefore give us prompt written notice of any address change.

RIGHTS RESERVED BY US

   
     Upon notice to the Owner, a Contract may be modified by us, to the extent
necessary  in order to (1) operate  Separate  Account D in any form  permitted
under the 1940 Act or in any other form  permitted  by law;  (2)  transfer any
assets  in any  Division  to  another  Division,  or to one or  more  separate
accounts,  or the Fixed  Account;  (3) add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in
Separate  Account D, or combine the Separate  Account  with  another  separate
account;  (4) add,  restrict or remove Guarantee Periods of the Fixed Account;
(5) make any new Division  available to you on a basis to be determined by us;
(6)substitute, for the shares held in any Division, the shares of another Fund
or the shares of another investment company or any other investment  permitted
by law; (7) make any changes  required by the Code or by any other  applicable
law,  regulation  or  interpretation  in order to  continue  treatment  of the
Contract  as an annuity;  or (8) make any changes  required to comply with the
rules of any Fund.  When  required by law,  we will  obtain  your  approval of
changes and the approval of any appropriate regulatory authority.

PAYMENT AND DEFERMENT

     Amounts  surrendered  or withdrawn  from a Contract will normally be paid
within seven  calendar days after the end of the Valuation  Period in which we
receive the Written surrender or withdrawal request in good order. In the case
of payment of death proceeds, if we do not receive a Written request as to the
manner of payment  within 60 days  after the death of the Owner or  Annuitant,
any death benefit  proceeds will be paid as a lump sum,  normally within seven
calendar days after the end of the Valuation Period that contains the last day
of said 60 day period.  We reserve  the right,  however,  to defer  payment or
transfers of amounts out of the Fixed  Account for up to six months.  Also, we
reserve the right to defer  payment of that portion of your Account Value that
is attributable to a purchase payment made by check for a reasonable period of
time (not to exceed 15 days) to allow the check to clear the banking system.

     Finally,  we  reserve  the right to defer  payment of any  surrender  and
annuity  payment  amounts  or death  benefit  amounts  of any  portion  of the
Variable Account Value if (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than
customary  weekend  and  holiday  closings,  or  trading on the New York Stock
Exchange is restricted; (b) an emergency exists, as a result of which disposal
of  securities  is  not  reasonably   practicable  or  it  is  not  reasonably
practicable  to  fairly  determine  the  Variable  Account  Value;  or (c) the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  order  permits  the  delay  for the
protection  of Owners.  Transfers and  allocations  of Account Value among the
Divisions   and  the  Fixed   Account  may  also  be  postponed   under  these
circumstances.
    

                                      32

<PAGE>

                          FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

GENERAL

     It is  not  possible  to  comment  on  all  of  the  federal  income  tax
consequences associated with the Contracts.  Federal income tax law is complex
and its  application  to a  particular  person  may  vary  according  to facts
peculiar to such person. Consequently,  this discussion is not intended as tax
advice,  and you should consult with a competent tax adviser before purchasing
a Contract.

     The  discussion  is  based on the law,  regulations  and  interpretations
existing  on the date of this  Prospectus.  These  authorities,  however,  are
subject to change by Congress, the Treasury Department and judicial decisions.

     The discussion does not address state or local tax or estate and gift tax
consequences associated with the Contracts.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

     PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Purchasers  of a Contract  that does not qualify for
special tax  treatment  and is therefore  "Non-Qualified"  may not deduct from
their gross income the amount of purchase payments made.

   
     TAX DEFERRAL PRIOR TO ANNUITY  COMMENCEMENT  DATE. Owners who are natural
persons are not taxed  currently on increases in their Account Value resulting
from  interest  earned in the Fixed  Account  or, if  certain  diversification
requirements  are met, the investment  experience of Separate  Account D. This
treatment  applies to Separate  Account D only if it invests in Funds that are
"adequately  diversified" in accordance with Treasury Department  regulations.
Although we do not control the Funds, the investment  adviser to the Funds has
undertaken  to use its best  efforts to operate the Funds in  compliance  with
these diversification requirements. A Contract investing in a Fund that failed
to meet the  diversification  requirements  would  subject  Owners to  current
taxation of income in the Contract that has not previously been taxed.  Income
means the excess of the  Account  Value  over the  Owner's  investment  in the
Contract (discussed below).
    

     Current  regulations do not provide  guidance as to any  circumstances in
which   control  over   allocation  of  values  among   different   investment
alternatives  may cause  Owners or persons  receiving  annuity  payments to be
treated  as the  owners of  Separate  Account D assets  for tax  purposes.  We
reserve the right to amend the  Contracts  in any way  necessary  to avoid any
such  result.  The  Treasury  Department  has  stated  that  it may  establish
standards in this regard through  regulations  or rulings.  Such standards may
apply only prospectively, although retroactive application is possible if such
standards are considered not to embody a new position.

     Owners  that  are  not  natural  persons  --  that  is,  Owners  such  as
corporations  -- are taxable  currently on annual  increases in their  Account
Value unless an exception  applies.  Exceptions exist for, among other things,
Owners that are not natural persons but that hold the Contract as an agent for
a natural person.

     TAXATION OF ANNUITY  PAYMENTS.  Each annuity  payment  received after the
Annuity Commencement Date is excludible from gross income in part. In the case
of Fixed Annuity Payments, the excludible portion is determined by multiplying
the amount  paid by the ratio of the  investment  in the  Contract  (discussed
below) to the expected return under the fixed Annuity  Payment Option.  In the
case of Variable Annuity Payments,  the amount paid is multiplied by the ratio
of the investment in the

                                      33

<PAGE>

Contract to the number of expected  payments.  In both  cases,  the  remaining
portion of each annuity payment, and all payments made after the investment in
the  Contract has been  reduced to zero,  are included in the payee's  income.
Should annuity  payments cease on account of the death of the Annuitant before
the investment in the Contract has been fully recovered,  the payee is allowed
a deduction for the  unrecovered  amount.  If the payee is the Annuitant,  the
deduction  is taken on the final tax  return.  If the payee is a  Beneficiary,
that  Beneficiary may recover the balance of the total  investment as payments
are made or on the Beneficiary's  final tax return. An Owner's  "investment in
the Contract" is the amount equal to the portions of purchase payments made by
or on behalf of the Owner that have not been  excluded  or  deducted  from the
individual's gross income, less amounts previously received under the Contract
that were not included in income.

   
     TAXATION OF PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND TOTAL SURRENDERS. Partial withdrawals
from a  Contract  are  includible  in income to the  extent  that the  Owner's
Account Value exceeds the investment in the Contract.  In the event a Contract
is  surrendered  in  its  entirety,  any  amount  received  in  excess  of the
investment in the Contract is includible in income,  and any remaining  amount
received is excludible from income.  All annuity contracts issued by us to the
same Owner  during any  calendar  year are to be  aggregated  for  purposes of
determining the amount of any distribution that is includible in gross income.
    

     PENALTY  TAX ON  PREMATURE  DISTRIBUTIONS.  A penalty  tax is  imposed on
distributions  under a  Contract  equal  to 10% of the  amount  includible  in
income.  The penalty tax will not apply,  however,  to (1) distributions  made
after the recipient  attains age 59 1/2, (2)  distributions  on account of the
recipient's becoming disabled, (3) distributions that are made after the death
of the Owner  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date or the payee after the
Annuity Commencement Date (or if such person is not a natural person, that are
made after the death of the primary  Annuitant,  as defined in the Code),  and
(4)  distributions  that are part of a series of substantially  equal periodic
payments made over the life (or life expectancy) of the Annuitant or the joint
life (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of the  Annuitant  and the  Beneficiary.
Premature  distributions  may  result,  for  example,  from an  early  Annuity
Commencement  Date, an early surrender,  partial withdrawal from or assignment
of a Contract,  or the early death of an  Annuitant,  unless  clause (3) above
applies.

     PAYMENT OF DEATH PROCEEDS. Special rules apply to the distribution of any
death proceeds payable under the Contract. See "Death Proceeds."

     ASSIGNMENTS AND LOANS.  An assignment,  loan, or pledge with respect to a
Non-Qualified Contract is taxed in the same manner as a partial withdrawal, as
described above.  Repayment of a loan or release of an assignment or pledge is
treated as a new purchase payment.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS")

     PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Individuals  who are not  active  participants  in a
tax-qualified  retirement  plan may, in any year,  deduct  from their  taxable
income  purchase  payments for an IRA equal to the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of
the individual's  earned income, plus $250 for the benefit of a noncompensated
spouse.  No more than $2,000 may be contributed to either spouse's IRA for any
year.  Single persons who participate in a  tax-qualified  retirement plan and
who have adjusted gross income not in excess of $25,000 may fully deduct their
IRA  purchase  payments.  Those who have  adjusted  gross  income in excess of
$35,000  will not be able to deduct  purchase  payments,  and for  those  with
adjusted gross income between  $25,000 and $35,000 the deduction is phased out
based on the amount of income.  Similarly, the otherwise deductible portion of
an IRA purchase payment will be phased out, in the case of married individuals
filing joint tax returns, with adjusted gross income between $40,000 and

                                      34

<PAGE>

$50,000,  and in the  case of  married  individuals  filing  separately,  with
adjusted  gross income between $0 and $10,000.  Individuals  who are precluded
from  deducting  all or a  portion  of  their  purchase  payments  because  of
participation in a tax-qualified retirement plan may still make non-deductible
contributions on which earnings will be tax deferred.  The total of deductible
and  non-deductible  contributions may not exceed the lesser of $2,000 or 100%
of earned income, plus $250 for the benefit of a noncompensated spouse.

     DISTRIBUTIONS  FROM AN IRA.  Amounts  received  under  an IRA as  annuity
payments,  upon partial withdrawal or total surrender,  or on the death of the
Annuitant,  are included in the Annuitant's or other  recipient's  income.  If
nondeductible  purchase  payments  have been made,  a pro rata portion of such
distributions  may not be included in income.  A 10% penalty tax is imposed on
the amount includible in gross income from distributions that occur before the
Annuitant  attains  age 59 1/2 and that are not  made on  account  of death or
disability,  with certain exceptions.  These exceptions include  distributions
that are part of a series of substantially  equal periodic  payments made over
the life (or life  expectancy)  of the  Annuitant or the joint lives (or joint
life  expectancies)  of the Annuitant and the  Beneficiary.  Distributions  of
minimum amounts specified by the Code must commence by April 1 of the calendar
year  following the calendar  year in which the Annuitant  attains age 70 1/2.
Additional  distribution  rules apply after the death of the Annuitant.  These
rules are similar to those  governing  distributions  on the death of an Owner
(or other payee during the Annuity Period) under a Non-Qualified Contract. See
"Death Proceeds."  Failure to comply with the minimum  distribution rules will
result in the  imposition  of a penalty  tax of 50% of the amount by which the
minimum distribution required exceeds the actual distribution.

     TAX FREE  ROLLOVERS.  Amounts may be transferred  in a tax-free  rollover
from a  tax-qualified  plan to an IRA  (and  from one IRA to  another  IRA) if
certain  conditions  are met. All taxable  distributions  ("eligible  rollover
distributions")  from tax qualified  plans are eligible to be rolled over with
the  exception  of (1)  annuities  paid  over a life or life  expectancy,  (2)
installments  for a period  of ten  years or more,  and (3)  required  minimum
distributions under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

     Rollovers may be  accomplished in two ways.  First, an eligible  rollover
distribution may be paid directly to an IRA (a "direct rollover"). Second, the
distribution may be paid directly to the Annuitant and then, within 60 days of
receipt, the amount may be rolled over to an IRA. However, any amount that was
not  distributed  as a direct  rollover  will be  subject  to 20%  income  tax
withholding.

     SIRAs.  Spousal individual  retirement annuities ("SIRAs") are subject to
the same federal income tax treatment and rules that are discussed  above with
respect to IRAs generally.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS

     Employees  and  employers may establish an IRA plan known as a simplified
employee  pension plan ("SEP"),  if certain  requirements are met. An employee
may make  contributions  to a SEP in accordance  with the rules  applicable to
IRAs  discussed  above.  Employer  contributions  to  an  employee's  SEP  are
deductible  by the employer and are not  currently  includible  in the taxable
income of the employee.  However,  total employer contributions are limited to
15% of an employee's compensation or $30,000, whichever is less.

                                      35

<PAGE>

OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS

     PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Purchase payments made by an employer under a pension,
profit-sharing,  or annuity plan qualified  under section 401 or 403(a) of the
Code, not in excess of certain  limits,  are deductible by the employer.  Such
purchase payments are also excluded from the current income of the employee.

     DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY  COMMENCEMENT DATE. To the extent that
purchase payments are includible in an employee's  taxable income,  they (less
any amounts  previously  received that were not  includible in the  employee's
taxable  income)  represent his or her  "investment in the Contract."  Amounts
received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date under a Contract in connection
with a section 401 or 403(a) plan are generally  allocated on a pro-rata basis
between the  employee's  investment  in the Contract and other  amounts.  With
respect to the taxable portion of a lump-sum  distribution  (as defined in the
Code), an averaging rule may be applicable  that allows  computation of tax as
if  the  amount  were  received  over a  period  of  five  years.  A  lump-sum
distribution  will not be includible in income in the year of  distribution if
the employee transfers,  within 60 days of receipt, all amounts received, less
the employee's  investment in the Contract),  to another tax-qualified plan or
to an individual  retirement account or an IRA in accordance with the rollover
rules under the Code. However,  any amount that is not distributed as a direct
rollover  will be  subject  to 20%  income  tax  withholding.  See  "Tax  Free
Rollovers."  Special tax  treatment  may be  available  in the case of certain
lump-sum distributions that are not rolled over to another plan or IRA.

     A 10% penalty  tax is imposed on the amount  includible  in gross  income
from distributions  that occur before the employee's  attaining age 59 1/2 and
that are not made on account of death or disability,  with certain exceptions.
These  exceptions  include  distributions  that are (1)  part of a  series  of
substantially  equal periodic payments  beginning after the employee separates
from  service and made over the life (or life  expectancy)  of the employee or
the  joint  lives  (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of the  employee  and  the
Beneficiary,  (2) made after the employee's separation from service on account
of early  retirement  after age 55, or (3) made to an alternate payee pursuant
to a qualified domestic relations order.

     ANNUITY PAYMENTS.  A portion of annuity payments received under Contracts
in connection with section 401 and 403(a) plans after the Annuity Commencement
Date may be excludible  from the employee's  income,  in the manner  discussed
above  under  "Non-Qualified   Contracts  -  Taxation  of  Annuity  Payments."
Distributions of minimum amounts specified by the Code generally must commence
by April 1 of the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year in which the
employee attains age 70 1/2.  Failure to comply with the minimum  distribution
rules will result in the  imposition  of a penalty tax of 50% of the amount by
which the minimum distribution required exceeds the actual distribution.

     SELF-EMPLOYED  INDIVIDUALS.  Various special rules apply to tax-qualified
plans established by self-employed individuals.

PRIVATE EMPLOYER UNFUNDED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

     PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Private  taxable  employers may establish  unfunded,
Non-Qualified  deferred compensation plans for a select group of management or
highly compensated employees and/or for independent contractors.

                                      36

<PAGE>

     These types of programs allow  individuals to defer receipt of up to 100%
of compensation  that would otherwise be includible in income and therefore to
defer the payment of federal income taxes on such amounts, as well as earnings
thereon. Purchase payments made by the employer,  however, are not immediately
deductible  by the  employer,  and the  employer  is  currently  taxed  on any
increase in Account Value.

     Deferred  compensation plans represent a contractual  promise on the part
of the employer to pay current  compensation at some future time. The Contract
is owned by the  employer  and is  subject  to the  claims  of the  employer's
creditors.  The  individual  has no right or interest in the  Contract  and is
entitled only to payment from the employer's general assets in accordance with
plan provisions.

     TAXATION  OF  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Amounts  received by an  individual  from a
private employer deferred compensation plan are includible in gross income for
the taxable year in which such amounts are paid or otherwise made available.

EXCESS DISTRIBUTIONS - 15% TAX

     Certain  persons,  particularly  those who  participate  in more than one
tax-qualified  retirement  plan, may be subject to an additional tax of 15% on
certain excess aggregate  distributions  from those plans. In general,  excess
distributions are taxable  distributions for all tax qualified plans in excess
of a  specified  annual  limit  for  payments  made in the form of an  annuity
(currently   $150,000)   or  five   times  the  annual   limit  for   lump-sum
distributions.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING AND REPORTING

     Amounts distributed from a Contract,  to the extent includible in taxable
income, are subject to federal income tax withholding. The payee may, however,
elect to have no income tax  withheld by  submitting a  withholding  exemption
certificate to us.

     In some cases, if you own more than one Qualified annuity contract,  such
contracts may be aggregated  for purposes of  determining  whether the federal
tax law  requirement  for  minimum  distributions  after  age 70 1/2 has  been
satisfied.   If,  under  this  aggregation  procedure,   you  are  relying  on
distributions  pursuant  to another  annuity  contract  to satisfy the minimum
distribution  requirement  under a Qualified  Contract  issued by us, you must
sign a waiver  releasing us from any liability to you for not  calculating and
reporting  the  amount of taxes and  penalties  payable  for  failure  to make
required minimum distributions under the Contract.

TAXES PAYABLE BY AG LIFE AND SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

     AG  Life is  taxed  as a life  insurance  company  under  the  Code.  The
operations of Separate  Account D are part of the total  operations of AG Life
and are not taxed separately.  Under existing federal income tax laws, AG Life
is not taxed on  investment  income  derived by Separate  Account D (including
realized and unrealized capital gains) with respect to the Contracts.  AG Life
reserves the right to allocate to the  Contracts  any federal,  state or other
tax  liability  that may result in the future  from  maintenance  of  Separate
Account D or the Contracts.

   
     Certain Funds may elect to pass through to AG Life any taxes  withheld by
foreign taxing  jurisdictions on foreign source income.  Such an election will
result in additional  taxable  income and income tax to AG Life. The amount of
additional  income  tax,  however,  may be more than offset by credits for the
foreign  taxes  withheld  which are also  passed  through.  These  credits may
provide a benefit to AG Life.
    

                                      37

<PAGE>

                           DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

   
The Contracts will be sold by  individuals  who, in addition to being licensed
by state  insurance  authorities  to sell the  Contracts of AG Life,  are also
registered   representatives  of  American  General  Securities   Incorporated
("AGSI"),   the  principal   underwriter  of  the  Contracts,   or  registered
representatives of Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc. ("Van Kampen
Distributors") or other  broker-dealer firms or representatives of other firms
that are exempt from broker-dealer  regulation.  AGSI, Van Kampen Distributors
and any such other  broker-dealer firms are registered with the Securities and
Exchange   Commission   under  the   Securities   Exchange   Act  of  1934  as
broker-dealers  and are  members of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc. AGSI is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of AG Life. AGSI's principal
business  address is the same as that of our Home Office.  The interests under
the  Contracts  are  offered  on a  continuous  basis.  AGSI  and  Van  Kampen
Distributors  have entered into certain revenue and cost-sharing  arrangements
in connection with the marketing of the Contracts.

AG Life compensates Van Kampen Distributors and other broker-dealers that sell
the Contracts according to one or more compensation  schedules.  The schedules
provide for  commissions  ranging  from 4.75% up to 6% of first year  purchase
payments  received  pursuant to the Contracts.  In addition,  depending on the
schedule selected, AG Life may pay continuing "trail" commissions ranging from
0.25% to 0.50% of Contract  Account Value.  AG Life also has agreed to pay Van
Kampen Distributors for its promotional  activities,  such as the solicitation
of  selling  group  agreements  between  broker-dealers  and  AG  Life,  agent
appointments with AG Life,  printing and development of sales literature to be
used by AG  Life-appointed  agents as well as related  marketing  support  and
related special  promotional  campaigns.  These  distribution  expenses do not
result in any  additional  charges under the Contracts  that are not described
under "Charges under the Contracts."
    

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The  legality of the  Contracts  described  in this  Prospectus  has been
passed upon by Steven A. Glover,  Esquire, with the law department of AG Life.
Freedman,  Levy,  Kroll & Simonds,  Washington,  D.C.,  has advised AG Life on
certain federal securities law matters.

                           OTHER INFORMATION ON FILE

     A Registration  Statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 with  respect to the  Contracts
discussed  in this  Prospectus.  Not all of the  information  set forth in the
Registration  Statement  and  exhibits  thereto  has  been  included  in  this
Prospectus.  Statements contained in this Prospectus  concerning the Contracts
and other  legal  instruments  are  intended to be  summaries.  For a complete
statement  of the terms of these  documents,  reference  should be made to the
instruments filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                      38

<PAGE>

     A Statement of Additional  Information  is available  from us on request.
Its contents are as follows:


                CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
General Information ....................................................
Regulation and Reserves ................................................
Independent Auditors....................................................
Services................................................................
Underwriters............................................................
Annuity Payments........................................................
  A.  Gender of Annuitant...............................................
  B.  Misstatement of Age or Sex and Other Errors ......................
Change of Investment Adviser or Investment Policy ......................
Terms of Exemptive Relief in Connection with Mortality
  and Expense Risk Charge ..............................................
Performance Data for the Divisions .....................................
Financial Statements....................................................
Index to Financial Statements ..........................................
    

                                      39

<PAGE>
                  (THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT PART OF A PROSPECTUS)

              INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
                                 INTRODUCTION

THIS  DISCLOSURE  STATEMENT IS DESIGNED  FOR PRESENT  OWNERS OF IRAS ISSUED BY
AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.

This  Disclosure  Statement is not part of your contract but contains  general
and  standardized  information  which must be  furnished to each person who is
issued an  Individual  Retirement  Annuity.  You must refer to your  policy to
determine your specific rights and obligations thereunder.

                                  REVOCATION

If you are  purchasing a new or rollover IRA, then if for any reason you, as a
recipient of this  Disclosure  Statement,  decide within 20 days from the date
your policy is  delivered  that you do not desire to retain your IRA,  written
notification to the Company must be mailed,  together with your policy, within
that  period.  If such  notice is mailed  within 20 days,  all  contributions,
without  adjustments for any applicable  sales  commissions or  administrative
expenses, will be refunded.

Mail notification of revocation and your policy to:

                     American General Life Insurance Company
                     Annuity Administration Department
                     P. O. Box 1401
                     Houston, Texas  77251-1401
                     (Phone No. (800) 247-6584).

                                  ELIGIBILITY

Under  Internal  Revenue Code  ("Code")  section 219, if neither you, nor your
spouse, is an active  participant (see a. below),  you may make a contribution
of up to the lesser of $2,000 (or $2,250 in the case of a Spousal IRA) or 100%
of compensation and take a deduction for the entire amount contributed. If you
are an active  participant,  but have an adjusted  gross  income (AGI) below a
certain  level (see B. below),  you may still make a deductible  contribution.
If, however, you or your spouse is an active participant and your combined AGI
is above the specified  level,  the amount of the deductible  contribution you
may make to an IRA will be phased down and eventually eliminated.

A.   ACTIVE PARTICIPANT

You are an "active  participant" for a year if you are covered by a retirement
plan.  You are covered by a  "retirement  plan" for a year if your employer or
union has a retirement  plan under which money is added to your account or you
are eligible to earn retirement credits. For example, if you are covered under
a  profit-sharing   plan,   certain   government  plans,  a  salary  reduction
arrangement (such as a tax sheltered annuity  arrangement or a 401(k) plan), a
Simplified Employee Pension program

                                    Page 1

<PAGE>



(SEP) or a plan which  promises you a retirement  benefit  which is based upon
the number of years of service you have with the  employer,  you are likely to
be an active  participant.  Your Form W-2 for the year  should  indicate  your
participation status.

You are an active  participant  for a year  even if you are not yet  vested in
your retirement benefit. Also, if you make required contributions or voluntary
employee contributions to a retirement plan, you are an active participant. In
certain plans, you may be an active participant even if you were only with the
employer for part of the year.

You are not considered an active participant if you are covered in a plan only
because of your service as 1) an Armed Forces  Reservist for less than 90 days
of active  service,  or 2) a volunteer  firefighter  covered for  firefighting
service by a government plan. Of course, if you are covered in any other plan,
these exceptions do not apply.

If you are married,  filed a separate  tax return,  and did not live with your
spouse at any time during the year,  your spouse's active  participation  will
not affect your ability to make deductible contributions.

B.   ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME (AGI)

If you are an active participant,  you must look at your Adjusted Gross Income
for the year (if you and your  spouse  file a joint tax  return,  you use your
combined AGI) to determine whether you can make a deductible IRA contribution.
Your tax return will show you how to calculate  your AGI for this purpose.  If
you are at or below a certain AGI level,  called the Threshold  Level, you are
treated  as if you were not an active  participant  and can make a  deductible
contribution  under  the  same  rules  as  a  person  who  is  not  an  active
participant.

If you are single, your Threshold AGI Level is $25,000. The Threshold Level if
you are married and file a joint tax return is $40,000, and if you are married
but file a separate tax return, the Threshold Level is $0.

If your AGI is less than $10,000 above your Threshold Level, you will still be
able to make a deductible contribution,  but it will be limited in amount. The
amount by which your AGI exceeds your Threshold Level (AGI - Threshold  Level)
is called your  Excess AGI.  The  Maximum  Allowable  Deduction  is $2,000 (or
$2,250 for a Spousal IRA). You can estimate your Deduction Limit as follows:

(Your  Deduction  Limit may be slightly  higher if you use this formula rather
than the table provided by the IRS.)

    $10,000 - Excess AGI
    ---------------------   X Maximum Allowable Deduction = Deduction Limit
         $10,000

You must round up the result to the next  highest $10 level (the next  highest
number  which ends in zero).  For example,  if the result is $1,525,  you must
round it up to $1,530.  If the final result is below $200 but above zero, your
Deduction  Limit is $200. Your Deduction  Limit cannot,  in any event,  exceed
100% of your compensation.


                                    Page 2

<PAGE>

     EXAMPLE 1: Ms. Smith, a single person,  is an active  participant and has
     an AGI of $31,619.  She calculates her  deductible  IRA  contribution  as
     follows:

             Her AGI is $31,619
             Her   Excess   AGI   is   (AGI   -   Threshold   Level)   or
               ($31,619-$25,000)  = $6,619 
             Her Maximum Allowable  Deduction is $2,000

                  So, her IRA deduction limit is:

                     $10,000 - $6,619 
                     ----------------   X $2,000 = $676 (rounded to $680)
                         $10,000

     EXAMPLE 2: Mr. and Mrs. Young file a joint tax return.  Each spouse earns
     more than $2,000 and one is an active  participant.  They have a combined
     AGI of $44,255.  They may each  contribute to an IRA and calculate  their
     deductible contributions to each IRA as follows:

             Their AGI is $44,255
             Their Threshold Level is $40,000
             Their  Excess  AGI is (AGI -  Threshold  Level)  or  ($44,255  -
               $40,000)  = $4,255  

             The Maximum  Allowable  Deduction  for each  spouse is $2,000 So,
               each  spouse  may  compute  his or her IRA  deduction  limit as
               follows:

                     $10,000 - 4,255 
                     ----------------  X $2,000 = $1,149 (rounded to $1,150)
                         $10,000

     EXAMPLE 3: If, in Example 2, Mr. Young did not earn any compensation,  or
     elected  to be  treated as earning  no  compensation,  Mrs.  Young  could
     establish a Spousal IRA (consisting of an account for herself and one for
     her husband). The amount of deductible  contributions which could be made
     to the two IRAs is  calculated  using a Maximum  Allowable  Deduction  of
     $2,250 rather than $2,000.

                     $10,000 - $4,255
                     ----------------  X $2,250 = $1,293 (rounded to $1,300)
                         $10,000

     The $1,300 can be divided  between the two accounts,  but neither IRA may
     receive a deductible contribution of more than $1,150.

     EXAMPLE 4: Mr. Jones, a married  person,  files a separate tax return and
     is an active  participant.  He has $1,500 of  compensation  and wishes to
     make a deductible contribution to an IRA.

             His AGI is $1,500
             His Threshold Level is $0
             His Excess AGI is (AGI - Threshold Level) or $1,500-$0) = $1,500
             His Maximum Allowable  Deduction is $2,000 So, his IRA deduction
               limit is:

                   $10,000 - $1,500 
                   ---------------- X $2,000 = $1,700
                       $10,000

     Even though his IRA  deduction  limit  under the  formula is $1,700,  Mr.
     Jones may not  deduct an amount in excess of his  compensation,  so,  his
     actual deduction is limited to $1,500.

                                    Page 3

<PAGE>

                                 SPOUSAL IRAs

As noted in Example 3 above, under the Act you may contribute to a Spousal IRA
even if your spouse has earned  some  compensation  during the year.  Provided
your spouse does not make a  contribution  to an IRA, you may set up a Spousal
IRA  consisting  of an  annuity  for your  spouse  as well as an  annuity  for
yourself.  The maximum  deductible amount to your IRA and a Spousal IRA is the
lesser of $2,250 or 100% of compensation.

                     NON-DEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS TO IRAs

Even if you are above the  Threshold  Level and thus may not make a deductible
contribution  of $2,000  ($2,250 if a spousal IRA is involved),  you may still
contribute  up to the  lesser  of 100% of  compensation  or  $2,000  to an IRA
($2,250  for a Spousal  IRA).  The  amount of your  contribution  which is not
deductible  will be a  non-deductible  contribution  to the IRA.  You may also
choose to make a contribution  non-deductible  even if you could have deducted
part or all of the  contribution.  Interest  or  other  earnings  on your  IRA
contribution,  whether from deductible or non-deductible  contributions,  will
not be taxed until taken out of your IRA and distributed to you.

If you make a  non-deductible  contribution  to an IRA,  you must  report  the
amount of the non-deductible contribution to the IRS on Form 8606 as a part of
your tax return for the year.

You may make a  $2,000  contribution  at any time  during  the  year,  if your
compensation for the year will be at least $2,000,  without having to know how
much will be  deductible.  When you fill out your return,  you may then figure
out how much is deductible.

You may withdraw an IRA contribution  made for a year any time before April 15
of the  following  year.  If you do so, you must also  withdraw  the  earnings
attributable  to that  portion and report the  earnings as income for the year
for which the contribution  was made. If some portion of your  contribution is
not deductible,  you may decide either to withdraw the non-deductible  amount,
or to leave  it in the IRA and  designate  that  portion  as a  non-deductible
contribution on your tax return.

                               IRA DISTRIBUTIONS

Generally,  IRA  distributions  which are not rolled over (see  "Rollover  IRA
Rules",  below)  are  included  in your  gross  income  in the  year  they are
received.  Non-deductible  IRA contributions,  however,  are made using income
which has already been taxed (that is, they are not deductible contributions).
Thus,  the  portion  of the IRA  distributions  consisting  of  non-deductible
contributions  will not be taxed  again when  received by you. If you make any
non-deductible  IRA  contributions,  each  distribution  from your IRA(s) will
consist of a non-taxable portion (return of deductible contributions,  if any,
and account earnings).

Thus,  you may  not  take a  distribution  which  is  entirely  tax-free.  The
following  formula  is used  to  determine  the  non-taxable  portion  of your
distributions for a taxable year:

          Remaining
 Non-Deductible Contributions
 ----------------------------- X Total Distributions = Nontaxable Distributions
 Year-End Total IRA Balances       (for the year)         (for the year)

                                    Page 4

<PAGE>



To figure  the  year-end  total IRA  balance,  you treat all of your IRAs as a
single IRA. This includes all regular IRAs (whether accounts or annuities), as
well as Simplified  Employee  Pension (SEP) IRAs,  and Rollover IRAs. You also
add back the distributions taken during the year.

     Example:  An individual  makes the following  contributions to his or her
     IRA(s).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    YEAR                  DEDUCTIBLE                 NON-DEDUCTIBLE
    ----                  ----------                 --------------
    <S>                   <C>                        <C>  
    1986                  $ 2,000
    1987                    1,800
    1990                    1,000                    $ 1,000
    1992                      600                      1,400
                          ---------                  --------
                          $ 5,400                    $ 2,400
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
         <S>                                         <C>
         Deductible Contributions:                   $ 5,400
         Non-Deductible Contributions:                 2,400
         Earnings on IRAs:                             1,200
                                                     --------
         Total Account Balance of IRA(s)
           as of 12/31/95:                           $ 9,000
         (including distributions in 1995).
</TABLE>

In 1995, the  individual  takes a  distribution  of $3,000.  The total account
balance  in the IRAs on  12/31/95  plus  1995  distributions  is  $9,000.  The
non-taxable portion of the distributions for 1995 is figured as follows:

Total non-deductible contributions           $2,400
                                             -------  X  $3,000 = $800
                                             $9,000 


Thus,  $800 of the $3,000  distribution  in 1995 will not be  included  in the
individual's taxable income. The remaining $2,200 will be taxable for 1995.

                              ROLLOVER IRA RULES

1.   IRA TO IRA

You may withdraw, tax-free, all or part of the assets from an IRA and reinvest
them in one or more IRAs. The reinvestment must be completed within 60 days of
the  withdrawal.  No IRA  deduction is allowed for the  reinvestment.  Amounts
required to be  distributed  because the individual has reached age 70 1/2 may
not be rolled over.

2.   EMPLOYER PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS TO IRA

All taxable  distributions  (known as "eligible rollover  distributions") from
qualified pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus and tax sheltered annuity plans
may be rolled over to an IRA, with the exception of (1) annuities  paid over a
life or life  expectancy,  (2) installments for a period of ten years or more,
and (3) required minimum distributions under section 401(a)(9).

Rollovers may be  accomplished  in two ways.  First,  you may elect to have an
eligible rollover  distribution paid directly to an IRA (a"direct  rollover").
Second, you may receive the distribution  directly and then, within 60 days of
receipt,  roll the amount over to an IRA. Under the Act,  however,  any amount
that you elect not to have distributed as a direct rollover will be subject to
20 percent

                                    Page 5

<PAGE>

income tax withholding, and, if you are younger than age 59 1/2, may result in
a 10% excise tax on any amount of the distribution that is included in income.
Questions regarding  distribution  options under the Act should be directed to
your Plan Trustee or Plan Administrator,  or may be answered by consulting IRS
Temporary Regulations section 1.401(a)(31)-1T, section 1.402(c)-2T and section
31.3405(c)-1T.

                     PENALTIES FOR PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS

If you  receive a  distribution  from your IRA before you reach age 59 1/2, an
additional tax of 10 percent will be imposed under Code section 72(t),  unless
the  distribution  (a)  occurs  because of your  death or  disability,  (b) is
received as a part of a series of substantially  equal payments over your life
or life  expectancy,  (c) is received  as a part of a series of  substantially
equal payments over the lives or life expectancy of you and your  beneficiary,
or (d) the distribution is contributed to a rollover IRA.

                             MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

Under the rules set forth in Code section 408(b)(3) and section 401(a)(9), you
may not  leave  the  funds  in your  contract  indefinitely.  Certain  minimum
distributions are required.  These required  distributions may be taken in one
of two ways:  (a) by  withdrawing  the balance of your contract by a "required
beginning  date,"  usually April 1 of the year following the date at which you
reach age 70 1/2; or (b) by withdrawing periodic  distributions of the balance
in your contract by the required beginning date. These periodic  distributions
may be  taken  over  (a)  your  life;  (b) the  lives  of you and  your  named
beneficiary;  (c) a period not extending beyond your life expectancy; or (d) a
period not  extending  beyond the joint life  expectancy of you and your named
beneficiary.

If you do not satisfy the minimum distribution requirements, then, pursuant to
Code  section  4974,  you may have to pay a 50%  excise  tax on the amount not
distributed as required that year.

The  foregoing  minimum  distribution  rules  are  discussed  in detail in IRS
Publication 590, "Individual Retirement Arrangements."

                                   REPORTING

You are required to report penalty taxes due on excess  contributions,  excess
accumulations,   premature   distributions,   and   prohibited   transactions.
Currently,  IRS Form 5329 is used to report such  information  to the Internal
Revenue Service.

                            PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

Neither you nor your  beneficiary may engage in a prohibited  transaction,  as
that term is defined in Code section 4975.

Borrowing any money from this IRA would, under Code section  408(e)(3),  cause
the contract to cease to be an Individual  Retirement Annuity and would result
in the value of the annuity being  included in the owner's gross income in the
taxable year in which such loan is made.

Use of this  contract as security  for a loan from the  Company,  if such loan
were  otherwise  permitted,  would,  under Code section  408(e)(4),  cause the
portion so used to be treated as a taxable distribution.

                                    Page 6

<PAGE>

                             EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

Tax Code  section  4973  imposes a 6 percent  excise  tax as a penalty  for an
excess  contribution  to an IRA. An excess  contribution  is the excess of the
deductible and  nondeductible  amounts  contributed by the Owner to an IRA for
that  year over the  lesser  of his or her  taxable  compensation  or  $2,000.
(Different  limits  apply in the case of a spousal  IRA  arrangement.)  If the
excess  contribution  is not  withdrawn  by the due  date of your  tax  return
(including extensions) you will be subject to the penalty.

                                 IRS APPROVAL

Your contract and IRA endorsement  have been approved by the Internal  Revenue
Service as a tax qualified Individual Retirement Annuity. Such approval by the
Internal Revenue Service is a determination only as to the form of the annuity
and does not represent a determination of the merits of such annuity.

This disclosure statement is intended to provide an overview of the applicable
tax laws relating to Individual Retirement Arrangements. It is not intended to
constitute a comprehensive explanation as to the tax consequences of your IRA.
As with all significant  transactions such as the establishment or maintenance
of, or withdrawal  from an IRA,  appropriate  tax and legal counsel  should be
consulted.  Further  information  may also be acquired by contacting  your IRS
District Office or consulting IRS Publication 590.

   
                             FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
                 (Variable Annuity Form Nos. 95020 and 95021)

This Financial Disclosure is applicable to IRAs using an American General Life
Variable  Annuity  contract,  form  numbers  95020 or  95021,  purchased  from
American General Life Insurance Company on or after March 15, 1996.
    

Earnings  under  variable  annuities  are not  guaranteed,  and  depend on the
performance of the investment option(s) selected.  As such, earnings cannot be
projected. Set forth below are the charges associated with such annuities.

Charges:

   
     (a) Annual  contract  maintenance  charges of $30  deducted at the end of
         each contract year.
    

     (b) A  maximum  charge  of $25 for each  transfer,  in  excess of 12 free
         transfers  annually,  of  contract  value  between  divisions  of the
         Separate Account.

     (c) To  compensate  for  mortality  and expense  risks  assumed under the
         contract,  variable  divisions  only will incur a daily  charge at an
         annualized rate of 1.25% of the average Separate Account Value of the
         contract during both the Accumulation and the Payout Phase.

     (d) Premium taxes,  if applicable,  may be charged  against  Accumulation
         Value at time of  annuitization,  a full or partial surrender or upon
         the death of the Annuitant.  If a jurisdiction  imposes premium taxes
         at the time  purchase  payments  are made,  the  Company may deduct a
         charge at that time.

                                    Page 7

<PAGE>

   
     (e) If the contract is surrendered, or if a withdrawal is made, there may
         be a Surrender  Charge.  The  Surrender  Charge equals the sum of the
         following:

               6% of purchase  payments for  surrenders and  withdrawals  made
               during  the  first  contract  year  following  receipt  of  the
               purchase payments surrendered;

               6% of purchase  payments for  surrenders and  withdrawals  made
               during  the  second  contract  year  following  receipt  of the
               purchase payments surrendered;

               5% of purchase  payments for  surrenders and  withdrawals  made
               during  the  third  contract  year  following  receipt  of  the
               purchase payments surrendered;

               5% of purchase  payments for  surrenders and  withdrawals  made
               during  the  fourth  contract  year  following  receipt  of the
               purchase payments surrendered;

               4% of purchase  payments for  surrenders and  withdrawals  made
               during  the  fifth  contract  year  following  receipt  of  the
               purchase payments surrendered;

               3% of purchase  payments for  surrenders and  withdrawals  made
               during  the  sixth  contract  year  following  receipt  of  the
               purchase payments surrendered;

               2% of purchase  payments for  surrenders and  withdrawals  made
               during  the  seventh  contract  year  following  receipt of the
               purchase payments surrendered.

          There will be no charge imposed for surrenders and withdrawals  made
          during the seventh  contract year following  receipt of the purchase
          payments surrendered.

          Under certain circumstances described in the contract, portions of a
          partial withdrawal may be exempt from the Surrender Charge.

     (f) To compensate  for  administrative  expenses,  a daily charge will be
         incurred  at an  annualized  rate  of .15%  of the  average  Separate
         Account Value of the contract during the  Accumulation and the Payout
         Phase.

     (g) Each variable division will be charged a fee for asset management and
         other expenses  deducted directly from the underlying fund during the
         Accumulation  and  Payout  Phase.  For funds  managed  by Van  Kampen
         American  Capital  Asset  Management,  Inc.,  total  fees will  range
         between _____% and _____%.

    


                                    Page 8
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

               COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

                                  OFFERED BY

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                       ANNUITY ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT

                   P.O. BOX 1401, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77251-1401

                 1-800-247-6584        713-831-3102 (IN TEXAS)


                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
                             Dated March 15, 1996


     This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus.  It should
be read with the  Prospectus  for  American  General  Life  Insurance  Company
Separate Account D ("Separate Account D") concerning flexible payment deferred
individual  annuity  Contracts  investing  in certain  Funds of the Van Kampen
American  Capital Life Investment Trust dated March 15, 1996. You can obtain a
copy of the Prospectus  for the Contracts,  and any  supplements  thereto,  by
contacting  American General Life Insurance Company ("AG Life") at the address
or telephone numbers given above. You have the option of receiving benefits on
a fixed basis through AG Life's Fixed  Account or on a variable  basis through
AG Life's  Separate  Account  D. Terms used in this  Statement  of  Additional
Information  have the same meanings as are defined in the Prospectus under the
heading "Glossary."

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

General Information...............................................
Regulation and Reserves ..........................................
Independent Auditors..............................................
Services..........................................................
Principal Underwriter.............................................
Annuity Payments..................................................
 A.  Gender of Annuitant..........................................
 B.  Misstatement of Age or Sex and Other Errors..................
Change of Investment Adviser or Investment Policy.................
Terms of Exemptive Relief in Connection With Mortality
 and Expense Risk Charge..........................................
Performance Data for the Divisions................................
Financial Statements..............................................
Index to Financial Statements.....................................
    


                                       1

<PAGE>

                              GENERAL INFORMATION

AG Life (formerly  American  General Life Insurance  Company of Delaware) is a
successor  in  interest  to a  company  previously  organized  as  a  Delaware
corporation in 1917.  Effective December 31, 1991, AG Life redomesticated as a
Texas insurer and changed its name to American General Life Insurance Company.
AG Life is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AGC Life Insurance Company, a Missouri
corporation ("AG Missouri")  engaged primarily in the life insurance  business
and annuity business.  AG Missouri,  in turn, is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
American General Corporation, a Texas holding corporation engaged primarily in
the insurance business.

                            REGULATION AND RESERVES

AG Life is subject to regulation and supervision by the insurance  departments
of the states in which it is licensed to do business. This regulation covers a
variety  of  areas,  including  benefit  reserve  requirements,   adequacy  of
insurance  company capital and surplus,  various  operational  standards,  and
accounting  and  financial  reporting  procedures.  AG Life's  operations  and
accounts  are  subject  to  periodic   examination  by  insurance   regulatory
authorities.

Under  insurance  guaranty fund laws in most states,  insurers  doing business
therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for insurance contract losses,
if  covered,  incurred  by  insolvent  companies.  The  amount  of any  future
assessments of AG Life under these laws cannot be reasonably  estimated.  Most
of these  laws do  provide,  however,  that an  assessment  may be  excused or
deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength.

Although  the federal  government  generally  has not directly  regulated  the
business  of  insurance,  federal  initiatives  often  have an  impact  on the
business in a variety of ways.  Federal measures that may adversely affect the
insurance  business  include  employee  benefit  regulation,  tax law  changes
affecting  the  taxation of  insurance  companies  or of  insurance  products,
changes in the relative  desirability of various personal investment vehicles,
and  removal  of  impediments  on the entry of banking  institutions  into the
business of insurance.  Also, both the executive and  legislative  branches of
the federal government have under consideration  various insurance  regulatory
matters,  which could ultimately  result in direct federal  regulation of some
aspects of the insurance business.  It is not possible to predict whether this
will occur or, if so, what the effect on AG Life would be.

Pursuant to state  insurance  laws and  regulations,  AG Life is  obligated to
carry on its books,  as liabilities,  reserves to meet its  obligations  under
outstanding  insurance  contracts.  These  reserves  are based on  assumptions
about,  among other things,  future claims experience and investment  returns.
Neither  the reserve  requirements  nor the other  aspects of state  insurance
regulation  provide  absolute  protection  to holders of insurance  contracts,
including the Contracts,  if AG Life were to incur claims or expenses at rates
significantly  higher than  expected,  for  example,  due to  acquired  immune
deficiency  syndrome  or  other  infectious   diseases  or  catastrophes,   or
significant unexpected losses on its investments.


                                       2

<PAGE>

                             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The consolidated  financial statements of AG Life and the financial statements
of Separate  Account D included in this  Statement of  Additional  Information
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors, as set forth in
their respective  reports thereon appearing  elsewhere herein.  Such financial
statements  have been included in this Statement of Additional  Information in
reliance  upon such  reports of Ernst & Young LLP given upon the  authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.  Ernst & Young LLP is located
at One Houston Center, 1221 McKinney, Suite 2400, Houston, TX 77010-2007.

                                   SERVICES

   
A Service  Agreement  exists between AG Life and Continuum  Computer  Systems,
Inc.  ("Continuum")  to provide  certain  services in connection with Separate
Account D.  Continuum  has developed a  computerized  data  processing  record
keeping system for annuity  accounting  and has the necessary data  processing
equipment and personnel to provide and support remote  terminal  access to its
system for the maintenance of annuity records, processing information, and the
generation of output with respect to the records and information.  AG Life has
contracted with Continuum for the right to use Continuum's  system.  For these
services AG Life paid Continuum $_______ in 1995, $78,840 in 1994, and $62,691
in 1993.
    

                             PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

American General Securities Incorporated ("AGSI") is the principal underwriter
with respect to the  Contracts.  AGSI also serves as principal  underwriter to
American General Life Insurance  Company of New York Separate Account E and AG
Life's Separate Account A, both of which are unit investment trusts registered
under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940.  AGSI, a Texas  corporation,  is a
wholly owned subsidiary of AG Life and a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.

As principal  underwriter,  with respect to Separate  Account D, AGSI received
from AG Life  less  than  $1,000 of  compensation  for each of the last  three
fiscal years.

The securities  offered  pursuant to the Contracts are offered on a continuous
basis.

                               ANNUITY PAYMENTS

                            A. GENDER OF ANNUITANT

When annuity payments are based on life expectancy, the amount of each annuity
payment  ordinarily will be higher if the Annuitant or other measuring life is
a male, as compared with a female under an otherwise identical Contract.  This
is because, statistically,  females tend to have longer life expectancies than
males.

However,  there  will be no  differences  between  males  and  females  in any
jurisdiction,  including Montana, where such differences are not permitted. We
will also make available Contracts with no such differences in connection with
certain  employer-sponsored  benefit  plans.  Employers  should be aware that,
under most such plans,  Contracts that make  distinctions  based on gender are
prohibited by law.


                                       3

<PAGE>

                B. MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX AND OTHER ERRORS

If the age or sex of an Annuitant has been misstated to us, any amount payable
will be that which the  purchase  payments  paid would have  purchased  at the
correct  age and  sex.  If we  made  any  overpayments  because  of  incorrect
information about age or sex, or any error or  miscalculation,  we will deduct
the  overpayment  from the  next  payment  or  payments  due.  We will add any
underpayments  to the next  payment.  The  amount  of any  adjustment  will be
credited or charged  with  interest at the assumed  interest  rate used in the
Contract's annuity tables.

               CHANGE OF INVESTMENT ADVISER OR INVESTMENT POLICY

   
Unless otherwise required by law or regulation, neither the investment adviser
to any Fund nor any investment policy may be changed without the consent of AG
Life. If required,  approval of or change of any investment  objective will be
filed with the  insurance  department  of each state where a Contract has been
delivered.  The Owner (or, after annuity  payments  start,  the payee) will be
notified of any material investment policy change that has been approved.  You
will be notified of any investment  policy change prior to its  implementation
by Separate Account D if your comment or vote is required for such change.
    

            TERMS OF EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IN CONNECTION WITH MORTALITY
                            AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

AG Life and AGSI  have  obtained  exemptive  relief  from the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") in connection  with  deducting the mortality and
expense risk charge  pursuant to the  Contracts.  In the  application  for the
exemption,  AG Life and AGSI have  represented  and  undertaken,  among  other
things, that:

     o      The level of the  mortality  and expense risk charge is within the
            range of industry practice for comparable annuity contracts;

     o      This  conclusion is based upon a review that AG Life and AGSI have
            conducted  of  publicly-available  information  regarding  annuity
            contracts  of other  companies  which they will  maintain at their
            Home Office,  and make  available on request to the  Commission or
            its  staff,  a  memorandum  setting  forth  the  variable  annuity
            products   analyzed  and  the   methodology  and  results  of  the
            comparative review;

     o      There is a reasonable  likelihood  that the proposed  distribution
            financing  arrangements with respect to the Contracts will benefit
            Separate  Account D and investors in the Contracts,  and the basis
            for this  conclusion  is set forth in a  memorandum  which will be
            maintained  by AG Life at its Home Office and will be available to
            the Commission or its staff on request.

                      PERFORMANCE DATA FOR THE DIVISIONS

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

   
     Each  Division  may  advertise  its average  annual  total  return.  Each
Division's  average  annual total return  quotation is computed in  accordance
with a standard method  prescribed by the SEC. The average annual total return
for a Division for a specific  period is found by first taking a  hypothetical
$1,000 investment in the Division's Accumulation Units on the first day of the
period at the maximum offering price, which is the Accumulation Unit value per
unit ("initial investment"), and computing
    

                                       4

<PAGE>

   
the ending redeemable value ("redeemable value") of that investment at the end
of the period.  The  redeemable  value  reflects the effect of the  applicable
Surrender  Charge  that may be imposed at the end of the period as well as all
other recurring  charges and fees  applicable  under the Contract to all Owner
accounts.  Such other  charges and fees include the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge,  and the  Administrative  Expense  Charge.  Any premium  taxes are not
reflected.  The redeemable value is then divided by the initial investment and
this  quotient is taken to the Nth root (N  represents  the number of years in
the period) and 1 is subtracted from the result,  which is then expressed as a
percentage.

TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS (WITHOUT SURRENDER CHARGE OR CONTRACT FEE)

     Each Division may also advertise its non-standardized total return, which
is  calculated  in the  same  manner  and for the  same  time  periods  as the
standardized average annual total returns described  immediately above, except
that the  redeemable  value does not reflect the  deduction of any  applicable
Surrender  Charge  that may be imposed at the end of the  period,  since it is
assumed that the Contract will continue through the end of each period, or the
deduction of the Annual Contract Fee. If reflected, these charges would reduce
the performance results presented.
    

CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

   
     No  standardized  formula has been  prescribed by the SEC for calculating
cumulative total return  performance.  Cumulative total return  performance is
the compound rate of return on a hypothetical  initial investment of $1,000 in
each  Division's  Accumulation  Units on the  first  day of the  period at the
maximum  offering  price,  which  is the  Accumulation  Unit  value  per  unit
("initial  investment").  Cumulative  total  return  figures  (and the related
"Growth of a $1,000  Investment"  figures set forth  below) do not include the
effect of any premium taxes or any applicable  Surrender  Charge or the Annual
Contract  Fee.   Cumulative  total  return   quotations   reflect  changes  in
Accumulation  Unit value and are calculated by finding the cumulative rates of
return of the hypothetical initial investment over various periods,  according
to the following formula, and then expressing that as a percentage:
    

                                C = (ERV/P) - 1
Where:
     C =      cumulative total return
     P =      a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000
     ERV      = ending  redeemable  value is the value at the end of the
              applicable period of a hypothetical $1,000 investment made
              at the beginning of the applicable period.

   
HYPOTHETICAL PERFORMANCE

     The tables below provide hypothetical  performance  information for eight
of the  available  Divisions  of  Separate  Account  D  based  on  the  actual
historical  performance  of the  corresponding  Fund in  which  each of  these
Divisions invests. This information reflects all actual charges and deductions
of these Funds and all Separate  Account charges and deductions,  with respect
to the Contracts,  that  hypothetically  would have been made had the Separate
Account,  with respect to the Contracts,  been invested in these Funds for all
the periods indicated. No comparable hypothetical information is shown for the
remaining  Division of Separate Account D, because the  corresponding  Fund in
which it invests had not commenced  operating as of the date of this Statement
of Additional Information.
    


                                       5

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

   
             Hypothetical Historical Average Annual Total Returns
                          (Through December 31, 1995)
<CAPTION>
                                                                Since
                                                                 Fund
Investment Division         One Year         Five Years        Inception*
- - -------------------         --------         ----------        ----------
<S>                         <C>              <C>               <C>

Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
                     Hypothetical Historical Total Returns
                          (Through December 31, 1995)
<CAPTION>
                                                                Since
                                                                 Fund
Investment Division         One Year         Five Years        Inception*
- - -------------------         --------         ----------        ----------
<S>                         <C>              <C>               <C>

Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
               Hypothetical Historical Cumulative Total Returns
                          (Through December 31, 1995)
<CAPTION>

                                                                Since
                                                                 Fund
Investment Division         One Year         Five Years        Inception*
- - -------------------         --------         ----------        ----------
<S>                         <C>              <C>               <C>

Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
</TABLE>
    

                                       6

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
   
    Hypothetical Historical Growth of a $1,000 Investment in the Divisions
                          (Through December 31, 1995)
<CAPTION>
                                                                Since
                                                                 Fund
Investment Division         One Year         Five Years        Inception*
- - -------------------         --------         ----------        ----------
<S>                         <C>              <C>               <C>

Emerging Growth
Enterprise
Global Equity
Real Estate Securities
Asset Allocation
Domestic Income
Government
Money Market
</TABLE>

     The  Money  Market  Division's  hypothetical  historical  yield  for  the
seven-day period ended December 31, 1995 was ___%. The Money Market Division's
hypothetical  historical  effective  yield  for the  seven  day  period  ended
December 31, 1995 was 3.82%. ___%.


- - -------------
* The inception  dates for each Fund funding the Divisions  are: April 4, 1986
for the Money Market,  Enterprise, and Government Divisions; June 30, 1987 for
the  Asset  Allocation  Division;  November  4, 1987 for the  Domestic  Income
Division; July 3, 1995 for the Emerging Growth, Global Equity, and Real Estate
Securities Divisions.

YIELD CALCULATIONS

The yields for the Domestic  Income  Division and the Government  Division are
each computed in accordance with a standard method  prescribed by the SEC. The
yield  quotation  is  computed  by  dividing  the net  investment  income  per
Accumulation  Unit earned  during the  specified one month or 30-day period by
the Accumulation  Unit values on the last day of the period,  according to the
following formula that assumes a semi-annual reinvestment of income:
    

                                     a - b
                         YIELD = 2[(------- +1)6 - 1]
                                      cd

a =       net dividends and interest earned during the period by the Portfolio
          attributable to the Division

b =       expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

c =       the average daily number of Accumulation  Units  outstanding  during
          the period

d =       the Accumulation Unit value per unit on the last day of the period


   
The yield of each Division  reflects the  deduction of all recurring  fees and
charges  applicable to each  Division,  such as the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge,  and the  Administrative  Expense  Charge  but  does not  reflect  the
deduction of Surrender Charges or premium taxes.
    

                                       7

<PAGE>

   
     The Money  Market  Division's  yield is  computed  in  accordance  with a
standard  method  prescribed by the SEC. Under that method,  the current yield
quotation  is based on a seven-day  period and  computed  as follows:  the net
change in the  Accumulation  Unit  value  during  the period is divided by the
Accumulation  Unit  value at the  beginning  of the  period to obtain the base
period return; the base period return is then multiplied by the fraction 365/7
to  obtain  the  current  yield  figure,  which  is  carried  to  the  nearest
one-hundredth of one percent.  Realized capital gains or losses and unrealized
appreciation or  depreciation of the Division's  Portfolio are not included in
the calculation.

     The Money Market  Division's  effective yield is determined by taking the
base period return (computed as described above) and calculating the effect of
assumed  compounding.  The formula for the  effective  yield is: 

                         365/7
[ (base period return +1)      -1 ]
    

Yield and effective yield do not reflect the deduction of Surrender Charges or
premium taxes that may be imposed upon the redemption of Accumulation Units.

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

     The  performance  of each or all of the  available  Divisions of Separate
Account  D may be  compared  in  advertisements  and sales  literature  to the
performance of other variable annuity issuers in general or to the performance
of particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual funds, or series
of mutual funds, with investment  objectives  similar to each of the Divisions
of Separate Account D. Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  ("Lipper") and the
Variable Annuity Research and Data Service ("VARDSR") are independent services
which monitor and rank the performance of variable  annuity issuers in each of
the major  categories of  investment  objectives  on an  industry-wide  basis.
Lipper's  rankings  include  variable life issuers as well as variable annuity
issuers.   VARDSR  rankings  compare  only  variable   annuity  issuers.   The
performance  analyses  prepared by Lipper and VARDSR rank such  issuers on the
basis of total return,  assuming  reinvestment of dividends and distributions,
but do not take sales charges,  redemption fees or certain expense  deductions
at the separate account level into consideration. In addition, VARDSR prepares
risk  adjusted  rankings,  which  consider the effects of market risk on total
return performance.

     In   addition,   each   Division's   performance   may  be   compared  in
advertisements  and sales  literature  to the  following  benchmarks:  (1) the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index, an unmanaged weighted index
of 500 leading  domestic  companies that represents  approximately  80% of the
market  capitalization  of the United States equity market;  (2) the Dow Jones
Industrial  Average,  an  unmanaged  unweighted  average  of thirty  blue chip
industrial  corporations  listed on the New York Stock  Exchange and generally
considered  representative of the United States stock market; (3) the Consumer
Price Index,  published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics,  a statistical
measure of change,  over time,  in the prices of goods and  services  in major
expenditure  groups and  generally is considered to be a measure of inflation;
(4) the Lehman Brothers  Government and Domestic  Strategic  Income Index, the
Salomon  Brothers High Grade Domestic  Strategic Income Index, and the Merrill
Lynch Government/Corporate  Master Index, unmanaged indices that are generally
considered to represent the  performance of  intermediate  and long term bonds
during various market cycles; and (5) the Morgan Stanley Capital International
Europe  Australia Far East Index,  an unmanaged index that is considered to be
generally representative of major non-United States stock markets.


                                       8

<PAGE>


   
IMPACT OF TAX DEFERRED ACCUMULATIONS
[TAX DEFERRED CHARTS TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT]



                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  financial  statements  for Separate  Account D that are  included  herein
relate to 5 of its Divisions.  Separate  Account D has 25 other  Divisions for
which no financial statements are included,  because 21 of those Divisions are
available  only pursuant to contracts  other than the  Contracts  that are the
subject of this Statement of Additional Information, and 4 of those Divisions,
which are  available  pursuant to the  Contracts  that are the subject of this
Statement of Additional  Information,  had not commenced  operations as of the
date of this Statement of Additional Information.


The  financial  statements  of AG Life that are included in this  Statement of
Additional  Information  should be  considered  primarily  as  bearing  on the
ability of AG Life to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

               [Financial Statements to be Filed by Amendment.]
    


                                       9
<PAGE>
                                    PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits

     (a) Financial Statements

     PART A: None

     PART B:

   
          (1) Financial  Statements of American General Life Insurance Company
              Separate Account D (to be filed by amendment):

          Report of Independent  Auditors  
          Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 1995
          Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1995
          Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31,
            1995 and 1994
          Notes to Audited Financial Statements

          (2) Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  American  General  Life
              Insurance Company (to be filed by amendment):

          Report of Independent  Auditors
          Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994
          Consolidated  Statements of Income for the years ended  December 31,
            1995, 1994 and 1993
          Consolidated  Statements of Shareholder's Equity for the years ended
            December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
          Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended  December
            31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    

          PART C: None

     (b)  Exhibits

1 (a)          American  General Life  Insurance  Company of Delaware Board of
               Directors resolution  authorizing the establishment of Separate
               Account D.(1)

  (b)          Resolution  of the Board of Directors of American  General Life
               Insurance Company of Delaware authorizing,  among other things,
               the  redomestication  of that company in Texas and the renaming
               of that company as American General Life Insurance Company.(2)

  (c)          Resolution  of the Board of Directors of American  General Life
               Insurance  Company  of  Delaware  providing,  inter  alia,  for
               Registered Separate Accounts' Standards of Conduct. (3)

                                      C-1

<PAGE>

2         None

   
3 (a)(i)       Distribution Agreement, dated October 3, 1991, between American
               General  Securities  Incorporated  and  American  General  Life
               Insurance Company. (2)

     (ii)      Master  Marketing  and  Distribution  Agreement  by  and  among
               American  General  Life  Insurance  Company,  American  General
               Securities Incorporated, Van Kampen American Capital Marketing,
               Inc., and Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc. (to be
               filed by amendment)
    

  (b)(i)       Form of Selling  Group and General  Agent  Agreement  utilizing
               American Capital Marketing, Inc. as distributor. (4)

     (ii)      Form of Selling  Group and General  Agent  Agreement  utilizing
               American General Securities Incorporated as distributor. (4)

     (iii)     Concession Schedule A, attached  to and forming  a part of each
               form of Selling Group Agreement. (4)

   
     (iv)      Selling/Master  General Agent  Agreement by and among  American
               General Life Insurance  Company,  American  General  Securities
               Incorporated,  and Van Kampen  American  Capital  Distributors,
               Inc. (to be filed by amendment)

  (c)(i)(A)    Fund  Participation  Agreement,  dated March 27, 1992,  between
               American  General Life Insurance  Company and American  Capital
               Life Investment Trust. (4)

        (B)    Participation  Agreement  by and  among  American  General Life
               Insurance Company,  American General  Securities  Incorporated,
               Van Kampen American  Capital Life Insurance  Trust,  Van Kampen
               American  Capital  Asset  Management,   Inc.,  and  Van  Kampen
               American Capital Distributors, Inc. (to be filed by amendment)

     (ii)      Sales  Agreement,  dated July 7, 1994, among Neuberger & Berman
               Advisers  Management  Trust,   Neuberger  &  Berman  Management
               Incorporated, and American General Life Insurance Company. (6)
    

     (iii)     Participation Agreement, dated February 2, 1994, among Variable
               Insurance Products Fund, Fidelity Distributors Corporation, and
               American General Life Insurance Company. (5)

     (iv)      Participation Agreement, dated February 2, 1994, among Variable
               Insurance Products Fund II, Fidelity Distributors  Corporation,
               and American General Life Insurance Company. (5)

  (d)          Form of  Agreement  between  American  General  Life  Insurance
               Company   and  Dealer   regarding   exchange   and   allocation
               transaction requests. (4)

4 (a)          Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               Contract (Form No. 93010). (2)

  (b)          Form of Waiver of Surrender Charge Rider. (2)

  (c)          Form of Qualified Contract Endorsement. (2)

                                      C-2

<PAGE>

  (d)(i)       Revised  pages  to  Specimen  form  of  Combination  Fixed  and
               Variable Annuity Contract. (3)

     (ii)      Revised Schedule Page to Specimen form of Combination Fixed and
               Variable Annuity Contract. (4)

   
  (e)(i)(A)    Specimen  form  of  Individual  Retirement  Annuity  Disclosure
               Statement  available  under  Contract Form Nos. 93020 and 93021
               (to be filed by amendment).

        (B)    Specimen  form  of  Individual  Retirement  Annuity  Disclosure
               Statement  available  under Contract Form Nos. 95020 and 95021.
               (7)
    

     (ii)      Specimen form of Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement. (6)

     (iii)     Specimen form of IRA Instruction Form. (4)

   
  (f)(i)       Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               Contract (Form No. 93020).

     (ii)      Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               Contract (Form No. 93021).

     (iii)     Specimen  form of pages for  Contract  Forms  93020 and  93021,
               filed in the following  states:  California,  Minnesota,  North
               Carolina, North Dakota, Oklahoma.

  (g)(i)       Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               Contract (Form No. 95020).

     (ii)      Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               Contract (Form No. 95021).

     (iii)     Specimen  form of pages for  Contract  Forms  95020 and  95021,
               filed  in the  following  states:  California,  Idaho,  Kansas,
               Massachusetts,   Minnesota,   North  Carolina,   North  Dakota,
               Oklahoma,  Pennsylvania,  South Carolina, Texas, Utah, and West
               Virginia.

     (iv)      Specimen form of Waiver of Surrender Charges Rider for Contract
               Form Nos. 95020 and 95021.

5 (a)(i)       Specimen form of  Application  for Contract Form Nos. 93020 and
               93021. (4)

     (ii)      Specimen form of  Application  for Contract Form Nos. 95020 and
               95021.
    

  (b)(i)       Specimen form of Separate Account D Election of Annuity Payment
               Option/Change Form. (4)

     (ii)      Specimen form of Absolute  Assignment to Effect Section 1035(a)
               Exchange  and  Rollover of a Life  Insurance  Policy or Annuity
               Contract. (4)

  (c)(i)       Specimen  form  of  VAriety  Plus  Service  Request,  including
               telephone transfer authorization. (4)

     (ii)      Form of  Authorization  Limited  to  Execution  of  Transaction
               Requests for VAriety Plus Variable Annuity. (4)

     (iii)     Form of Transaction Request Form. (4)

6 (a)          Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of American
               General Life Insurance  Company,  effective  December 31, 1991.
               (2)

                                      C-3

<PAGE>

  (b)          Bylaws of American  General  Life  Insurance  Company,  adopted
               January 22, 1992. (4)

7              None

8              None

9              Opinion and consent of Counsel. (4)

   
10             Consent of Independent Auditors (to be filed by amendment).
    

11             None

12             None

   
13(a)(i)       Computations of  standardized  average annual total returns for
               each Division  available  under  Contract  Form Nos.  93020 and
               93021 for the one and five year  periods  ending  December  31,
               1994, and since inception. (6)

     (ii)      Computations  of   non-standardized   total  returns  for  each
               Division available under Contract Form Nos. 93020 and 93021 for
               the one and five year periods  ending  December  31, 1994,  and
               since inception. (6)

     (iii)     Computations of  non-standardized  cumulative total returns for
               each Division  available  under  Contract  Form Nos.  93020 and
               93021 for the one and five year  periods  ending  December  31,
               1994, and since inception. (6)

     (iv)      Computations of 30 day yield for the Domestic Income  Division,
               the Government  Division,  and the Multiple  Strategy  Division
               available  under Contract Form Nos. 93020 and 93021 for the one
               month period ended December 31, 1994. (5)

     (v)       Computations  of seven day yield  and  effective  yield for the
               Money Market Division  available under Contract Form Nos. 93020
               and 93021 for the seven day period ended December 31, 1994. (5)

  (b)(i)       Computations of hypothetical  historical  standardized  average
               annual  total  returns  for the  Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,
               Global  Equity,  Real  Estate  Securities,   Asset  Allocation,
               Domestic  Income,   Government,  and  Money  Market  Divisions,
               available  under Contract Form Nos. 95020 and 95021 for the one
               and five year  periods  ending  December  31,  1995,  and since
               inception (to be filed by amendment).

     (ii)      Computations of hypothetical historical  non-standardized total
               returns for the Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,  Global  Equity,
               Real Estate  Securities,  Asset  Allocation,  Domestic  Income,
               Government,   and  Money  Market  Divisions,   available  under
               Contract  Form  Nos.  95020 and 95021 for the one and five year
               periods ending  December 31, 1995,  and since  inception (to be
               filed by amendment).
    

                                      C-4

<PAGE>

   
     (iii)     Computations   of  hypothetical   historical   non-standardized
               cumulative total returns for the Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,
               Global  Equity,  Real  Estate  Securities,   Asset  Allocation,
               Domestic  Income,   Government,  and  Money  Market  Divisions,
               available  under Contract Form Nos. 95020 and 95021 for the one
               and five year  periods  ending  December  31,  1995,  and since
               inception (to be filed by amendment).

     (iv)      Computations  of  hypothetical  historical 30 day yield for the
               Domestic  Income  Division,  the Government  Division,  and the
               Asset Allocation  Division,  available under Contract Form Nos.
               95020 and 95021 for the one month  period  ended  December  31,
               1995 (to be filed by amendment).

     (v)       Computations  of  hypothetical  historical  seven day yield and
               effective yield for the Money Market Division,  available under
               Contract  Form Nos.  95020  and 95021 for the seven day  period
               ended December 31, 1995 (to be filed by amendment).

14             Financial Data Schedule (to be filed by amendment).

15(a)          Power of Attorney with respect to  Registration  Statements and
               Amendments  thereto  signed by the  following  persons in their
               capacities  as directors  and,  where  applicable,  officers of
               American  General  Life  Insurance  Company:   Messrs.  Devlin,
               Rashid, Reddick and Luther. (2)
    

  (b)          Power of Attorney with respect to  Registration  Statements and
               Amendments  thereto  signed by Robert  S.  Cauthen,  Jr. in his
               capacity as a director  and officer of  American  General  Life
               Insurance Company. (4)

   
  (c)          Power of Attorney with respect to  Registration  Statements and
               Amendments thereto signed by James R. Tuerff in his capacity as
               a director  or  officer  of  American  General  Life  Insurance
               Company. (6)
    

  (d)          Power of Attorney with respect to  Registration  Statements and
               Amendments thereto signed by Peter V. Tuters in his capacity as
               a director  or  officer  of  American  General  Life  Insurance
               Company. (5)

   
  (e)          Power of Attorney with respect to  Registration  Statements and
               Amendments  thereto  signed by the  following  persons in their
               capacities  as directors  and,  where  applicable,  officers of
               American  General  Life  Insurance  Company:   Messrs.  Kelley,
               Pulliam, and Young. (6)

  (f)          Power of Attorney with respect to  Registration  Statements and
               Amendments  thereto signed by George W. Bentham in his capacity
               as a director or officer of  American  General  Life  Insurance
               Company.

                                      C-5
    

<PAGE>

   
16             Statement of Exemptive Relief Relied Upon.
    




(1)            Previously filed in the initial filing of Registrant's Form N-4
               Registration Statement (File No. 2-49805) on December 6, 1973.

(2)            Previously  filed in the  initial  filing of this  Registration
               Statement (File No. 33-43390) on October 16, 1991.

(3)            Previously  filed  in  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No.  1 to this
               Registration  Statement (File No. 33-43390),  filed on December
               31, 1991.

(4)            Previously  filed  in  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to this
               Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390),  filed on April 30,
               1992.

(5)            Previously  filed  in  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 3 to this
               Registration  Statement (File No. 33-43390),  filed on March 2,
               1994.

   
(6)            Previously  filed  in  Past-Effective  Amendment  No. 4 to this
               Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390),  filed on April 28,
               1995.

(7)            Included in Part A of this Amendment.
    

                                      C-6

<PAGE>

Item 25.  Directors and Officers of the Depositor

     The directors,  executive  officers,  and, to the extent  responsible for
     variable annuity  operations,  other officers of the depositor are listed
     below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Positions and Offices
 Name and Principal                         with the
 Business Address                           Depositor
 -----------------------                    ------------------------
<S>                                         <C>
Harold S. Hook                              Senior Chairman
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

   
Robert M. Devlin                            Chairman
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

Robert S. Cauthen, Jr.                      Director, President, &
2727-A Allen Parkway                        Chief Executive Officer
Houston, TX  77019

George W. Bentham                           Director, Senior Vice President &
2727-A Allen Parkway                        Chief Marketing Officer
Houston, TX  77019
    

Bill B. Luther                              Director, Senior Vice President &
2727-A Allen Parkway                        Chief Systems Officer
Houston, TX 77019

Zafar Rashid                                Director, Senior Vice President,
2727-A Allen Parkway                        Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
Houston, TX 77019

Peter V. Tuters                             Director, Vice President, &
2929 Allen Parkway                          Chief Investment Officer
Houston, TX  77019

Austin P. Young                             Director
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX  77019

Thomas B. Phillips                          Vice President, General
2727-A Allen Parkway                        Counsel & Secretary
Houston, TX 77019
</TABLE>

                                      C-7

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Positions and Offices
 Name and Principal                         with the
 Business Address                           Depositor
 -----------------------                    ------------------------
<S>                                         <C>
Wayne A. Barnard                            Vice President & Actuary
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, Texas  77019

Robert F. Herbert                           Vice President, Controller, &
2727-A Allen Parkway                        Associate Tax Officer
Houston, TX  77019

   
Timothy W. Still                            Vice President
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, Texas  77019
    

Steven A. Glover                            Associate General Counsel &
2727-A Allen Parkway                        Assistant Secretary
Houston, TX 77019

Joyce R. Bilski                             Administrative Officer
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

Farideh Farrokhi                            Assistant Controller
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX  77019

</TABLE>
                                      C-8

<PAGE>

   
Item 26.  Persons  Controlled  By Or Under  Common  Control With the
          Depositor or Registrant

                 SUBSIDIARIES OF AMERICAN GENERAL CORPORATION (1)

The following is a list of American General  Corporation's  subsidiaries as of
November 30, 1995. All subsidiaries listed are corporations,  unless otherwise
indicated.  Subsidiaries  of subsidiaries  are indicated by  indentations  and
unless  otherwise  indicated,  all  subsidiaries  are wholly  owned.  Inactive
subsidiaries are denoted by an asterisk (*).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Jurisdiction of
                                      Name                                                    Incorporation
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------             ----------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>
AGC Life Insurance Company (2)..................................................                 Missouri
   American Franklin Company ...................................................                 Delaware
      The Franklin Life Insurance Company ......................................                 Illinois
         The American Franklin Life Insurance Company ..........................                 Illinois
         Franklin Financial Services Corporation ...............................                 Delaware
         The Franklin United Life Insurance Company ............................                 New York
   American General Life and Accident Insurance Company ........................                 Tennessee
      American General Exchange, Inc. ..........................................                 Tennessee
      Gulf Life Insurance Company ..............................................                 Tennessee
   American General Life Insurance Company .....................................                 Texas
      American General Annuity Service Corporation .............................                 Texas
       American General Life Insurance Company of New York......................                 New York
         The Winchester Agency Ltd. ............................................                 New York
      American General Securities Incorporated (3)..............................                 Texas
         American General Insurance Agency, Inc. ...............................                 Missouri
         American General Insurance Agency of Hawaii, Inc. .....................                 Hawaii
         American General Insurance Agency of
         Massachusetts, Inc. ...................................................                 Mass.
      The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company ..............................                 Texas
         The Variable Annuity Marketing Company ................................                 Texas
Allen Property Company .........................................................                 Delaware
   Florida Westchase Corporation................................................                 Delaware
   Greatwood Development, Inc...................................................                 Delaware
   Greatwood Golf Club, Inc. ...................................................                 Texas
   Highland Creek Golf Club, Inc. ..............................................                 No. Carolina
   Hunter's Creek Communications Corporation ...................................                 Florida
   Pebble Creek Corporation ....................................................                 Delaware
   Pebble Creek Development Corporation ........................................                 Florida
   Westchase Development Corporation............................................                 Delaware
   Westchase Golf Corporation ..................................................                 Florida
American General Capital Services, Inc. ........................................                 Delaware
</TABLE>
    

                                      C-9

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                             Jurisdiction of
                                      Name                                                    Incorporation
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------             ----------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>
American General Delaware Management Corporation1 ..............................                 Delaware
American General Finance, Inc. .................................................                 Indiana
   AGF Investment Corp. ........................................................                 Indiana
   American General Finance Corporation (4).....................................                 Indiana
      American General Finance Group, Inc. .....................................                 Delaware
      American General Financial Services, Inc. (5).............................                 Delaware
         The National Life and Accident Insurance Company.......................                 Texas
      Merit Life Insurance Co. .................................................                 Indiana
      Yosemite Insurance Company ...............................................                 California
   American General Financial Center ...........................................                 Utah
   American General Financial Center, Inc.* ....................................                 Indiana
   American General Financial Center, Incorporated* ............................                 Indiana
   American General Financial Center Thrift Company* ...........................                 California
   Thrift, Incorporated* .......................................................                 Indiana
American General Investment Corporation ........................................                 Delaware
   American General Mortgage Company............................................                 Delaware
   American General Realty Investment Corporation ..............................                 Texas
      American Athletic Club, Inc. .............................................                 Texas
      Hope Valley Farms Recreation Association, Inc. ...........................                 No. Carolina
      INFL Corporation .........................................................                 Delaware
      Ontario Vineyard Corporation .............................................                 Delaware
      Pebble Creek Country Club Corporation ....................................                 Florida
      Pebble Creek Service Corporation .........................................                 Florida
      SR/HP/CM Corporation .....................................................                 Texas
American General Land Development, Inc. ........................................                 Delaware
American General Mortgage and Land Development, Inc.............................                 Delaware
American General Property Insurance Company ....................................                 Tennessee
American General Realty Advisors, Inc. .........................................                 Delaware
Bayou Property Company..........................................................                 Delaware
   AGLL Corporation (6).........................................................                 Delaware
   American General Land Holding Company .......................................                 Delaware
      AG Land Associates, LLC6..................................................                 California
      Hunter's Creek Realty, Inc.* .............................................                 Florida
      Summit Realty Company, Inc. ..............................................                 So. Carolina
Financial Life Assurance Company of Canada .....................................                 Canada
Florida GL Corporation .........................................................                 Delaware
GPC Property Company ...........................................................                 Delaware
   Cinco Ranch Development Corporation .........................................
Texas    Cinco Ranch East Development, Inc. ....................................                 Delaware
   Cinco Ranch West Development, Inc. ..........................................                 Delaware
   The Colonies Development, Inc. ..............................................                 Delaware
   Fieldstone Farms Development, Inc. ..........................................                 Delaware
   Hickory Downs Development, Inc. .............................................                 Delaware
   Lake Houston Development, Inc. ..............................................                 Delaware
</TABLE>
    

                                     C-10

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                             Jurisdiction of
                                      Name                                                    Incorporation
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------             ----------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>

   South Padre Development, Inc. ...............................................                 Delaware
Green Hills Corporation ........................................................                 Delaware
Knickerbocker Corporation ......................................................                 Texas
Lincoln American Corporation ...................................................                 Delaware
Pavilions Corporation...........................................................                 Delaware
</TABLE>

American General Finance Foundation,  Inc. is not included on this list. It is
a non-profit corporation.

(1) The  following  limited  liability  companies  were formed in the State of
    Delaware on March 28, 1995.  The limited  liability  interests of each are
    jointly  owned by AGC and AGDMC and the  business  and affairs of each are
    managed by AGDMC:

    American General Capital, L.L.C.
    American General Delaware, L.L.C.

(2) The  following  companies  became  approximately  40%  owned  by AGC  Life
    Insurance Company ("AGCL") on December 23, 1994:

    Western National Corporation ("WNC")
      WNL Holding Corporation
       Western National Life Insurance Company
        WesternSave (401K Plan)
      Independent Advantage Financial & Insurance Services, Inc.
      WNL Investment Advisory Services, Inc.
      Conseco Annuity Guarantee Corp.
      WNL Brokerage Services, Inc.
      WNL Insurance Services, Inc.

    Accordingly,  these  companies  became  AGCL  affiliates  under  insurance
    holding  company  laws.  However  the WNC  stock  is held  for  investment
    purposes by AGCL and there are no plans for AGCL to direct the  operations
    of any of these companies.

(3) The following  companies  are  controlled  indirectly by American  General
    Securities Incorporated:

    American General Insurance Agency of Ohio, Inc.
    American General Insurance Agency of Texas, Inc.
    American General  Insurance Agency of Oklahoma,  Inc.  (formerly  American
     Capital Marketing Insurance Agency of Oklahoma, Inc.)

(4) American  General  Finance  Corporation  is the parent of an additional 43
    wholly  owned  subsidiaries  incorporated  in 27 states for the purpose of
    conducting its consumer finance operations.
    

                                     C-11

<PAGE>

   
(5) American General Financial Services, Inc. is the parent of an additional 7
    wholly owned subsidiaries incorporated in 4 states and Puerto Rico for the
    purpose of conducting its consumer finance operations.

(6) AG Land  Associates,  LLC is jointly owned by AGLH and AGLL.  AGLH holds a
    98.75% managing interest and AGLL owns a 1.25% managing interest.
    

All of the subsidiaries of AG Life are included in its consolidated  financial
statements, which are filed in Part B of this Registration Statement.


Item 27.  Number of Contract Owners

   
As of  November  30,  1995,  there were 343 owners of  Contracts  of the class
covered by this registration statement.
    


Item 28.  Indemnification

Article VII, section 1, of the Company's By-Laws  provides,  in part, that the
Company  shall have power to indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in
the right of the  Company)  by  reason of the fact that such  person is or was
serving at the request of the Company,  against  expenses,  judgments,  fines,
settlements,  and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection
with such  proceeding  if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such
person  reasonably  believed to be in the best interest of the Company and, in
the case of a criminal  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to believe  the
conduct of such person was unlawful.

Article VII,  section 1 (in part),  section 2, and section 3, provide that the
Company  shall have power to indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending, or completed action
by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason
of the fact that  such  person  is or was  acting  in  behalf of the  Company,
against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
with the defense or  settlement  of such  action if such person  acted in good
faith,  in a manner such person  believed to be in the best  interests  of the
Company,  and with such care,  including  reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily
prudent  person in a like position would use under similar  circumstances.  No
indemnification  shall be made  under  section 1: (a) in respect of any claim,
issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable
to the  Company,  unless and only to the  extent  that the court in which such
action was brought shall determine upon  application  that, in view of all the
circumstances  of the case,  such person is fairly and reasonably  entitled to
indemnity for the expenses  which such court shall  determine;  (b) of amounts
paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a threatened or pending action with
or  without  court  approval;  or (c)  of  expense  incurred  in  defending  a
threatened or pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without
court approval.

                                     C-12

<PAGE>

Article  VII,  section  3,  provides  that,  with  certain   exceptions,   any
indemnification  under  Article  VII  shall  be  made by the  Company  only if
authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that  indemnification of
the  person is proper in the  circumstances  because  the  person  has met the
applicable  standard of conduct set forth in section 1 of Article VII by (a) a
majority vote of a quorum  consisting of directors who are not parties to such
proceeding;  (b)  approval of the  shareholders,  with the shares owned by the
person to be indemnified not being entitled to vote thereon;  or (c) the court
in which  such  proceeding  is or was  pending  upon  application  made by the
Company or the indemnified  person or the attorney or other persons  rendering
services in connection  with the defense,  whether or not such  application by
the attorney or indemnified person is opposed by the Company.

Article VII,  section 7,  provides  that for  purposes of Article  VII,  those
persons  subject  to  indemnification  include  any  person  who  is or  was a
director,  officer,  or employee of the  Company,  or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director,  officer, or employee of another foreign
or domestic corporation which was a predecessor  corporation of the Company or
of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

Insofar as  indemnification  for liability arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a  claim  for  indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred  or  paid  by a  director,  officer  or  controlling  person  of  the
Registrant in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or  proceeding) is
asserted by such director,  officer or controlling  person in connection  with
the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
it is against  public  policy as  expressed in the Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.


Item 29. Principal Underwriters

          (a) Registrant's principal underwriter,  American General Securities
              Incorporated,  also acts as principal  underwriter  for American
              General Life  Insurance  Company of New York Separate  Account E
              and American General Life Insurance Company Separate Account A.

                                     C-13

<PAGE>

          (b) The   directors   and   principal   officers  of  the  principal
              underwriter are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Position and Offices
                                            with Underwriter,
 Name and Principal                         American General
 Business Address                           Securities Incorporated
- - -----------------------                     -----------------------
 <S>                                        <C>
 Robert S. Cauthen, Jr.                     Chairman
 American General Life
 2727-A Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX  77019

 F. Paul Kovach, Jr.                        Director & President
 American General Securities
 Incorporated
 2727 Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX 77019

   
 George W. Bentham                          Director, Senior Vice President &
 American General Life                      Chief Marketing Officer
 2727-A Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX  77019
    

 Bill B. Luther                             Director & Vice President
 American General Life
 2727-A Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX 77019

   
 Thomas B. Phillips                         Director & Secretary
 American General Life
 2727-A Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX  77019
    

 Zafar Rashid                               Director, Vice President &
 American General Life                      Treasurer
 2727-A Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX 77019

 William A. Swalick                         Director & Vice President
 American General Life
 2727-A Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX  77019

 Fred G. Fram                               Vice President
 American General Securities
 Incorporated
 2727 Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX 77019
</TABLE>

                                     C-14

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Position and Offices
                                            with Underwriter,
 Name and Principal                         American General
 Business Address                           Securities Incorporated
- - -----------------------                     -----------------------
 <S>                                        <C>
 Steven A. Glover                           Assistant Secretary
 American General Life
 2727-A Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX  77019

   
 Carole D. Hlozek                           Administrative Officer
 American General Securities
 Incorporated
 2727 Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX 77019

 J. Andrew Kalbaugh                         Administrative Officer
 American General Securities
 Incorporated
 2727 Allen Parkway
 Houston, TX 77019
</TABLE>
    

          (c) Not Applicable.


Item 30.  Location of Records

All records  referenced  under  Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and Rules 31a-1
through  31a-3  thereunder,  are  maintained  and in the  custody of  American
General Life Insurance  Company at its principal  executive  office located at
2727-A Allen Parkway, Houston, TX 77019.


Item 31.  Management Services

Not Applicable.


Item 32.  Undertakings

The  Registrant  undertakes:  A) to file a  post-effective  amendment  to this
registration  as  frequently  as is  necessary  to  ensure  that  the  audited
financial  statements  in the  Registration  Statement  are never more than 16
months old for so long as payments under the Contracts may be accepted;  B) to
include either (1) as part of any  application to purchase a Contract  offered
by these  prospectuses,  a space  that an  applicant  can  check to  request a
Statement of Additional Information,  or (2) a toll-free number or a post card
or similar  written  communication  affixed to or included  in the  applicable
prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional
Information;  C) to deliver any  Statement of Additional  Information  and any
financial  statements  required to be made available  under this form promptly
upon written or oral request.
                                     C-15

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

     As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment  Company Act
of 1940, the  Registrant,  American  General Life Insurance  Company  Separate
Account D,  certifies  that it meets the  requirements  of Securities Act Rule
485(a), for effectiveness of this Amendment to the Registration  Statement and
has duly caused this Amendment to the  Registration  Statement to be signed on
its  behalf,  in the City of  Houston,  and State of Texas on this 27th day of
December, 1995.

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
  COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT D                           COMPANY
      (Registrant)                                   (Depositor)

By:  /s/ZAFAR RASHID                        By:  /s/ZAFAR RASHID
     ---------------                             ---------------
     ZAFAR RASHID                                ZAFAR RASHID
     Senior Vice President of                    Senior Vice President
     American General Life
     Insurance Company

     As  required  by  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this  Amendment  to the
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by the  following  persons  in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

    Signature                      Title                         Date
   -----------                    -------                       ------


 ROBERT S. CAUTHEN            Principal Executive         December 27, 1995
 ---------------------             Officer
(Robert S. Cauthen)              

 ZAFAR RASHID*              Principal Financial and       December 27, 1995
 -----------------            Accounting Officer
(Zafar Rashid)                                            


                                  Directors
                                 -----------

                                                           BILL B. LUTHER*
 -----------------                                         ---------------
 (Harold S. Hook)                                          (Bill B. Luther)

 ROBERT S. CAUTHEN*                                        ZAFAR RASHID*
 ------------------                                        -------------
 (Robert S. Cauthen)                                       (Zafar Rashid)

 ROBERT M. DEVLIN*                                         PETER V. TUTERS*
 -----------------                                         ----------------
 (Robert M. Devlin)                                        (Peter V. Tuters)

 GEORGE  W. BENTHAM*                                       AUSTIN P. YOUNG*
 -------------------                                       ----------------
 (George W. Bentham)                                       (Austin P. Young)


/s/STEVEN A. GLOVER
- - ------------------------                                   December 27, 1995
*By Steven A. Glover, Attorney-in-Fact

<PAGE>

   
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


3(a)(ii)       Master  Marketing  and  Distribution  Agreement  by  and  among
               American  General  Life  Insurance  Company,  American  General
               Securities Incorporated, Van Kampen American Capital Marketing,
               Inc., and Van Kampen American Capital Distributors, Inc. (to be
               filed by amendment)

3(b)(iv)       Selling/Master  General Agent  Agreement by and among  American
               General Life Insurance  Company,  American  General  Securities
               Incorporated,  and Van Kampen  American  Capital  Distributors,
               Inc. (to be filed by amendment)

3(c)(i)(B)     Participation  Agreement  by and among  American  General  Life
               Insurance Company,  American General  Securities  Incorporated,
               Van Kampen American  Capital Life Insurance  Trust,  Van Kampen
               American  Capital  Asset  Management,   Inc.,  and  Van  Kampen
               American Capital Distributors, Inc. (to be filed by amendment)

4(e)(i)(B)     Specimen  form  of  Individual  Retirement  Annuity  Disclosure
               Statement available under Contract Form Nos. 95020 and 95021.

4(f)(i)        Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               Contract (Form No. 93020).

4(f)(ii)       Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               Contract (Form No. 93021).

4(f)(iii)      Specimen  form of pages for  Contract  Forms  93020 and  93021,
               filed in the following  states:  California,  Minnesota,  North
               Carolina, North Dakota, Oklahoma.

4(g)(i)        Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               Contract (Form No. 95020).

4(g)(ii)       Specimen  form  of  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
               contract (Form No. 95021).

4(g)(iii)      Specimen  form of pages for  Contract  Forms  95020 and  95021,
               filed  in the  following  states:  California,  Idaho,  Kansas,
               Massachusetts,   Minnesota,   North  Carolina,   North  Dakota,
               Oklahoma,  Pennsylvania,  South Carolina, Texas, Utah, and West
               Virginia.

4(g)(iv)       Specimen form of Waiver of Surrender Charges Rider for Contract
               Form Nos. 95020 and 95021.

5(a)(ii)       Specimen form of  Application  for Contract Form Nos. 95020 and
               95021.

13(b)(i)       Computations of hypothetical  historical  standardized  average
               annual  total  returns  for the  Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,
               Global  Equity,  Real  Estate  Securities,   Asset  Allocation,
               Domestic  Income,   Government,  and  Money  Market  Divisions,
               available  under Contract Form Nos. 95020 and 95021 for the one
               and five year  periods  ending  December  31,  1995,  and since
               inception. (to be filed by amendment)
    

<PAGE>

   
13(b)(ii)      Computations of hypothetical historical  non-standardized total
               returns for the Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,  Global  Equity,
               Real Estate  Securities,  Asset  Allocation,  Domestic  Income,
               Government,   and  Money  Market  Divisions,   available  under
               Contract  Form  Nos.  95020 and 95021 for the one and five year
               periods ending December 31, 1995, and since  inception.  (to be
               filed by amendment)

13(b)(iii)     Computations   of  hypothetical   historical   non-standardized
               cumulative total returns for the Emerging  Growth,  Enterprise,
               Global  Equity,  Real  Estate  Securities,   Asset  Allocation,
               Domestic  Income,   Government,  and  Money  Market  Divisions,
               available  under Contract Form Nos. 95020 and 95021 for the one
               and five year  periods  ending  December  31,  1995,  and since
               inception. (to be filed by amendment)

13(b)(iv)      Computations  of  hypothetical  historical 30 day yield for the
               Domestic  Income  Division,  the Government  Division,  and the
               Asset Allocation  Division,  available under Contract Form Nos.
               95020 and 95021 for the one month  period  ended  December  31,
               1995. (to be filed by amendment)

13(b)(v)       Computations  of  hypothetical  historical  seven day yield and
               effective yield for the Money Market Division,  available under
               Contract  Form Nos.  95020  and 95021 for the seven day  period
               ended December 31, 1995. (to be filed by amendment)

15(f)          Power of Attorney with respect to  Registration  Statements and
               Amendments  thereto signed by George W. Bentham in his capacity
               as a director or officer of  American  General  Life  Insurance
               Company.

16             Statement of Exemptive Relief Relied Upon.
    


                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received,  plus any premium taxes and Annual Maintenance
Charge that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE PAYMENT VARIABLE and FIXED INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED
ANNUITY CONTRACT.  NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727 Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3102

93020
<PAGE>
                                    INDEX

                                                                         Page

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Annuity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17

Annuity Tables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19

Annuity Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

Change of Investment Advisor or 

    Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

Death Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

Fixed Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

General Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

Guarantee Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

Maintenance Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14

Net Investment Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14

Ownership Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Partial Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

Payment of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

Separate Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

Surrender Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13

Surrenders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

Tax Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14

Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11

Variable Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

                                    Page 2
93020
<PAGE>
                                SCHEDULE PAGE

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                   <C>   
MINIMUM INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT:                                     $5,000

MINIMUM ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS
   (Per Division or Guarantee Period):                                $  100

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS:                                                    NONE

MAXIMUM ASSET CHARGE FACTORS (Separate Account Only) ANNUAL RATE:       1.55%

ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CHARGE:                                            $   36

MAXIMUM TRANSFER CHARGE:                                              $   25

ISSUE AGE:                                                                35

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                   OCTOBER 1, 2021
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

INITIAL ALLOCATION:

<CAPTION>
                                                                 Net Dollar
                                                                 Amount of
                                               Percentage       Allocations

     <S>                                          <C>              <C>   
     Money Market                                 100%             $5,000
     Corporate Bond                                xx%             $ xx.xx
     Common Stock                                  xx%             $ xx.xx
     Government                                    xx%             $ xx.xx
     Multiple Strategy                             xx%             $ xx.xx
     Stock Index                                   xx%             $ xx.xx
     Social Awareness                              xx%             $ xx.xx
     International Equities                        xx%             $ xx.xx
     Fixed Account                                 xx%             $ xx.xx
           1 Year Guarantee Period                 xx%             $ xx.xx
           3 Year Guarantee Period                 xx%             $ xx.xx
           5 Year Guarantee Period                 xx%             $ xx.xx
                                                  -----            --------

     Total Allocations                            100%             $5,000
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C> 
CONTRACT NUMBER:              0500

ANNUITANT:                    JOHN DOE

CONTRACT OWNER:               JOHN DOE

DATE OF ISSUE:                OCTOBER 1, 1991

CONTRACT JURISDICTION:        (STATE NAME)
</TABLE>

                                    Page 3
93020
<PAGE>
                                 DEFINITIONS

COMPANY REFERENCE. "We", "our", "us", or "Company" means American General Life
Insurance Company.

YOU, YOUR,  OWNER.  The words "you" or "your" mean the Owner of this Contract.
The "Owner" is the person,  persons or entity entitled to the ownership rights
stated in this  Contract  and in whose name or names this  Contract is issued.
The Owner may  designate a trustee or  custodian  of a  retirement  plan which
meets the  requirements  of Section 401,  Section 408(c),  Section 408(k),  or
Section 457 of the Internal  Revenue Code to serve as legal owner of assets of
a retirement  plan,  but the term  "Owner" as used herein,  shall refer to the
organization entering into this Contract.

ACCOUNT. Any of the Divisions or the Fixed Account.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT. An accounting  unit of measure used to calculate the value
of a Division of this Contract before annuity payments begin.

ANNUITANT.  The person upon whose date of birth income payments are based. The
Annuitant's name is shown on Page 3.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measurement to calculate variable annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY.  The person entitled to receive benefits as per the terms of this
Contract in case of the death of the Owner or Annuitant, as applicable.  If no
named  Beneficiary  is living at the time any payment is to be made, the Owner
shall be the  Beneficiary,  or if the Owner is not living,  the Owner's estate
shall be the Beneficiary.

CONTRACT VALUE. The value of the Divisions plus the value of the Fixed Account
that is attributable to this Contract on any day.

CONTRACT  YEAR.  A period of 12  consecutive  months  beginning on the Date of
Issue or any anniversary thereof.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. Each anniversary of the Date of Issue of this Contract.

DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this Contract  becomes  effective as shown on
Page 3.

DIVISION. The subdivisions of the Separate Account which are used to determine
how the Participant's Account is allocated among the Variable Fund Portfolios.

FIXED ANNUITY  OPTION.  An Annuity Option with payments which do not vary with
investment performance as to dollar amount.

GUARANTEE PERIOD. The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE. The minimum rate we may use to credit interest on an
effective annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

                                    Page 4
93020
<PAGE>
HOME  OFFICE.  Our  office  at  2727  Allen  Parkway,  Houston,  Texas  77019;
1-713-831-3102; Mailing Address P.O. Box 1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401.

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE. The net assets of a Variable Fund Portfolio divided
by the number of shares in the Variable Fund Portfolio.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT.  The gross amount of a Purchase Payment less any Premium
Taxes deducted at the time a Purchase Payment is made.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that does not  qualify  for the  special
federal income tax treatment applicable in connection with retirement plans.

OWNER'S ACCOUNT.  An account established for each Owner to which each Purchase
Payment is credited.

PREMIUM TAX. The amount of tax, if any,  charged by a state or municipality on
premium payments or Contract values.

PURCHASE  PAYMENT.  An amount  paid to the  Company as  consideration  for the
benefits described herein.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that is  qualified  for the special  federal
income tax treatment applicable in connection with certain retirement plans.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  A segregated  investment account entitled "Separate Account
D"  established  by the Company to separate  the assets  funding the  variable
benefits for the class of contracts  to which this  Contract  belongs from the
other  assets of the  Company.  That  portion  of the  assets of the  Separate
Account equal to the reserves and other contract  liabilities  with respect to
the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with  liabilities  arising out of
any other business we may conduct.  Income,  gains and losses,  whether or not
realized,  from assets allocable to the Separate  Account,  are credited to or
charged  against such account  without  regard to our other  income,  gains or
losses.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which we are open for business except, with respect
to any Division,  a day on which the related  Variable Fund Portfolio does not
value its shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD.  The period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the Exchange on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option under which we promise to pay the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated  Payee one or more payments which vary
in amount in accordance  with the net investment  experience of the applicable
Divisions selected to measure the value of this Contract.

VARIABLE FUND  PORTFOLIO.  An individual  investment fund or series in which a
Division invests.

WRITTEN,  IN  WRITING.  A written  request  or notice in  acceptable  form and
content, which is signed and dated, and received at our Home Office.

                                    Page 5
93020
<PAGE>
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract          This Contract and the application, a copy of which is
                         attached, is the entire Contract. All statements made
                         by the  Contract  Owner or  Annuitant  will be deemed
                         representations and not warranties. No statement will
                         be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                         it is in writing.

Not Contestable          This Contract is not contestable.

Guarantees               Subject to the Net Investment  Factor  provision,  we
                         guarantee that the dollar amount of Variable  Annuity
                         Payments  made during the  lifetime  of the  Payee(s)
                         will  not  be   adversely   affected  by  our  actual
                         mortality   experience  or  by  the  actual  expenses
                         incurred  by us in excess of the  expense  deductions
                         provided for in this Contract.

Settlement               All benefits under this Contract are payable from our
                         Home Office.

Nonparticipating         This Contract is nonparticipating  and does not share
                         in our surplus or earnings.

Change of Investment     Unless otherwise  required by law or regulation,  the
Advisor or Investment    investment  advisor or any investment  policy may not
Policy                   be changed without our consent. If required, approval
                         of or  change  of any  investment  objective  will be
                         filed  with the  Insurance  Department  of the  state
                         where  this  Contract  is  delivered.   You  will  be
                         notified of any  material  investment  policy  change
                         which   has  been   approved.   Notification   of  an
                         investment  policy change will be given in advance to
                         those Owners who have the right to comment on or vote
                         on such change.

                         Any substitution of the underlying investments of any
                         Division will comply with all applicable requirements
                         of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and  rules
                         thereunder.

Rights Reserved          Upon notice to you,  this Contract may be modified by
by us                    us, but only if such modification is necessary to:

                         (1)  Operate  the   Separate   Account  in  any  form
                              permitted  under the  Investment  Company Act of
                              1940 or in any other form permitted by law;

                         (2)  Transfer  any assets in any  Division to another
                              Division,  or to one or more separate  accounts,
                              or to the Fixed Account;

                         (3)  Add, combine or remove Divisions in the Separate
                              Account;

                         (4)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,
                              the shares of another Variable Fund Portfolio or
                              the shares of another invest-ment company or any
                              other investment permitted by law;

                         (5)  Make any  changes as  required  by the  Internal
                              Revenue  Codeor  by any  other  applicable  law,
                              regulation or interpretation inorder to continue
                              treatment of this Contract as an annuity; or

                         (6)  Make any  changes  required to comply with rules
                              of any Variable Fund Portfolio.

                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.

                                    Page 6
93020
<PAGE>
Changing the Terms       Any change in your  contract  must be approved by one
of Your Contract         of our  officers.  No agent has the authority to make
                         any  changes  or  waive  any of  the  terms  of  your
                         contract.

Termination              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value in any Division  falls
                         below  $500,  we reserve  the right to  transfer  the
                         remaining  balance,  without  charge,  to  the  Money
                         Market Division.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Minimum Payments         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the right to modify
                         these  minimums  or to refuse a Purchase  Payment for
                         any reason.

Allocation of            The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
Purchase Payments        shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so received.

Premium Taxes            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1)  From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2)  From  the  Account  Value  at the  time  annuity
                              payments are to commence; or

                         (3)  From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4)  From proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                              contract for any other reason,  including  death
                              of the  Annuitant or Owner,  or surrender of the
                              contract.

                         If premium tax is paid,  the  Company  may  reimburse
                         itself  for  such tax when  deduction  is being  made
                         under  paragraphs  2,  3, or 4  above  calculated  by
                         multiplying  the  sum  of  Purchase   Payments  being
                         withdrawn by the applicable premium tax percentage.

                                    Page 7

93020
<PAGE>
                             OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

Exercise of Contract     This Contract  belongs to the Owner,  who is entitled
Rights                   to exercise all rights and  privileges  in connection
                         with  this  Contract.  Where a  Contract  is  jointly
                         owned,  both  Owners  must  join  in any  request  to
                         exercise the rights or privileges of an Owner.

                         In  any  case,  such  rights  and  privileges  can be
                         exercised  without  the  consent  of the  Beneficiary
                         (other than an irrevocably - designated  Beneficiary)
                         or any other person.  Such rights and  privileges may
                         be   exercised   only  during  the  lifetime  of  the
                         Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,
                         except as otherwise provided in this Contract.

                         Unless the Owner specifies  otherwise,  the Annuitant
                         will  become  the Payee on the  Annuity  Commencement
                         Date. If the Owner or the Annuitant dies prior to the
                         Annuity   Commencement  Date,  the  Beneficiary  will
                         become the Payee. Such Payees may thereafter exercise
                         such  rights  and   privileges  of  ownership   which
                         continue.
  
Beneficiary              The  Owner  has   named  the   Beneficiary   and  any
                         contingent Beneficiary in the application. By Written
                         notice to us, a  non-irrevocable  Beneficiary  may be
                         changed   by  the   Owner   prior   to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement  Date  or  by  the  Annuitant  or  other
                         properly-designated    Payee    after   the   Annuity
                         Commencement Date.
  
Change of Ownership      Ownership   of  a  Qualified   Contract  may  not  be
                         transferred  except  to:  (1)  the  Annuitant;  (2) a
                         trustee or  successor  trustee of a pension or profit
                         sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of
                         the Internal  Revenue  Code;  (3) the employer of the
                         Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after
                         transfer   is   maintained   under  the  terms  of  a
                         retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the
                         Internal   Revenue   Code  for  the  benefit  of  the
                         Annuitant;   (4)  the   trustee   of  an   individual
                         retirement  account plan qualified  under Section 408
                         of the  Internal  Revenue  Code;  or (5) as otherwise
                         permitted  from time to time by laws and  regulations
                         governing  the  retirement  or deferred  compensation
                         plans for which a Qualified  Contract  may be issued.
                         In no other case may a  Qualified  Contract  be sold,
                         assigned,  transferred,   discounted  or  pledged  as
                         collateral.

                         During the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the
                         Annuity  Commencement  Date, the Owner may change the
                         ownership of a Non-Qualified Contract.

                         A change of  ownership  will not be  binding  upon us
                         until we  receive  Written  notification  at our Home
                         Office.  When such  notification is so received,  the
                         change will be effective as of the date of the signed
                         request  for  change,  but the change will be without
                         prejudice  to us on account of any payment  made,  or
                         any action taken by us prior to receiving the change,
                         or on account of any tax consequence.
  
Distribution of          If an Owner  (including  the first to die in the case
Death Proceeds           of  joint  Contract  owners)  under  a  Non-Qualified
under Non-Qualified      Contract  dies prior to the  Annuitant and before the
Contracts                Annuity Commencement Date, the death proceeds must be
                         distributed to the Beneficiary either (1) within five
                         years  after the date of death of the  Owner,  or (2)
                         over  the life of or a period  not  greater  than the
                         life  or  expected  life  of  the  Beneficiary,  with
                         annuity payments

                                    Page 8

93020
<PAGE>
                         beginning  within one year after the date of death of
                         the Owner.  The  Beneficiary  shall be considered the
                         designated  beneficiary  for the  purposes of Section
                         72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. In all cases, any
                         such designated  beneficiary  will not be entitled to
                         exercise any rights prohibited by applicable  federal
                         income tax law.

                         These mandatory  distribution  requirements  will not
                         apply when the  designated  Beneficiary is the spouse
                         of the  deceased  Owner,  if  the  spouse  elects  to
                         continue  this  Contract in the spouse's own name, as
                         Owner.   When  the   deceased   Owner  was  also  the
                         Annuitant,  the surviving  spouse (if the  designated
                         Beneficiary)  may elect to be named as both Owner and
                         Annuitant and continue this Contract.

                         If the  Payee  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies
                         after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all of
                         the  payments  under  the  Annuity  Option  have been
                         distributed,  the remaining  amount payable,  if any,
                         must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                         method of distribution then in effect.

                         If the Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date,
                         or the Payee  thereafter,  is not a  natural  person,
                         then the foregoing  distribution  requirements  shall
                         apply upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within
                         the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code.

Periodic Reports         We will send to each Owner, at least once during each
                         Contract  Year,  a  statement   showing  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value as of a date not more than two  months
                         prior to the date of mailing.  We will also send such
                         statements as may be required by applicable state and
                         federal laws, rules and regulations.

Owner's Account          We will  establish  an Owner's  Account for the Owner
                         under this  Contract and will  maintain  such account
                         during the Accumulation  Period.  The Owner's Account
                         Value for any  Valuation  Period will be equal to the
                         Owner's  Separate  Account  Value,  if any,  plus the
                         Owner's  Fixed  Account  Value,   if  any,  for  that
                         Valuation Period.

                                FIXED ACCOUNT

Fixed Account Value      That  portion of the Net  Purchase  Payment  which is
                         allocated  to the Fixed  Account  will be credited to
                         the Owner's  Account and  allocated to the  Guarantee
                         Period(s)  selected.  The Fixed  Account  Value of an
                         Owner's Account for any Valuation  Period is equal to
                         the  sum of  the  values  in  each  of the  Guarantee
                         Periods  credited  to the  Owner's  account  for such
                         Valuation Period.

                         The value in any one Guarantee  Period on a Valuation
                         Date is the  accumulated  value  of the Net  Purchase
                         Payments,  renewals  or  transfers  allocated  to the
                         Guarantee  Period at the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate,
                         minus  the   accumulated   value  of  surrenders  and
                         transfers   out  of   that   Guarantee   Period   and
                         maintenance   charges  allocated  to  that  Guarantee
                         Period, at the Guaranteed Interest Rate.

Guarantee Periods        The Owner may select one or more Guarantee Period(s).
                         The period(s)  selected will determine the Guaranteed
                         Interest  Rates(s).  The Net Purchase  Payment or the
                         portion thereof (or amount  transferred in accordance
                         with  the  transfer  privilege   provision  described
                         below)  allocated  to a particular  Guarantee  Period
                         will earn  interest at the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate
                         during the Guarantee Period.  Guarantee Periods begin
                         on the date as of which we credit Owner's Account

                                    Page 9

93020
<PAGE>
                         Value to that  Guarantee  Period or, in the case of a
                         transfer, on the effective date of the transfer.  The
                         Guarantee Period is the number of years we credit the
                         Guaranteed  Interest Rate. The expiration date of any
                         Guarantee  Period  is the last  day of the  Guarantee
                         Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee  Periods  begin on the
                         first day following the expiration  date. As a result
                         of Guarantee  Period  renewals,  additional  Purchase
                         Payments  and  transfers  of  portions of the Owner's
                         Account Value, Guarantee Periods of the same duration
                         may have  different  expiration  dates and Guaranteed
                         Interest Rates.
 
                         We will  notify  the Owner in writing at least 30 and
                         no more than 60 days prior to the expiration  date of
                         any Guarantee  Period.  A new Guarantee Period of the
                         same duration as the previous  Guarantee  Period will
                         begin automatically  unless we receive Written notice
                         to the  contrary  from the Owner at least 3  business
                         days prior to the end of such Guarantee  Period.  The
                         Owner may elect to change to another Guarantee Period
                         or Division which we offer at such time.
 
                         If  the  amount  of an  Owner's  Account  Value  in a
                         Guarantee  Period  at the end  thereof  is less  than
                         $500, we will automatically, without charge, transfer
                         such  amount  to the  Money  Market  Division  of the
                         Separate  Account;  however,  we will  transfer  such
                         amount to another  available  Division at the Owner's
                         request.
 
Guaranteed Interest      We  will   periodically   establish   an   applicable
Rates                    Guaranteed Interest Rate for each Guarantee Period we
                         offer.   These  rates  will  be  guaranteed  for  the
                         duration of the  respective  Guarantee  Periods.  The
                         Guarantee  Periods that we make available at any time
                         will be determined in our discretion.
 
                         No  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  shall be less than an
                         effective annual rate of 3.5% per year.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT
 
Divisions                The  Separate  Account  has several  Divisions,  each
                         investing in a corresponding Variable Fund Portfolio.
                         Net  Purchase  Payments  will  be  allocated  to  the
                         Divisions  and the Fixed  Account as shown on Page 3,
                         unless the Owner changes the allocation.
 
                         We  will  use  the  Net  Purchase  Payments  and  any
                         transferred   amounts  to  purchase   Variable   Fund
                         Portfolio shares applicable to the Divisions at their
                         net asset value. We will be the owner of all Variable
                         Fund Portfolio shares purchased with the Net Purchase
                         Payment or transferred amounts.
 
Division                 Net  Purchase   Payments  and   transferred   amounts
Accumulation             allocated to the Separate Account will be credited to
Units                    the   Owner's   Account  in  the  form  of   Division
                         Accumulation    Units.   The   number   of   Division
                         Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the
                         amount  allocated  to  a  Division  by  the  Division
                         Accumulation   Unit  value  as  of  the  end  of  the
                         Valuation  Period  as of  which  the  transaction  is
                         credited.  The  value of each  Division  Accumulation
                         Unit was  arbitrarily set as of the date the Division
                         first  purchased   Variable  Fund  Portfolio  shares.
                         Subsequent  values on any Valuation Date are equal to
                         the previous  Division  Accumulation Unit value times
                         the Net  Investment  Factor for the Valuation  Period
                         ending on that Valuation Date.

                                   Page 10

93020
<PAGE>
Net Investment           The Net  Investment  Factor  is an index  applied  to
Factor                   measure the investment performance of a Division from
                         one Valuation  Period to the next. The Net Investment
                         Factor  may be  greater or less than or equal to one;
                         therefore,  the  value  of an  Accumulation  Unit may
                         increase, decrease or remain the same.

                         The  Net   Investment   Factor  for  a  Division   is
                         determined   by  dividing   (1)  by  (2),   and  then
                         subtracting (3) from the result, where:

                         (1) is the sum of:
 
                              (a) the  Net  Asset   Value  Per  Share  of  the
                                  Variable Fund  Portfolio  shares held in the
                                  Division,  determined  at  the  end  of  the
                                  current Valuation Period; plus
 
                              (b) the per  share  amount  of any  dividend  or
                                  capital  gain   distributions  made  on  the
                                  Variable Fund  Portfolio  shares held in the
                                  Division   during  the   current   Valuation
                                  Period;

                         (2) is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the  Variable
                             Fund  Portfolio  shares  held  in  the  Division,
                             determined   at  the  beginning  of  the  current
                             Valuation Period; and

                         (3) is a  factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,
                             expense risk, and administrative  expense charge.
                             We will  determine  the daily asset charge factor
                             annually,  but  in no  event  may it  exceed  the
                             Maximum  Asset Charge Factor as specified on Page
                             3.

Separate Account         The Separate  Account Value for any Valuation  Period
Value                    is the total of the values in each Division  credited
                         to the Owner's Account for such Valuation Period. The
                         value for each Division will be equal to:

                         (1) the  number  of  Division   Accumulation   Units;
                             multiplied by

                         (2) the  Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  for the
                             Valuation Period.

                         The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation
                         Date to Valuation Date  reflecting the total value in
                         the Divisions.

                                  TRANSFERS

Transfers                We will make  transfers  at the end of the  Valuation
                         Period  in  which  we  receive  the  Owner's  Written
                         request for the  transfer,  subject to the  following
                         restrictions. The maximum transfer charge is shown on
                         Page 3. Prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the
                         Owner may make up to 12 transfers  each Contract Year
                         without charge,  and not more than 25% of the Owner's
                         Account Value allocated to a Guarantee  Period at its
                         inception  may be  transferred  during  any  Contract
                         Year,   except  the  25%  limit  does  not  apply  to
                         transfers  within 15 days  before or after the end of
                         the applicable Guarantee Period. We reserve the right
                         to restrict or terminate transfers.

                         After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may
                         make one  transfer  during any 180 day  period;  such
                         transfer  is without  charge.  The Owner may not make
                         transfers from the fixed annuity account.

                                   Page 11

93020
<PAGE>
                         Each  transfer  from a  Guarantee  Period or Division
                         must be at least $500 or the  Owner's  total value in
                         the  Guarantee  Period  or  Division,  if less.  If a
                         transfer  would cause the Owner's  Account  Value (or
                         value  of an  Annuity  Option)  in  any  Division  or
                         Guarantee   Period  to  fall  below  $500,  then  the
                         remaining  balance  in  that  Division  or  Guarantee
                         Period   will  also  be   transferred   in  the  same
                         proportions as the transfer request.

                         We  reserve  the  right to defer  transfers  from the
                         Fixed  Account  for up to 6  months  from the date we
                         receive the request.

                                  SURRENDERS

General Surrender        The amount  surrendered  will normally be paid to the
Provisions               Owner within 5 business  days  following  our receipt
                         of:

                         (1) the Owner's  Written request on a form acceptable
                             to us; and

                         (2) this Contract, if required.

                         We reserve the right to defer  payment of  surrenders
                         from the Fixed  Account  for up to 6 months  from the
                         date we receive the request.

Full Surrender           At any time prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date
                         and during the lifetime of the  Annuitant,  the Owner
                         may  surrender  this Contract by sending us a Written
                         request. The amount payable on surrender is:

                         (1) the  Owner's  Account  Value  at  the  end of the
                             Valuation  Period in which we receive the Owner's
                             request on a form acceptable to us;

                         (2) minus any applicable Surrender Charge;

                         (3) minus any applicable maintenance charge; and

                         (4) minus any applicable premium tax.

                         The amount  payable upon  surrender  will not be less
                         than the amount required by state law.

                         Upon payment of the surrender  amount,  this Contract
                         will be  terminated  and  the  Company  will  have no
                         further obligation to the Owner.

                         All   collateral   assignees   must  consent  to  any
                         surrender or partial withdrawal.  We may require that
                         this Contract be returned to our Home Office prior to
                         making payment.

Partial Withdrawals      A  portion  of  the  Owner's  Account  Value  may  be
                         withdrawn   at  any  time   prior   to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  The Owner must send us a Written
                         request specifying the Divisions or Guarantee Periods
                         from which the surrender is to be made.  However,  in
                         cases  where the Owner  does not so  specify,  or the
                         withdrawal  cannot  be made in  accordance  with  the
                         Owner's  specification,   we  reserve  the  right  to
                         implement the  withdrawal pro rata from each Division
                         and  Guarantee  Period  based on the Owner's  Account
                         Value in each.  Surrenders  will be made effective at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we receive
                         the  Written  request.  Partial  withdrawals  will be
                         subject to the following guidelines:

                                   Page 12

93020
<PAGE>

                         (1) The partial surrender amount from any Division or
                             Guarantee  Period  must be at least  $500 or,  if
                             less,  the entire  Owner's  Account  Value in the
                             Division or Guarantee Period.

                         (2) We will  surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units
                             from  the  Separate  Account  or  interests  in a
                             Guarantee   Period  so  that  the  total   amount
                             surrendered will be the sum of:
 
                             (a) The amount payable to the Owner;
 
                             (b) Plus any Surrender  Charge and any applicable
                                 premium tax;

                         (3) If a partial  withdrawal  would cause the Owner's
                             Account Value in any Division or Guarantee Period
                             to fall below $500, the remaining balance therein
                             will be  transferred  without charge to the Money
                             Market Division.

Surrender Charge         Except as noted under "Surrender Charge  Exceptions",
for Partial              a  Surrender  Charge will be applied to the amount of
Withdrawals and          any  Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first 7
Full Surrenders          years after it was first credited, as follows:

                                                        Surrender Charge
                            Year of                      as a Percentage 
                         Purchase Payment                 of Purchase
                            Withdrawal                  Payment Withdrawn
                         ----------------               -----------------

                             1st                                7%
                             2nd                                6%
                             3rd                                5%
                             4th                                4%
                             5th                                3%
                             6th                                2%
                             7th                                1%
                          Thereafter                            0%

                         For purposes of computing the Surrender  Charge,  the
                         oldest  Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn
                         first,  and before any  amounts in excess of Purchase
                         Payments are withdrawn from an Owner's  Account.  The
                         following   transactions   will  be   considered   as
                         withdrawals  for purposes of computing  the Surrender
                         Charge:   total   surrender,    partial   withdrawal,
                         commencement   of  an  annuity   payment  option  and
                         termination due to insufficient Owner Account Value.

Surrender Charge         The Surrender Charge will not apply:
Exceptions
                         (1) To any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments
                             that are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                         (2) Upon selection of an annuity  payment option that
                             is based on life  contingencies,  but only if the
                             Annuity  Commencement  Date does not fall  within
                             the first 3 Contract Years.

                         (3) To that portion of your first withdrawal or total
                             surrender in a contract year:

                                   Page 13

93020
<PAGE>
                             (a) That is up to 10% of the  amount of  Purchase
                                 Payments not previously withdrawn; and

                             (b) That  has been  credited  for one or more but
                                 less than 7 years.

                         Once an automatic  withdrawal  during a Contract Year
                         pursuant to a systematic  withdrawal plan established
                         with us has  been  made in  reliance  on the 10% free
                         withdrawal privilege, no non-automatic withdrawal may
                         rely on the 10% free withdrawal  privilege during the
                         balance  of  that   Contract   Year.  We  will  waive
                         surrender charges on multiple  installments  during a
                         contract year under a systematic withdrawal plan, the
                         total  of which  does not  exceed  the  total  amount
                         eligible under the 10% free withdrawal privilege.

                         A free  withdrawal  pursuant to any of the  foregoing
                         Surrender   Charge   Exceptions   is  not   deemed  a
                         withdrawal of Purchase  Payments  except for purposes
                         of computing the 10% free withdrawal privilege.

                              MAINTENANCE CHARGE

Manner of                The annual maintenance charge will be deducted at the
Deducting                end of  each  Contract  Year  prior  to  the  Annuity
                         Commencement  Date. Unless paid directly,  the charge
                         will be  allocated  among the  Guarantee  Periods and
                         Divisions in proportion to the Owner's  Account Value
                         in each.  The  entire  charge  for the  year  will be
                         deducted  from the proceeds of any full  surrender of
                         this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

Right to                 We reserve the right to impose additional  charges or
Impose                   establish  reserves  for any  federal or local  taxes
                         incurred  or that may be incurred by us, and that may
                         be deemed attributable to the Contracts.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

Reinstatement of         If the Owner has made a full surrender of the Owner's
Account Value            Account Value,  the Owner may reinstate the Contract,
                         if we  receive  the  Written  reinstatement  request,
                         together with a return of the net surrender proceeds,
                         not more than 30 days  after the date as of which the
                         surrender  was  made.  In  such a case,  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value will be restored to what it was at the
                         time  of the  surrender  (less  any  annual  Contract
                         maintenance  charge that has since  become  payable),
                         and any subsequent  Surrender Charge will be computed
                         as if the  Contract  had been  issued  at the date of
                         reinstatement  in consideration of a Purchase Payment
                         in the amount of such net  surrender  proceeds.  This
                         onetime reinstatement  privilege is available only if
                         the Owner's Account Value following the reinstatement
                         would be at least  $500.  Unless  the owner  requests
                         otherwise in Writing, the Account Value following the
                         reinstatement  will be allocated  among the Divisions
                         and Guarantee  Periods in the same proportions as the
                         prior surrender.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

Death Proceeds           If  the   Annuitant   dies   prior  to  the   Annuity
Before the Annuity       Commencement  Date, we will pay the death proceeds to
Commencement Date        the Beneficiary.

                                   Page 14

93020
<PAGE>
                         If the  Annuitant had not attained age 75, the amount
                         of the death proceeds prior to the application of any
                         premium tax will be the greater of:

                         (1) The sum of the Net  Purchase  Payments  made less
                             any prior partial withdrawals;

                         (2) The  Owner's  Account  Value as of the end of the
                             Valuation Period in which we receive proof of the
                             Annuitant's  death and a Written request from the
                             Beneficiary as to the manner of payment; and

                         (3) The Owner's  Account  Value as of the most recent
                             5-year Contract  Anniversary,  less the amount of
                             any Subsequest Partial Withdrawals.

                         If the  Annuitant  had  attained  age 75,  the  death
                         proceeds will be equal to the Owner's  Account Value,
                         as set forth in (2)  above,  less (a) any  applicable
                         Surrender   Charge,   (b)  any   uncollected   annual
                         maintenance  charge  and (c) any  applicable  premium
                         tax.

                         If an Owner  (including  the first to die in the case
                         of joint Owners) under a Non-Qualified  Contract dies
                         before the death  proceeds  otherwise  become payable
                         and prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date, we will
                         pay to the  Beneficiary  the  amount  that would have
                         been payable upon a full  surrender of this  Contract
                         as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in  which we
                         receive  proof of the  Owner's  death  and a  written
                         request  from the  Beneficiary  as to the  manner  of
                         payment.

                         The death  proceeds  will not be less than the amount
                         payable on a full surrender at the date used to value
                         the death  benefit.  The death  proceeds will be paid
                         when we receive:

                         (1) Proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's death; and

                         (2) A written request from the Beneficiary for either
                             a single sum or payment under an Annuity Option.

                         We will pay a single sum to the Beneficiary unless an
                         Annuity Option is chosen.

Death Proceeds on        If  the  Annuitant  dies  on  or  after  the  Annuity
or After the             Commencement  Date, the Beneficiary  will receive the
Annuity                  death  proceeds,  if any,  as provided by the annuity
Commencement Date        form in effect.


Proof of Death           We  accept  any  of the  following  as  proof  of the
                         Annuitant's or Owner's death:

                         (1) A copy of a certified death certificate;

                         (2) A  copy  of a  certified  decree  of a  court  of
                             competent  jurisdiction  as  to  the  finding  of
                             death;

                         (3) A  written  statement  by a  medical  doctor  who
                             attended the deceased at the time of death; or

                         (4) Any other proof satisfactory to us.

                                   Page 15

93020
<PAGE>
                             PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

Application of
Account Value            Unless  directed  otherwise,  we will apply the Fixed
                         Account  Value to  provide a Fixed  Annuity,  and the
                         Separate Account Value to provide a Variable Annuity.
                         The Owner  must tell us in  writing  at least 30 days
                         prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date if Fixed and
                         Separate   Account   values  are  to  be  applied  in
                         different   proportions.    Transfers   and   partial
                         withdrawals  will  be  permitted  within  the  30-day
                         period.

Annuity           
Commencement Date        The Annuity  Commencement  Date is  specified  in the
                         application and may be changed by Written notice from
                         the Owner, subject to our approval.

Options Available        The  Owner may elect to have  annuity  payments  made
to a Contract            beginning on the Annuity  Commencement Date under any
Owner                    one of the Annuity  Options  described  below. In the
                         absence  of  such  election  ten  days  prior  to the
                         Annuity  Commencement Date, the Owner's Account Value
                         will be  applied  under the  Second  Option  with 120
                         monthly  payments  guaranteed,  unless  the joint and
                         survivor option is required by law.

Options Available        The  Owner,  or in the case the Owner  shall not have
to Beneficiary           done so,  the  Beneficiary,  within 60 days after the
                         death of the Annuitant or Owner, may elect in lieu of
                         payment in one sum,  that any amount or part  thereof
                         due by the  Company  under this  Contract  be applied
                         under any of the  options  described  below.  In such
                         case, the Beneficiary  thereafter  shall have all the
                         rights and options of the Owner.

                         The first  annuity  payment under any option shall be
                         made  on the  first  day of the  second  month  after
                         approval  of the  claim  for  settlement.  Subsequent
                         payments  shall be made  periodically  in  accordance
                         with the manner of payment elected.

Payment Contract         At  such  time  as  one  of  these  options   becomes
                         effective,  this Contract shall be surrendered to the
                         Company in exchange for a payment contract  providing
                         for the option elected.

Fixed Annuity            Fixed   Annuity   Payments   start  on  the   Annuity
Payments                 Commencement  Date.  The amount of the first  monthly
                         payment for the annuity  selected will be at least as
                         favorable as that produced by the applicable  annuity
                         tables  of  this  Contract  for  each  $1,000  of the
                         Owner's  Account  Value  applied as of the end of the
                         Valuation Period that contains the tenth day prior to
                         the Annuity Commencement Date.

                         The  dollar  amount of any  payments  after the first
                         payment is  specified  during  the  entire  period of
                         annuity payments,  according to the provisions of the
                         Annuity Option selected.

                          VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Annuity Units            We  convert  the  Division  Accumulation  Units  into
                         Division  Annuity  Units at the values  determined at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period which  contains the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The
                         number of Division  Annuity Units remains constant as
                         long as an annuity  remains  in force and  allocation
                         among the Divisions has not changed.

                                   Page 16

93020
<PAGE>
                         Each Division  Annuity Unit Value was arbitrarily set
                         when   the   Division   first   converted    Division
                         Accumulation   Units  into  Division  Annuity  Units.
                         Subsequent  values on any Valuation Date are equal to
                         the  previous  Division  Annuity Unit Value times the
                         Net  Investment  Factor  for  that  Division  for the
                         Valuation  Period ending on that Valuation Date, with
                         an offset for the 3 1/2% assumed  interest  rate used
                         in the annuity tables of this Contract.

                         Variable   Annuity  Payments  start  on  the  Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  Payments will vary in amount and
                         are  determined  at the end of the  Valuation  Period
                         that contains the tenth day prior to each payment. If
                         the monthly  payment  under the annuity form selected
                         is based on a single Division, the monthly payment is
                         found by multiplying the Division  Annuity Unit Value
                         on said date by the number of Division Annuity Units.

                         If  the  monthly   payment  under  the  annuity  form
                         selected  is based upon more than one  Division,  the
                         above  procedure  is  repeated  for  each  applicable
                         Division.  The sum of these  payments is the Variable
                         Annuity Payment.

                         We guarantee that the amount of each payment will not
                         be affected  by  variations  in expense or  mortality
                         experience.

                               ANNUITY OPTIONS

                             First Option - Life Annuity - An annuity  payable
                             monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

                             Second Option - Life Annuity with 120, 180 or 240
                             Monthly Payments  Guaranteed - An annuity payable
                             monthly  during the  lifetime  of the  Annuitant,
                             including the guarantee  that if, at the death of
                             the  Annuitant,  payments have been made for less
                             than 120  months,  180  months or 240  months (as
                             selected), payments shall be continued during the
                             remainder of the selected period.

                             Third  Option  - Joint  and  Last  Survivor  Life
                             Annuity - An annuity  payable  monthly during the
                             joint lifetime of the Annuitant,  and a secondary
                             Annuitant,  and  thereafter  during the remaining
                             lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing with the last
                             payment prior to the death of the survivor.

                             Fourth Option - Payments for a Designated  Period
                             - An amount  payable  monthly  for the  number of
                             years  selected  which may be from 5 to 40 years.
                             If this option is  selected on a variable  basis,
                             the  number  of  years  may not  exceed  the life
                             expectancy    of   the    Annuitant    or   other
                             properly-designated Payee.

                             Fifth  Option -  Payments  of a  Specific  Dollar
                             Amount  - The  amount  due may be  paid in  equal
                             monthly   installments  of  a  designated  dollar
                             amount (not less than $125 nor more than $200 per
                             annum per  $1,000  of the  original  amount  due)
                             until  the  remaining  balance  is less  than the
                             amount of one installment.

                                   Page 17

93020
<PAGE>

                             Payments  under this  option are  available  on a
                             fixed  basis only.  To  determine  the  remaining
                             balance at the end of any month,  such balance at
                             the end of the previous month is decreased by the
                             amount of any  installment  paid during the month
                             and the result will be accumulated at an interest
                             rate not less than 3.5% compounded  annually.  If
                             the  remaining  balance  at any time is less than
                             the amount of one installment,  such balance will
                             be paid and will be the final  payment  under the
                             option.

                             In  lieu of  monthly  payments,  payments  may be
                             elected  on a  quarterly,  semi-annual  or annual
                             basis,  in which cases the amount of each annuity
                             payment will be determined on a basis  consistent
                             with that  described in this Contract for monthly
                             payments.

                         No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the
                         case where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,
                         unless a minimum initial annuity payment of $100 will
                         be provided. No election of any Annuity Option may be
                         made in the case where a combination of a Fixed and a
                         Variable Annuity is elected, unless a minimum initial
                         annuity   payment  of  $50  on  each  basis  will  be
                         provided.  If the initial  annuity  payment  does not
                         meet the  minimum  amount  required  for the  Annuity
                         Option  elected,  the  Company  will  provide  a less
                         frequent  payment  schedule.  If the minimum is still
                         not met, the Company will make a lump-sum  payment of
                         the  Account  Value  (less  any   Surrender   Charge,
                         uncollected  annual Maintenance Charge and applicable
                         premium tax) as of the date of this  determination to
                         the Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         If the age of the Annuitant has been misstated to us,
                         any amount payable will be that which would have been
                         payable had the  misstatement  not occurred.  We will
                         deduct  any  overpayment  from  the next  payment  or
                         payments  due and add any  underpayments  to the next
                         payment due.  Interest at an effective annual rate of
                         3.5% will be added to any such adjustment.

Annuity Tables           The tables that follow show the dollar  amount of the
                         first monthly  payment for each $1,000  applied under
                         the options.  Under the First or Second Options,  the
                         amount  of  each   payment   will   depend  upon  the
                         Annuitant's  adjusted  age  at  the  time  the  first
                         payment is due. Under the Third Option, the amount of
                         each payment  will depend upon the  adjusted  ages of
                         both Annuitants at the time the first payment is due.

                         In using the table of annuity payment rates, the ages
                         of the  Annuitants  must be  reduced  by one year for
                         Annuity   Commencement  Dates  occurring  during  the
                         decade  2000-2009,  reduced  two  years  for  Annuity
                         Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2010-
                         2019, and reduced an additional  year for each decade
                         that  follows.  The age 70 rate is also used for ages
                         above 70.

Alternate Amount         If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner
of Installments          (or, if the Owner has not  elected a payment  option,
Under Fixed Life         the Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal
Income Options           to those  provided  by  those  fixed  single  premium
                         immediate  annuity option rates in use by the Company
                         when annuity payments begin.

                                   Page 18

93020
<PAGE>
                                ANNUITY TABLES

                          AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PAYMENT
                       FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE

Options 1 and 2 - Life Annuities
<TABLE>

Adjusted Unisex     ---------------Monthly Payments Guaranteed---------------

<CAPTION>
     Age        Option 1        Option 2        Option 2        Option 2
                  None            120             180             240

     <S>          <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
     50           4.18            4.15            4.12            4.07
     51           4.24            4.21            4.18            4.12
     52           4.31            4.28            4.24            4.17
     53           4.38            4.34            4.30            4.23
     54           4.45            4.41            4.36            4.28
     55           4.53            4.48            4.43            4.34
     56           4.61            4.56            4.50            4.40
     57           4.70            4.64            4.57            4.46
     58           4.79            4.73            4.65            4.52
     59           4.89            4.82            4.72            4.59
     60           5.00            4.91            4.81            4.65
     61           5.11            5.02            4.89            4.71
     62           5.23            5.12            4.98            4.78
     63           5.36            5.23            5.07            4.85
     64           5.49            5.35            5.17            4.91
     65           5.64            5.48            5.26            4.98
     66           5.80            5.61            5.36            5.04
     67           5.96            5.74            5.46            5.10
     68           6.14            5.88            5.57            5.16
     69           6.34            6.03            5.67            5.21
     70 and above 6.54            6.19            5.77            5.27
</TABLE>


Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity

<TABLE>

 Adjusted Age                     Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
 of Annuitant

<CAPTION>
    Unisex         50          55           60          65          70

     <S>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C> 
     50           3.75        3.85         3.94        4.01        4.07
     55           3.85        4.00         4.13        4.24        4.33
     60           3.94        4.13         4.32        4.49        4.65
     65           4.01        4.24         4.49        4.75        5.00
     70           4.07        4.33         4.65        5.00        5.36
</TABLE>

  Option 4 - Payments for a Designated Period
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
   Years of       Amount of Monthly      Years of      Amount of Monthly
    Payment           Payment             Payment           Payment

     <S>              <C>                   <C>              <C>  
      5               $18.12                23               $5.24
      6                15.35                24                5.09
      7                13.38                25                4.96
      8                11.90                26                4.84
      9                10.75                27                4.73
     10                 9.83                28                4.63
     11                 9.09                29                4.53
     12                 8.46                30                4.45
     13                 7.94                31                4.37
     14                 7.49                32                4.29
     15                 7.10                33                4.22
     16                 6.76                34                4.15
     17                 6.47                35                4.09
     18                 6.20                36                4.03
     19                 5.97                37                3.98
     20                 5.75                38                3.92
     21                 5.56                39                3.88
     22                 5.39                40                3.83
</TABLE>

                                   Page 19

93020
<PAGE>
                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "separate  account" on page
10 and "variable annuity payments" on page 16.

                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                             American General Life
                               Insurance Company
                              2727 Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3102

                           [American General Logo]
                                A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

93021


                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              Insurance Company
 
Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received,  plus any premium taxes and Annual Maintenance
Charge that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY


A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727 Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3102

93021
<PAGE>

                                    INDEX

                                                                         Page

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Annuity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17

Annuity Tables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19

Annuity Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

Change of Investment Advisor or 

    Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

Death Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

Fixed Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

General Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

Guarantee Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

Maintenance Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14

Net Investment Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14

Ownership Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Partial Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

Payment of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

Separate Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

Surrender Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13

Surrenders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

Tax Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14

Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11

Variable Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

                                    Page 2

93021
<PAGE>
                                SCHEDULE PAGE

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                   <C>   
MINIMUM INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT:                                     $5,000

MINIMUM ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS
   (Per Division or Guarantee Period):                                $  100

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS:                                                    NONE

MAXIMUM ASSET CHARGE FACTORS (Separate Account Only) ANNUAL RATE:       1.55%

ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CHARGE:                                            $   36

MAXIMUM TRANSFER CHARGE:                                              $   25

ISSUE AGE:                                                                35

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                   OCTOBER 1, 2021
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

INITIAL ALLOCATION:

<CAPTION>
                                                                 Net Dollar
                                                                 Amount of
                                               Percentage       Allocations

     <S>                                          <C>              <C>   
     Money Market                                 100%             $5,000
     Corporate Bond                                xx%             $ xx.xx
     Common Stock                                  xx%             $ xx.xx
     Government                                    xx%             $ xx.xx
     Multiple Strategy                             xx%             $ xx.xx
     Stock Index                                   xx%             $ xx.xx
     Social Awareness                              xx%             $ xx.xx
     International Equities                        xx%             $ xx.xx
     Fixed Account                                 xx%             $ xx.xx
           1 Year Guarantee Period                 xx%             $ xx.xx
           3 Year Guarantee Period                 xx%             $ xx.xx
           5 Year Guarantee Period                 xx%             $ xx.xx
                                                  -----            --------

Total Allocations                                 100%             $5,000
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C> 
CONTRACT NUMBER:              0500

ANNUITANT:                    JOHN DOE

CONTRACT OWNER:               JOHN DOE

DATE OF ISSUE:                OCTOBER 1, 1991

CONTRACT JURISDICTION:        (STATE NAME)
</TABLE>

                                    Page 3
93021

<PAGE>

                                 DEFINITIONS

COMPANY REFERENCE. "We", "our", "us", or "Company" means American General Life
Insurance Company.

YOU, YOUR,  OWNER.  The words "you" or "your" mean the Owner of this Contract.
The "Owner" is the person,  persons or entity entitled to the ownership rights
stated in this  Contract  and in whose name or names this  Contract is issued.
The Owner may  designate a trustee or  custodian  of a  retirement  plan which
meets the  requirements  of Section 401,  Section 408(c),  Section 408(k),  or
Section 457 of the Internal  Revenue Code to serve as legal owner of assets of
a retirement  plan,  but the term  "Owner" as used herein,  shall refer to the
organization entering into this Contract.

ACCOUNT. Any of the Divisions or the Fixed Account.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT. An accounting  unit of measure used to calculate the value
of a Division of this Contract before annuity payments begin.

ANNUITANT.  The person upon whose date of birth income payments are based. The
Annuitant's name is shown on Page 3.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measurement to calculate variable annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY.  The person entitled to receive benefits as per the terms of this
Contract in case of the death of the Owner or Annuitant, as applicable.  If no
named  Beneficiary  is living at the time any payment is to be made, the Owner
shall be the  Beneficiary,  or if the Owner is not living,  the Owner's estate
shall be the Beneficiary.

CONTRACT VALUE. The value of the Divisions plus the value of the Fixed Account
that is attributable to this Contract on any day.

CONTRACT  YEAR.  A period of 12  consecutive  months  beginning on the Date of
Issue or any anniversary thereof.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. Each anniversary of the Date of Issue of this Contract.

DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this Contract  becomes  effective as shown on
Page 3.

DIVISION. The subdivisions of the Separate Account which are used to determine
how the Participant's Account is allocated among the Variable Fund Portfolios.

FIXED ANNUITY  OPTION.  An Annuity Option with payments which do not vary with
investment performance as to dollar amount.

GUARANTEE PERIOD. The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE. The minimum rate we may use to credit interest on an
effective annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

                                    Page 4
93021
<PAGE>
HOME  OFFICE.  Our  office  at  2727  Allen  Parkway,  Houston,  Texas  77019;
1-713-831-3102; Mailing Address P.O. Box 1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401.

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE. The net assets of a Variable Fund Portfolio divided
by the number of shares in the Variable Fund Portfolio.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT.  The gross amount of a Purchase Payment less any Premium
Taxes deducted at the time a Purchase Payment is made.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that does not  qualify  for the  special
federal income tax treatment applicable in connection with retirement plans.

OWNER'S ACCOUNT.  An account established for each Owner to which each Purchase
Payment is credited.

PREMIUM TAX. The amount of tax, if any,  charged by a state or municipality on
premium payments or Contract values.

PURCHASE  PAYMENT.  An amount  paid to the  Company as  consideration  for the
benefits described herein.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that is  qualified  for the special  federal
income tax treatment applicable in connection with certain retirement plans.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  A segregated  investment account entitled "Separate Account
D"  established  by the Company to separate  the assets  funding the  variable
benefits for the class of contracts  to which this  Contract  belongs from the
other  assets of the  Company.  That  portion  of the  assets of the  Separate
Account equal to the reserves and other contract  liabilities  with respect to
the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with  liabilities  arising out of
any other business we may conduct.  Income,  gains and losses,  whether or not
realized,  from assets allocable to the Separate  Account,  are credited to or
charged  against such account  without  regard to our other  income,  gains or
losses.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which we are open for business except, with respect
to any Division,  a day on which the related  Variable Fund Portfolio does not
value its shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD.  The period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the Exchange on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option under which we promise to pay the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated  Payee one or more payments which vary
in amount in accordance  with the net investment  experience of the applicable
Divisions selected to measure the value of this Contract.

VARIABLE FUND  PORTFOLIO.  An individual  investment fund or series in which a
Division invests.

WRITTEN,  IN  WRITING.  A written  request  or notice in  acceptable  form and
content, which is signed and dated, and received at our Home Office.

                                    Page 5
93021
<PAGE>
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract          This Contract and the application, a copy of which is
                         attached, is the entire Contract. All statements made
                         by the  Contract  Owner or  Annuitant  will be deemed
                         representations and not warranties. No statement will
                         be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                         it is in writing.

Not Contestable          This Contract is not contestable.

Guarantees               Subject to the Net Investment  Factor  provision,  we
                         guarantee that the dollar amount of Variable  Annuity
                         Payments  made during the  lifetime  of the  Payee(s)
                         will  not  be   adversely   affected  by  our  actual
                         mortality   experience  or  by  the  actual  expenses
                         incurred  by us in excess of the  expense  deductions
                         provided for in this Contract.

Settlement               All benefits under this Contract are payable from our
                         Home Office.

Nonparticipating         This Contract is nonparticipating  and does not share
                         in our surplus or earnings.

Change of Investment     Unless otherwise  required by law or regulation,  the
Advisor or Investment    investment  advisor or any investment  policy may not
Policy                   be changed without our consent. If required, approval
                         of or  change  of any  investment  objective  will be
                         filed  with the  Insurance  Department  of the  state
                         where  this  Contract  is  delivered.   You  will  be
                         notified of any  material  investment  policy  change
                         which   has  been   approved.   Notification   of  an
                         investment  policy change will be given in advance to
                         those Owners who have the right to comment on or vote
                         on such change.

                         Any substitution of the underlying investments of any
                         Division will comply with all applicable requirements
                         of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and  rules
                         thereunder.

Rights Reserved          Upon notice to you,  this Contract may be modified by
by us                    us, but only if such modification is necessary to:

                         (1)  Operate  the   Separate   Account  in  any  form
                              permitted  under the  Investment  Company Act of
                              1940 or in any other form permitted by law;

                         (2)  Transfer  any assets in any  Division to another
                              Division,  or to one or more separate  accounts,
                              or to the Fixed Account;

                         (3)  Add, combine or remove Divisions in the Separate
                              Account;

                         (4)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,
                              the shares of another Variable Fund Portfolio or
                              the shares of another invest-ment company or any
                              other investment permitted by law;

                         (5)  Make any  changes as  required  by the  Internal
                              Revenue  Codeor  by any  other  applicable  law,
                              regulation or interpretation inorder to continue
                              treatment of this Contract as an annuity; or

                         (6)  Make any  changes  required to comply with rules
                              of any Variable Fund Portfolio.

                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.

                                    Page 6
93021
<PAGE>
Changing the Terms       Any change in your  contract  must be approved by one
of Your Contract         of our  officers.  No agent has the authority to make
                         any  changes  or  waive  any of  the  terms  of  your
                         contract.

Termination              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value in any Division  falls
                         below  $500,  we reserve  the right to  transfer  the
                         remaining  balance,  without  charge,  to  the  Money
                         Market Division.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Minimum Payments         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the right to modify
                         these  minimums  or to refuse a Purchase  Payment for
                         any reason.

Allocation of            The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
Purchase Payments        shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so received.

Premium Taxes            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1)  From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2)  From  the  Account  Value  at the  time  annuity
                              payments are to commence; or

                         (3)  From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4)  From proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                              contract for any other reason,  including  death
                              of the  Annuitant or Owner,  or surrender of the
                              contract.

                         If premium tax is paid,  the  Company  may  reimburse
                         itself  for  such tax when  deduction  is being  made
                         under  paragraphs  2,  3, or 4  above  calculated  by
                         multiplying  the  sum  of  Purchase   Payments  being
                         withdrawn by the applicable premium tax percentage.

                                    Page 7

93021
<PAGE>
                             OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

Exercise of Contract     This Contract  belongs to the Owner,  who is entitled
Rights                   to exercise all rights and  privileges  in connection
                         with  this  Contract.  Where a  Contract  is  jointly
                         owned,  both  Owners  must  join  in any  request  to
                         exercise the rights or privileges of an Owner.

                         In  any  case,  such  rights  and  privileges  can be
                         exercised  without  the  consent  of the  Beneficiary
                         (other than an irrevocably - designated  Beneficiary)
                         or any other person.  Such rights and  privileges may
                         be   exercised   only  during  the  lifetime  of  the
                         Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,
                         except as otherwise provided in this Contract.

                         Unless the Owner specifies  otherwise,  the Annuitant
                         will  become  the Payee on the  Annuity  Commencement
                         Date. If the Owner or the Annuitant dies prior to the
                         Annuity   Commencement  Date,  the  Beneficiary  will
                         become the Payee. Such Payees may thereafter exercise
                         such  rights  and   privileges  of  ownership   which
                         continue.
  
Beneficiary              The  Owner  has   named  the   Beneficiary   and  any
                         contingent Beneficiary in the application. By Written
                         notice to us, a  non-irrevocable  Beneficiary  may be
                         changed   by  the   Owner   prior   to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement  Date  or  by  the  Annuitant  or  other
                         properly-designated    Payee    after   the   Annuity
                         Commencement Date.
  
Change of Ownership      Ownership   of  a  Qualified   Contract  may  not  be
                         transferred  except  to:  (1)  the  Annuitant;  (2) a
                         trustee or  successor  trustee of a pension or profit
                         sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of
                         the Internal  Revenue  Code;  (3) the employer of the
                         Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after
                         transfer   is   maintained   under  the  terms  of  a
                         retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the
                         Internal   Revenue   Code  for  the  benefit  of  the
                         Annuitant;   (4)  the   trustee   of  an   individual
                         retirement  account plan qualified  under Section 408
                         of the  Internal  Revenue  Code;  or (5) as otherwise
                         permitted  from time to time by laws and  regulations
                         governing  the  retirement  or deferred  compensation
                         plans for which a Qualified  Contract  may be issued.
                         In no other case may a  Qualified  Contract  be sold,
                         assigned,  transferred,   discounted  or  pledged  as
                         collateral.

                         During the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the
                         Annuity  Commencement  Date, the Owner may change the
                         ownership of a Non-Qualified Contract.

                         A change of  ownership  will not be  binding  upon us
                         until we  receive  Written  notification  at our Home
                         Office.  When such  notification is so received,  the
                         change will be effective as of the date of the signed
                         request  for  change,  but the change will be without
                         prejudice  to us on account of any payment  made,  or
                         any action taken by us prior to receiving the change,
                         or on account of any tax consequence.
  
Distribution of          If an Owner  (including  the first to die in the case
Death Proceeds           of  joint  Contract  owners)  under  a  Non-Qualified
under Non-Qualified      Contract  dies prior to the  Annuitant and before the
Contracts                Annuity Commencement Date, the death proceeds must be
                         distributed to the Beneficiary either (1) within five
                         years  after the date of death of the  Owner,  or (2)
                         over  the life of or a period  not  greater  than the
                         life  or  expected  life  of  the  Beneficiary,  with
                         annuity payments

                                    Page 8

93021
<PAGE>
                         beginning  within one year after the date of death of
                         the Owner.  The  Beneficiary  shall be considered the
                         designated  beneficiary  for the  purposes of Section
                         72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. In all cases, any
                         such designated  beneficiary  will not be entitled to
                         exercise any rights prohibited by applicable  federal
                         income tax law.

                         These mandatory  distribution  requirements  will not
                         apply when the  designated  Beneficiary is the spouse
                         of the  deceased  Owner,  if  the  spouse  elects  to
                         continue  this  Contract in the spouse's own name, as
                         Owner.   When  the   deceased   Owner  was  also  the
                         Annuitant,  the surviving  spouse (if the  designated
                         Beneficiary)  may elect to be named as both Owner and
                         Annuitant and continue this Contract.

                         If the  Payee  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies
                         after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all of
                         the  payments  under  the  Annuity  Option  have been
                         distributed,  the remaining  amount payable,  if any,
                         must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                         method of distribution then in effect.

                         If the Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date,
                         or the Payee  thereafter,  is not a  natural  person,
                         then the foregoing  distribution  requirements  shall
                         apply upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within
                         the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code.

Periodic Reports         We will send to each Owner, at least once during each
                         Contract  Year,  a  statement   showing  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value as of a date not more than two  months
                         prior to the date of mailing.  We will also send such
                         statements as may be required by applicable state and
                         federal laws, rules and regulations.

Owner's Account          We will  establish  an Owner's  Account for the Owner
                         under this  Contract and will  maintain  such account
                         during the Accumulation  Period.  The Owner's Account
                         Value for any  Valuation  Period will be equal to the
                         Owner's  Separate  Account  Value,  if any,  plus the
                         Owner's  Fixed  Account  Value,   if  any,  for  that
                         Valuation Period.

                                FIXED ACCOUNT

Fixed Account Value      That  portion of the Net  Purchase  Payment  which is
                         allocated  to the Fixed  Account  will be credited to
                         the Owner's  Account and  allocated to the  Guarantee
                         Period(s)  selected.  The Fixed  Account  Value of an
                         Owner's Account for any Valuation  Period is equal to
                         the  sum of  the  values  in  each  of the  Guarantee
                         Periods  credited  to the  Owner's  account  for such
                         Valuation Period.

                         The value in any one Guarantee  Period on a Valuation
                         Date is the  accumulated  value  of the Net  Purchase
                         Payments,  renewals  or  transfers  allocated  to the
                         Guarantee  Period at the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate,
                         minus  the   accumulated   value  of  surrenders  and
                         transfers   out  of   that   Guarantee   Period   and
                         maintenance   charges  allocated  to  that  Guarantee
                         Period, at the Guaranteed Interest Rate.

Guarantee Periods        The Owner may select one or more Guarantee Period(s).
                         The period(s)  selected will determine the Guaranteed
                         Interest  Rates(s).  The Net Purchase  Payment or the
                         portion thereof (or amount  transferred in accordance
                         with  the  transfer  privilege   provision  described
                         below)  allocated  to a particular  Guarantee  Period
                         will earn  interest at the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate
                         during the Guarantee Period.  Guarantee Periods begin
                         on the date as of which we credit Owner's Account

                                    Page 9

93021
<PAGE>
                         Value to that  Guarantee  Period or, in the case of a
                         transfer, on the effective date of the transfer.  The
                         Guarantee Period is the number of years we credit the
                         Guaranteed  Interest Rate. The expiration date of any
                         Guarantee  Period  is the last  day of the  Guarantee
                         Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee  Periods  begin on the
                         first day following the expiration  date. As a result
                         of Guarantee  Period  renewals,  additional  Purchase
                         Payments  and  transfers  of  portions of the Owner's
                         Account Value, Guarantee Periods of the same duration
                         may have  different  expiration  dates and Guaranteed
                         Interest Rates.
 
                         We will  notify  the Owner in writing at least 30 and
                         no more than 60 days prior to the expiration  date of
                         any Guarantee  Period.  A new Guarantee Period of the
                         same duration as the previous  Guarantee  Period will
                         begin automatically  unless we receive Written notice
                         to the  contrary  from the Owner at least 3  business
                         days prior to the end of such Guarantee  Period.  The
                         Owner may elect to change to another Guarantee Period
                         or Division which we offer at such time.
 
                         If  the  amount  of an  Owner's  Account  Value  in a
                         Guarantee  Period  at the end  thereof  is less  than
                         $500, we will automatically, without charge, transfer
                         such  amount  to the  Money  Market  Division  of the
                         Separate  Account;  however,  we will  transfer  such
                         amount to another  available  Division at the Owner's
                         request.
 
Guaranteed Interest      We  will   periodically   establish   an   applicable
Rates                    Guaranteed Interest Rate for each Guarantee Period we
                         offer.   These  rates  will  be  guaranteed  for  the
                         duration of the  respective  Guarantee  Periods.  The
                         Guarantee  Periods that we make available at any time
                         will be determined in our discretion.
 
                         No  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  shall be less than an
                         effective annual rate of 3.5% per year.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT
 
Divisions                The  Separate  Account  has several  Divisions,  each
                         investing in a corresponding Variable Fund Portfolio.
                         Net  Purchase  Payments  will  be  allocated  to  the
                         Divisions  and the Fixed  Account as shown on Page 3,
                         unless the Owner changes the allocation.
 
                         We  will  use  the  Net  Purchase  Payments  and  any
                         transferred   amounts  to  purchase   Variable   Fund
                         Portfolio shares applicable to the Divisions at their
                         net asset value. We will be the owner of all Variable
                         Fund Portfolio shares purchased with the Net Purchase
                         Payment or transferred amounts.
 
Division                 Net  Purchase   Payments  and   transferred   amounts
Accumulation             allocated to the Separate Account will be credited to
Units                    the   Owner's   Account  in  the  form  of   Division
                         Accumulation    Units.   The   number   of   Division
                         Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the
                         amount  allocated  to  a  Division  by  the  Division
                         Accumulation   Unit  value  as  of  the  end  of  the
                         Valuation  Period  as of  which  the  transaction  is
                         credited.  The  value of each  Division  Accumulation
                         Unit was  arbitrarily set as of the date the Division
                         first  purchased   Variable  Fund  Portfolio  shares.
                         Subsequent  values on any Valuation Date are equal to
                         the previous  Division  Accumulation Unit value times
                         the Net  Investment  Factor for the Valuation  Period
                         ending on that Valuation Date.

                                   Page 10

93021
<PAGE>
Net Investment           The Net  Investment  Factor  is an index  applied  to
Factor                   measure the investment performance of a Division from
                         one Valuation  Period to the next. The Net Investment
                         Factor  may be  greater or less than or equal to one;
                         therefore,  the  value  of an  Accumulation  Unit may
                         increase, decrease or remain the same.

                         The  Net   Investment   Factor  for  a  Division   is
                         determined   by  dividing   (1)  by  (2),   and  then
                         subtracting (3) from the result, where:

                         (1) is the sum of:
 
                              (a) the  Net  Asset   Value  Per  Share  of  the
                                  Variable Fund  Portfolio  shares held in the
                                  Division,  determined  at  the  end  of  the
                                  current Valuation Period; plus
 
                              (b) the per  share  amount  of any  dividend  or
                                  capital  gain   distributions  made  on  the
                                  Variable Fund  Portfolio  shares held in the
                                  Division   during  the   current   Valuation
                                  Period;

                         (2) is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the  Variable
                             Fund  Portfolio  shares  held  in  the  Division,
                             determined   at  the  beginning  of  the  current
                             Valuation Period; and

                         (3) is a  factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,
                             expense risk, and administrative  expense charge.
                             We will  determine  the daily asset charge factor
                             annually,  but  in no  event  may it  exceed  the
                             Maximum  Asset Charge Factor as specified on Page
                             3.

Separate Account         The Separate  Account Value for any Valuation  Period
Value                    is the total of the values in each Division  credited
                         to the Owner's Account for such Valuation Period. The
                         value for each Division will be equal to:

                         (1) the  number  of  Division   Accumulation   Units;
                             multiplied by

                         (2) the  Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  for the
                             Valuation Period.

                         The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation
                         Date to Valuation Date  reflecting the total value in
                         the Divisions.

                                  TRANSFERS

Transfers                We will make  transfers  at the end of the  Valuation
                         Period  in  which  we  receive  the  Owner's  Written
                         request for the  transfer,  subject to the  following
                         restrictions. The maximum transfer charge is shown on
                         Page 3. Prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the
                         Owner may make up to 12 transfers  each Contract Year
                         without charge,  and not more than 25% of the Owner's
                         Account Value allocated to a Guarantee  Period at its
                         inception  may be  transferred  during  any  Contract
                         Year,   except  the  25%  limit  does  not  apply  to
                         transfers  within 15 days  before or after the end of
                         the applicable Guarantee Period. We reserve the right
                         to restrict or terminate transfers.

                         After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may
                         make one  transfer  during any 180 day  period;  such
                         transfer  is without  charge.  The Owner may not make
                         transfers from the fixed annuity account.

                                   Page 11

93021
<PAGE>
                         Each  transfer  from a  Guarantee  Period or Division
                         must be at least $500 or the  Owner's  total value in
                         the  Guarantee  Period  or  Division,  if less.  If a
                         transfer  would cause the Owner's  Account  Value (or
                         value  of an  Annuity  Option)  in  any  Division  or
                         Guarantee   Period  to  fall  below  $500,  then  the
                         remaining  balance  in  that  Division  or  Guarantee
                         Period   will  also  be   transferred   in  the  same
                         proportions as the transfer request.

                         We  reserve  the  right to defer  transfers  from the
                         Fixed  Account  for up to 6  months  from the date we
                         receive the request.

                                  SURRENDERS

General Surrender        The amount  surrendered  will normally be paid to the
Provisions               Owner within 5 business  days  following  our receipt
                         of:

                         (1) the Owner's  Written request on a form acceptable
                             to us; and

                         (2) this Contract, if required.

                         We reserve the right to defer  payment of  surrenders
                         from the Fixed  Account  for up to 6 months  from the
                         date we receive the request.

Full Surrender           At any time prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date
                         and during the lifetime of the  Annuitant,  the Owner
                         may  surrender  this Contract by sending us a Written
                         request. The amount payable on surrender is:

                         (1) the  Owner's  Account  Value  at  the  end of the
                             Valuation  Period in which we receive the Owner's
                             request on a form acceptable to us;

                         (2) minus any applicable Surrender Charge;

                         (3) minus any applicable maintenance charge; and

                         (4) minus any applicable premium tax.

                         The amount  payable upon  surrender  will not be less
                         than the amount required by state law.

                         Upon payment of the surrender  amount,  this Contract
                         will be  terminated  and  the  Company  will  have no
                         further obligation to the Owner.

                         All   collateral   assignees   must  consent  to  any
                         surrender or partial withdrawal.  We may require that
                         this Contract be returned to our Home Office prior to
                         making payment.

Partial Withdrawals      A  portion  of  the  Owner's  Account  Value  may  be
                         withdrawn   at  any  time   prior   to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  The Owner must send us a Written
                         request specifying the Divisions or Guarantee Periods
                         from which the surrender is to be made.  However,  in
                         cases  where the Owner  does not so  specify,  or the
                         withdrawal  cannot  be made in  accordance  with  the
                         Owner's  specification,   we  reserve  the  right  to
                         implement the  withdrawal pro rata from each Division
                         and  Guarantee  Period  based on the Owner's  Account
                         Value in each.  Surrenders  will be made effective at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we receive
                         the  Written  request.  Partial  withdrawals  will be
                         subject to the following guidelines:

                                   Page 12

93021
<PAGE>

                         (1) The partial surrender amount from any Division or
                             Guarantee  Period  must be at least  $500 or,  if
                             less,  the entire  Owner's  Account  Value in the
                             Division or Guarantee Period.

                         (2) We will  surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units
                             from  the  Separate  Account  or  interests  in a
                             Guarantee   Period  so  that  the  total   amount
                             surrendered will be the sum of:
 
                             (a) The amount payable to the Owner;
 
                             (b) Plus any Surrender  Charge and any applicable
                                 premium tax;

                         (3) If a partial  withdrawal  would cause the Owner's
                             Account Value in any Division or Guarantee Period
                             to fall below $500, the remaining balance therein
                             will be  transferred  without charge to the Money
                             Market Division.

Surrender Charge         Except as noted under "Surrender Charge  Exceptions",
for Partial              a  Surrender  Charge will be applied to the amount of
Withdrawals and          any  Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first 7
Full Surrenders          years after it was first credited, as follows:

                                                        Surrender Charge
                            Year of                      as a Percentage 
                         Purchase Payment                 of Purchase
                            Withdrawal                  Payment Withdrawn
                         ----------------               -----------------

                             1st                                7%
                             2nd                                6%
                             3rd                                5%
                             4th                                4%
                             5th                                3%
                             6th                                2%
                             7th                                1%
                          Thereafter                            0%

                         For purposes of computing the Surrender  Charge,  the
                         oldest  Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn
                         first,  and before any  amounts in excess of Purchase
                         Payments are withdrawn from an Owner's  Account.  The
                         following   transactions   will  be   considered   as
                         withdrawals  for purposes of computing  the Surrender
                         Charge:   total   surrender,    partial   withdrawal,
                         commencement   of  an  annuity   payment  option  and
                         termination due to insufficient Owner Account Value.

Surrender Charge         The Surrender Charge will not apply:
Exceptions
                         (1) To any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments
                             that are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                         (2) Upon selection of an annuity  payment option that
                             is based on life  contingencies,  but only if the
                             Annuity  Commencement  Date does not fall  within
                             the first 3 Contract Years.

                         (3) To that portion of your first withdrawal or total
                             surrender in a contract year:

                                   Page 13

93021
<PAGE>
                             (a) That is up to 10% of the  amount of  Purchase
                                 Payments not previously withdrawn; and

                             (b) That  has been  credited  for one or more but
                                 less than 7 years.

                         Once an automatic  withdrawal  during a Contract Year
                         pursuant to a systematic  withdrawal plan established
                         with us has  been  made in  reliance  on the 10% free
                         withdrawal privilege, no non-automatic withdrawal may
                         rely on the 10% free withdrawal  privilege during the
                         balance  of  that   Contract   Year.  We  will  waive
                         surrender charges on multiple  installments  during a
                         contract year under a systematic withdrawal plan, the
                         total  of which  does not  exceed  the  total  amount
                         eligible under the 10% free withdrawal privilege.

                         A free  withdrawal  pursuant to any of the  foregoing
                         Surrender   Charge   Exceptions   is  not   deemed  a
                         withdrawal of Purchase  Payments  except for purposes
                         of computing the 10% free withdrawal privilege.

                              MAINTENANCE CHARGE

Manner of                The annual maintenance charge will be deducted at the
Deducting                end of  each  Contract  Year  prior  to  the  Annuity
                         Commencement  Date. Unless paid directly,  the charge
                         will be  allocated  among the  Guarantee  Periods and
                         Divisions in proportion to the Owner's  Account Value
                         in each.  The  entire  charge  for the  year  will be
                         deducted  from the proceeds of any full  surrender of
                         this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

Right to                 We reserve the right to impose additional  charges or
Impose                   establish  reserves  for any  federal or local  taxes
                         incurred  or that may be incurred by us, and that may
                         be deemed attributable to the Contracts.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

Reinstatement of         If the Owner has made a full surrender of the Owner's
Account Value            Account Value,  the Owner may reinstate the Contract,
                         if we  receive  the  Written  reinstatement  request,
                         together with a return of the net surrender proceeds,
                         not more than 30 days  after the date as of which the
                         surrender  was  made.  In  such a case,  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value will be restored to what it was at the
                         time  of the  surrender  (less  any  annual  Contract
                         maintenance  charge that has since  become  payable),
                         and any subsequent  Surrender Charge will be computed
                         as if the  Contract  had been  issued  at the date of
                         reinstatement  in consideration of a Purchase Payment
                         in the amount of such net  surrender  proceeds.  This
                         onetime reinstatement  privilege is available only if
                         the Owner's Account Value following the reinstatement
                         would be at least  $500.  Unless  the owner  requests
                         otherwise in Writing, the Account Value following the
                         reinstatement  will be allocated  among the Divisions
                         and Guarantee  Periods in the same proportions as the
                         prior surrender.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

Death Proceeds           If  the   Annuitant   dies   prior  to  the   Annuity
Before the Annuity       Commencement  Date, we will pay the death proceeds to
Commencement Date        the Beneficiary.

                                   Page 14

93021
<PAGE>
                         If the  Annuitant had not attained age 75, the amount
                         of the death proceeds prior to the application of any
                         premium tax will be the greater of:

                         (1) The sum of the Net  Purchase  Payments  made less
                             any prior partial withdrawals;

                         (2) The  Owner's  Account  Value as of the end of the
                             Valuation Period in which we receive proof of the
                             Annuitant's  death and a Written request from the
                             Beneficiary as to the manner of payment; and

                         (3) The Owner's  Account  Value as of the most recent
                             5-year Contract  Anniversary,  less the amount of
                             any Subsequest Partial Withdrawals.

                         If the  Annuitant  had  attained  age 75,  the  death
                         proceeds will be equal to the Owner's  Account Value,
                         as set forth in (2)  above,  less (a) any  applicable
                         Surrender   Charge,   (b)  any   uncollected   annual
                         maintenance  charge  and (c) any  applicable  premium
                         tax.

                         If an Owner  (including  the first to die in the case
                         of joint Owners) under a Non-Qualified  Contract dies
                         before the death  proceeds  otherwise  become payable
                         and prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date, we will
                         pay to the  Beneficiary  the  amount  that would have
                         been payable upon a full  surrender of this  Contract
                         as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in  which we
                         receive  proof of the  Owner's  death  and a  written
                         request  from the  Beneficiary  as to the  manner  of
                         payment.

                         The death  proceeds  will not be less than the amount
                         payable on a full surrender at the date used to value
                         the death  benefit.  The death  proceeds will be paid
                         when we receive:

                         (1) Proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's death; and

                         (2) A written request from the Beneficiary for either
                             a single sum or payment under an Annuity Option.

                         We will pay a single sum to the Beneficiary unless an
                         Annuity Option is chosen.

Death Proceeds on        If  the  Annuitant  dies  on  or  after  the  Annuity
or After the             Commencement  Date, the Beneficiary  will receive the
Annuity                  death  proceeds,  if any,  as provided by the annuity
Commencement Date        form in effect.


Proof of Death           We  accept  any  of the  following  as  proof  of the
                         Annuitant's or Owner's death:

                         (1) A copy of a certified death certificate;

                         (2) A  copy  of a  certified  decree  of a  court  of
                             competent  jurisdiction  as  to  the  finding  of
                             death;

                         (3) A  written  statement  by a  medical  doctor  who
                             attended the deceased at the time of death; or

                         (4) Any other proof satisfactory to us.

                                   Page 15

93021
<PAGE>
                             PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

Application of
Account Value            Unless  directed  otherwise,  we will apply the Fixed
                         Account  Value to  provide a Fixed  Annuity,  and the
                         Separate Account Value to provide a Variable Annuity.
                         The Owner  must tell us in  writing  at least 30 days
                         prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date if Fixed and
                         Separate   Account   values  are  to  be  applied  in
                         different   proportions.    Transfers   and   partial
                         withdrawals  will  be  permitted  within  the  30-day
                         period.

Annuity           
Commencement Date        The Annuity  Commencement  Date is  specified  in the
                         application and may be changed by Written notice from
                         the Owner, subject to our approval.

Options Available        The  Owner may elect to have  annuity  payments  made
to a Contract            beginning on the Annuity  Commencement Date under any
Owner                    one of the Annuity  Options  described  below. In the
                         absence  of  such  election  ten  days  prior  to the
                         Annuity  Commencement Date, the Owner's Account Value
                         will be  applied  under the  Second  Option  with 120
                         monthly  payments  guaranteed,  unless  the joint and
                         survivor option is required by law.

Options Available        The  Owner,  or in the case the Owner  shall not have
to Beneficiary           done so,  the  Beneficiary,  within 60 days after the
                         death of the Annuitant or Owner, may elect in lieu of
                         payment in one sum,  that any amount or part  thereof
                         due by the  Company  under this  Contract  be applied
                         under any of the  options  described  below.  In such
                         case, the Beneficiary  thereafter  shall have all the
                         rights and options of the Owner.

                         The first  annuity  payment under any option shall be
                         made  on the  first  day of the  second  month  after
                         approval  of the  claim  for  settlement.  Subsequent
                         payments  shall be made  periodically  in  accordance
                         with the manner of payment elected.

Payment Contract         At  such  time  as  one  of  these  options   becomes
                         effective,  this Contract shall be surrendered to the
                         Company in exchange for a payment contract  providing
                         for the option elected.

Fixed Annuity            Fixed   Annuity   Payments   start  on  the   Annuity
Payments                 Commencement  Date.  The amount of the first  monthly
                         payment for the annuity  selected will be at least as
                         favorable as that produced by the applicable  annuity
                         tables  of  this  Contract  for  each  $1,000  of the
                         Owner's  Account  Value  applied as of the end of the
                         Valuation Period that contains the tenth day prior to
                         the Annuity Commencement Date.

                         The  dollar  amount of any  payments  after the first
                         payment is  specified  during  the  entire  period of
                         annuity payments,  according to the provisions of the
                         Annuity Option selected.

                          VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Annuity Units            We  convert  the  Division  Accumulation  Units  into
                         Division  Annuity  Units at the values  determined at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period which  contains the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The
                         number of Division  Annuity Units remains constant as
                         long as an annuity  remains  in force and  allocation
                         among the Divisions has not changed.

                                   Page 16

93021
<PAGE>
                         Each Division  Annuity Unit Value was arbitrarily set
                         when   the   Division   first   converted    Division
                         Accumulation   Units  into  Division  Annuity  Units.
                         Subsequent  values on any Valuation Date are equal to
                         the  previous  Division  Annuity Unit Value times the
                         Net  Investment  Factor  for  that  Division  for the
                         Valuation  Period ending on that Valuation Date, with
                         an offset for the 3 1/2% assumed  interest  rate used
                         in the annuity tables of this Contract.

                         Variable   Annuity  Payments  start  on  the  Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  Payments will vary in amount and
                         are  determined  at the end of the  Valuation  Period
                         that contains the tenth day prior to each payment. If
                         the monthly  payment  under the annuity form selected
                         is based on a single Division, the monthly payment is
                         found by multiplying the Division  Annuity Unit Value
                         on said date by the number of Division Annuity Units.

                         If  the  monthly   payment  under  the  annuity  form
                         selected  is based upon more than one  Division,  the
                         above  procedure  is  repeated  for  each  applicable
                         Division.  The sum of these  payments is the Variable
                         Annuity Payment.

                         We guarantee that the amount of each payment will not
                         be affected  by  variations  in expense or  mortality
                         experience.

                               ANNUITY OPTIONS

                             First Option - Life Annuity - An annuity  payable
                             monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

                             Second Option - Life Annuity with 120, 180 or 240
                             Monthly Payments  Guaranteed - An annuity payable
                             monthly  during the  lifetime  of the  Annuitant,
                             including the guarantee  that if, at the death of
                             the  Annuitant,  payments have been made for less
                             than 120  months,  180  months or 240  months (as
                             selected), payments shall be continued during the
                             remainder of the selected period.

                             Third  Option  - Joint  and  Last  Survivor  Life
                             Annuity - An annuity  payable  monthly during the
                             joint lifetime of the Annuitant,  and a secondary
                             Annuitant,  and  thereafter  during the remaining
                             lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing with the last
                             payment prior to the death of the survivor.

                             Fourth Option - Payments for a Designated  Period
                             - An amount  payable  monthly  for the  number of
                             years  selected  which may be from 5 to 40 years.
                             If this option is  selected on a variable  basis,
                             the  number  of  years  may not  exceed  the life
                             expectancy    of   the    Annuitant    or   other
                             properly-designated Payee.

                             Fifth  Option -  Payments  of a  Specific  Dollar
                             Amount  - The  amount  due may be  paid in  equal
                             monthly   installments  of  a  designated  dollar
                             amount (not less than $125 nor more than $200 per
                             annum per  $1,000  of the  original  amount  due)
                             until  the  remaining  balance  is less  than the
                             amount of one installment.

                                   Page 17

93021
<PAGE>

                             Payments  under this  option are  available  on a
                             fixed  basis only.  To  determine  the  remaining
                             balance at the end of any month,  such balance at
                             the end of the previous month is decreased by the
                             amount of any  installment  paid during the month
                             and the result will be accumulated at an interest
                             rate not less than 3.5% compounded  annually.  If
                             the  remaining  balance  at any time is less than
                             the amount of one installment,  such balance will
                             be paid and will be the final  payment  under the
                             option.

                             In  lieu of  monthly  payments,  payments  may be
                             elected  on a  quarterly,  semi-annual  or annual
                             basis,  in which cases the amount of each annuity
                             payment will be determined on a basis  consistent
                             with that  described in this Contract for monthly
                             payments.

                         No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the
                         case where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,
                         unless a minimum initial annuity payment of $100 will
                         be provided. No election of any Annuity Option may be
                         made in the case where a combination of a Fixed and a
                         Variable Annuity is elected, unless a minimum initial
                         annuity   payment  of  $50  on  each  basis  will  be
                         provided.  If the initial  annuity  payment  does not
                         meet the  minimum  amount  required  for the  Annuity
                         Option  elected,  the  Company  will  provide  a less
                         frequent  payment  schedule.  If the minimum is still
                         not met, the Company will make a lump-sum  payment of
                         the  Account  Value  (less  any   Surrender   Charge,
                         uncollected  annual Maintenance Charge and applicable
                         premium tax) as of the date of this  determination to
                         the Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         If the age of the Annuitant has been misstated to us,
                         any amount payable will be that which would have been
                         payable had the  misstatement  not occurred.  We will
                         deduct  any  overpayment  from  the next  payment  or
                         payments  due and add any  underpayments  to the next
                         payment due.  Interest at an effective annual rate of
                         3.5% will be added to any such adjustment.

Annuity Tables           The tables that follow show the dollar  amount of the
                         first monthly  payment for each $1,000  applied under
                         the options.  Under the First or Second Options,  the
                         amount  of  each   payment   will   depend  upon  the
                         Annuitant's  adjusted  age  at  the  time  the  first
                         payment is due. Under the Third Option, the amount of
                         each payment  will depend upon the  adjusted  ages of
                         both Annuitants at the time the first payment is due.

                         In using the table of annuity payment rates, the ages
                         of the  Annuitants  must be  reduced  by one year for
                         Annuity   Commencement  Dates  occurring  during  the
                         decade  2000-2009,  reduced  two  years  for  Annuity
                         Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2010-
                         2019, and reduced an additional  year for each decade
                         that  follows.  The age 70 rate is also used for ages
                         above 70.

Alternate Amount         If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner
of Installments          (or, if the Owner has not  elected a payment  option,
Under Fixed Life         the Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal
Income Options           to those  provided  by  those  fixed  single  premium
                         immediate  annuity option rates in use by the Company
                         when annuity payments begin.

                                   Page 18

93021
<PAGE>

                                ANNUITY TABLES

                          AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PAYMENT

                       FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE

<TABLE>
Options 1 and 2 - Life Annuities

 Adjusted Age    -----------Monthly Payments Guaranteed-----------
 of Male 
<CAPTION>
                  Option 1     Option 2     Option 2     Option 2
                    None          120          180          240

     <S>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C> 
     50             4.37         4.33         4.28         4.21
     51             4.44         4.40         4.34         4.26
     52             4.52         4.47         4.40         4.32
     53             4.59         4.54         4.47         4.37
     54             4.68         4.62         4.54         4.43
     55             4.77         4.70         4.61         4.49
     56             4.86         4.78         4.69         4.55
     57             4.96         4.87         4.76         4.61
     58             5.06         4.97         4.84         4.67
     59             5.18         5.07         4.93         4.73
     60             5.30         5.17         5.01         4.79
     61             5.42         5.28         5.10         4.86
     62             5.56         5.40         5.20         4.92
     63             5.71         5.52         5.29         4.98
     64             5.87         5.65         5.38         5.04
     65             6.04         5.79         5.48         5.10
     66             6.22         5.92         5.58         5.15
     67             6.41         6.07         5.68         5.21
     68             6.62         6.22         5.77         5.26
     69             6.84         6.37         5.87         5.30
     70 and above   7.07         6.53         5.96         5.35
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

 Adjusted Age    -----------Monthly Payments Guaranteed-----------
 of Male 
<CAPTION>
                  Option 1     Option 2     Option 2     Option 2
                    None          120          180          240

     <S>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C> 
     50             4.05         4.03         4.01         3.97
     51             4.10         4.09         4.06         4.02
     52             4.17         4.14         4.12         4.07
     53             4.23         4.21         4.17         4.12
     54             4.30         4.27         4.23         4.18
     55             4.37         4.34         4.30         4.23
     56             4.44         4.41         4.36         4.29
     57             4.52         4.48         4.43         4.35
     58             4.61         4.56         4.50         4.41
     59             4.70         4.65         4.58         4.48
     60             4.79         4.74         4.66         4.54
     61             4.89         4.83         4.74         4.61
     62             5.00         4.93         4.83         4.67
     63             5.12         5.03         4.92         4.74
     64             5.24         5.14         5.01         4.81
     65             5.38         5.26         5.11         4.88
     66             5.52         5.38         5.20         4.95
     67             5.67         5.51         5.31         5.01
     68             5.83         5.65         5.41         5.08
     69             6.01         5.79         5.52         5.14
     70 and above   6.20         5.94         5.62         5.20
</TABLE>

                                   Page 19

93021 
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity

 Adjusted Age Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
 of Annuitant

<CAPTION>
 Male        F50       F55       F60       F65       F70

  <S>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C> 
  50         3.76      3.89      4.01      4.11      4.19
  55         3.84      4.01      4.18      4.33      4.46
  60         3.90      4.11      4.33      4.56      4.77
  65         3.95      4.19      4.47      4.78      5.09
  70         3.99      4.25      4.58      4.96      5.39
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
 Adjusted Age Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
 of Annuitant
<CAPTION>

 Female      M50       M55       M60       M65       M70

  <S>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C> 
  50         3.76      3.84      3.90      3.95      3.99
  55         3.89      4.01      4.11      4.19      4.25
  60         4.01      4.18      4.33      4.47      4.58
  65         4.11      4.33      4.56      4.78      4.96
  70         4.19      4.46      4.77      5.09      5.39
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
 Option 4 - Payments for a Designated Period
 Years of Amount of Monthly Years of Amount of
 
Monthly
(START HERE)
<CAPTION>
        Payment    Payment       Payment    Payment

          <S>      <C>             <C>      <C>  
           5       $18.12          23       $5.24
           6        15.35          24        5.09
           7        13.38          25        4.96
           8        11.90          26        4.84
           9        10.75          27        4.73
          10         9.83          28        4.63
          11         9.09          29        4.53
          12         8.46          30        4.45
          13         7.94          31        4.37
          14         7.49          32        4.29
          15         7.10          33        4.22
          16         6.76          34        4.15
          17         6.47          35        4.09
          18         6.20          36        4.03
          19         5.97          37        3.98
          20         5.75          38        3.92
          21         5.56          39        3.88
          22         5.39          40        3.83
</TABLE>

                                   Page 20

93021
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

           TABLE OF MINIMUM GUARANTEED ANNUITY AND SURRENDER VALUES

                            FOR THE FIXED ACCOUNT

              ASSUMING AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $2,000.00

                        ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT

END OF ANNUITY SURRENDER SURRENDER

YEAR VALUE CHARGE 
VALUE
<CAPTION>

     <S>    <C>         <C>        <C>       
     1      $ 2,034.00  $ 142.38   $ 1,891.62
     2        2,106.45    113.75     1,992.70
     3        2,181.44     98.17     2,083.27
     4        2,259.05     81.33     2,177.72
     5        2,339.37     63.16     2,276.21

     6        2,422.51     43.61     2,378.90
     7        2,508.56     22.58     2,485.98
     8        2,597.62      0.00     2,597.62
     9        2,689.79      0.00     2,689.79
    10        2,785.20      0.00     2,785.20

    11        2,883.94      0.00     2,883.94
    12        2,986.14      0.00     2,986.14
    13        3,091.91      0.00     3,091.91
    14        3,201.39      0.00     3,201.39
    15        3,314.70      0.00     3,314.70

    16        3,431.97      0.00     3,431.97
    17        3,553.35      0.00     3,553.35
    18        3,678.98      0.00     3,678.98
    19        3,809.00      0.00     3,809.00
    20        3,943.58      0.00     3,943.58

    21        4,082.86      0.00     4,082.86
    22        4,227.02      0.00     4,227.02
    23        4,376.23      0.00     4,376.23
    24        4,530.66      0.00     4,530.66
    25        4,690.49      0.00     4,690.49

    26        4,855.92      0.00     4,855.92
    27        5,027.13      0.00     5,027.13
    28        5,204.34      0.00     5,204.34
    29        5,387.76      0.00     5,387.76
    30        5,577.59      0.00     5,577.59

    31        5,774.06      0.00     5,774.06
    32        5,977.42      0.00     5,977.42
    33        6,187.88      0.00     6,187.88
    34        6,405.72      0.00     6,405.72
    35        6,631.18      0.00     6,631.18

    36        6,864.53      0.00     6,864.53
    37        7,106.05      0.00     7,106.05
    38        7,356.02      0.00     7,356.02
    39        7,614.74      0.00     7,614.74
    40        7,882.52      0.00     7,882.52

    41        8,159.67      0.00     8,159.67
    42        8,446.52      0.00     8,446.52
    43        8,743.40      0.00     8,743.40
    44        9,050.68      0.00     9,050.68
    45        9,368.72      0.00     9,368.72
</TABLE>


The values shown above were calculated  assuming the guaranteed  interest rate
of 3.5% will be applied to the amount allocated to the fixed account.

                                   Page 21

93021
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
           TABLE OF MINIMUM GUARANTEED ANNUITY AND SURRENDER VALUES

                            FOR THE FIXED ACCOUNT

              ASSUMING AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $2,000.00

                        ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT

END OF ANNUITY SURRENDER SURRENDER
 YEAR VALUE CHARGE 
VALUE
<CAPTION>

    <S>       <C>           <C>       <C>     
    46         9,697.88     0.00      9,697.88
    47        10,038.57     0.00     10,038.57
    48        10,391.18     0.00     10,391.18
    49        10,756.13     0.00     10,756.13
    50        11,133.85     0.00     11,133.85

    51        11,524.80     0.00     11,524.80
    52        11,929.43     0.00     11,929.43
    53        12,348.22     0.00     12,348.22
    54        12,781.66     0.00     12,781.66
    55        13,230.28     0.00     13,230.28

    56        13,694.60     0.00     13,694.60
    57        14,175.17     0.00     14,175.17
    58        14,672.56     0.00     14,672.56
    59        15,187.36     0.00     15,187.36
    60        15,720.18     0.00     15,720.18
</TABLE>

The values shown above were calculated  assuming the guaranteed  interest rate
of 3.5% will be applied to the amount allocated to the fixed account.

                                   Page 22

93021
<PAGE>

                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "separate  account" on page
10 and "variable annuity payments" on page 16.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint

                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department
                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company
                              2727 Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3102

                           [American General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

93021

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                   CALIFORNIA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

                                  IMPORTANT

YOU HAVE  PURCHASED  A  VARIABLE  ANNUITY  CONTRACT.  CAREFULLY  REVIEW IT FOR
LIMITATIONS.

THIS  CONTRACT  MAY BE RETURNED  WITHIN 10 DAYS* FROM THE DATE YOU RECEIVED IT
FOR A FULL  REFUND  EITHER  BY  RETURNING  IT TO THE  AGENT  OR THE  INSURANCE
COMPANY. THE AMOUNT OF REFUND WILL BE THE SUM OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AT THE END
OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED,  PLUS ANY PREMIUM
TAXES AND ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CHARGES THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.  AFTER 10 DAYS*,
CANCELLATION MAY RESULT IN A SUBSTANTIAL PENALTY, KNOWN AS A SURRENDER CHARGE.

*30 DAYS IF YOU WERE AGE 60 OR ABOVE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

A  surrender  charge as shown on page 13 may be  applied  to the amount of any
Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first  seven years after it was first
credited.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727 Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3102

93020
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                    MINNESOTA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

RIGHT TO CANCEL -- You may cancel  this  contract by  delivering  or mailing a
written  notice or sending a telegram  to the  Company at 2727 Allen  Parkway,
Houston,  Texas 77019,  and by returning the contract  before  midnight of the
tenth day after the date you receive the  contract.  Notice  given by mail and
return of the  contract by mail are  effective on being  postmarked,  properly
addressed and postage  prepaid.  The Insurer must return all payments made for
this contract within ten days after it receives notice of cancellation and the
returned contract.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President


                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727 Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3102

93020--24
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE               NORTH CAROLINA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund all purchase payments received by the Company.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727 Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3102


93020--A
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                 NORTH DAKOTA
                              Insurance Company
 
Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 20 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 20 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received,  plus any premium taxes and Annual Maintenance
Charge that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727 Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3102


93020--35
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                    OKLAHOMA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund all purchase  payments  received by the Company.  If refund is not made
within 30 days after the contract is returned to us, the amount  refunded will
include interest.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


                           [AMERICAN GENERAL LOGO]

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

   2727 Allen Parkway  P.O. Box 1401  Houston, TX  77251-1401 (713) 831-3102

93020--A


                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this Contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this Contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received, plus any premium taxes and Annual Contract Fee
that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020

<PAGE>

Insurance Company

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.



               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint

                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505

                           [American General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY


                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

95020

<PAGE>

INDEX

                                                                          Page

Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Annuity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

Annuity Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

Annuity Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

Automatic Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

Change of Investment Advisor or

     Investment Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

Contingent Annuitant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Contract Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Death Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Division Accumulation Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Fixed Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

General Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

Guaranteed Interest Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Guarantee Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Net Investment Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Ownership Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

Payment of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

Separate Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Surrenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     
Full Surrender. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     
Partial Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     
Surrender Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     
Surrender Charge Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     
Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Tax Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

Variable Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

                                    Page 2

95020

<PAGE>

                   American General Life Insurance Company

                                SCHEDULE PAGE

INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT:                                           $10,000

MINIMUM ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS 
 (Per Division or Guarantee Period):                                $   100

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS:                                                   NONE

MAXIMUM ASSET CHARGE FACTORS (Separate Account Only) ANNUAL RATE:     1.40%

MAXIMUM ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE:                                        $    30

TRANSFER CHARGE:                                                    $    25

ISSUE AGE:                                                               35

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                  JANUARY 1, 2026

INITIAL ALLOCATION:

                                                              Net Dollar
                                                               Amount of
                                           Percentage         Allocations
       
     Emerging Growth Fund                     100%             $10,000
     Enterprise Fund                           xx%             $   xxx
     Global Equity Fund                        xx%             $   xxx
     Real Estate Securities Fund               xx%             $   xxx
     Growth and Income Fund                    xx%             $   xxx
     Asset Allocation Fund                     xx%             $   xxx
     Domestic Income Fund                      xx%             $   xxx
     Government Fund                           xx%             $   xxx
     Money Market Fund                         xx%             $   xxx
     Fixed Account
        1 Year Guarantee Period                xx%             $   xxx
        3 Year Guarantee Period                xx%             $   xxx
        5 Year Guarantee Period                xx%             $   xxx
        7 Year Guarantee Period                xx%             $   xxx
       10 Year Guarantee Period                xx%             $   xxx
                                            -------           ----------
     Total Allocations                        100%             $10,000

ANNUITANT:              JOHN DOE        CONTRACT NUMBER:    123456

CONTRACT OWNER:         JOHN DOE        DATE OF ISSUE:      JANUARY 1, 1996

CONTRACT JURISDICTION:  (STATE NAME)

                                    Page 3

95020

<PAGE>

DEFINITIONS

"WE", "OUR", "US", OR "COMPANY".   American General Life Insurance Company.

YOU,  YOUR,  OWNER.  The Owner of this  Contract.  The  "Owner" is the person,
persons or entity  entitled to the ownership  rights stated in this  Contract.
The Owner may  designate a trustee or  custodian  of a  retirement  plan which
meets the  requirements of Section 401,  Section 408(c),  or Section 408(k) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement
plan,  but the term  "Owner" as used herein,  shall refer to the  organization
entering into this Contract.

ACCOUNT. Any of the Divisions or the Fixed Account.

ACCOUNT  VALUE.  The sum of the Fixed Account  Value and the Separate  Account
Value.  The  Fixed  Account  Value  is the sum of Net  Purchase  Payments  and
transfers into the Fixed Account, plus accumulated interest,  less any partial
withdrawals and transfers out of the Fixed Account. The Separate Account Value
is the sum of the values of the  Separate  Account  Divisions.  The value of a
Separate  Account  Division  is the value of a  Division's  Accumulation  Unit
multiplied by the number of Accumulation Units in that Division.

ACCUMULATION  PERIOD.  The  period  during  which Net  Purchase  Payments  are
applied.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT. An accounting  unit of measure used to calculate the value
of a Division of this Contract before annuity payments begin.

ANNUITANT.  The person  upon whose date of birth and sex income  payments  are
based. The Annuitant's name is shown on Page 3.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measurement to calculate variable annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY. The person entitled to receive benefits in the event the Owner or
Annuitant  dies. If no named  Beneficiary is living at the time any payment is
to be made, the Owner shall be the Beneficiary, or if the Owner is not living,
the Owner's estate shall be the Beneficiary.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT.  A person named by the Owner of a Non-Qualified contract
to become the Annuitant if:

1. The Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date; and

2. The Contingent Annuitant is then living.

A Contingent  Annuitant  may not be named  except at the time of  application.
Once  named,  the  choice  may not be revoked  or  replaced.  If a  Contingent
Annuitant  dies, a new  Contingent  Annuitant may not be named.  After Annuity
Payments start, a Contingent Annuitant may not become the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY. A person named by the Owner to receive benefits in the
event a  designated  Beneficiary  is not living at the time of the  Owner's or
Annuitant's death.

CONTRACT  YEAR.  A period of 12  consecutive  months  beginning on the Date of
Issue or any anniversary thereof.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. Each anniversary of the Date of Issue of this Contract.

DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this Contract  becomes  effective as shown on
Page 3.

DIVISION.   The subdivisions of the Separate Account
which are used to determine how the Owner's Account is allocated
among the Variable Funds.

FIXED ANNUITY  OPTION.  An Annuity Option with payments which do not vary with
investment performance as to dollar amount. Interest Rate is credited.

                                    Page 4

95020
<PAGE>

GUARANTEE PERIOD. The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE. The minimum rate we may use to credit interest on an
effective annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

HOME  OFFICE.  Our  office at 2727-A  Allen  Parkway,  Houston,  Texas  77019;
1-713-831-3505; Mailing Address P.O. Box 1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401.

ISSUE AGE. The Annuitant's age nearest birthday on the Date of Issue.

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE.  The net assets of a Variable  Fund  divided by the
number of shares in the Variable Fund.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT.  The gross amount of a Purchase Payment less any Premium
Taxes deducted at the time a Purchase Payment is made.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that does not  qualify  for the  special
federal income tax treatment applicable in connection with retirement plans.

OWNER'S ACCOUNT.  An account established for each Owner to which each Purchase
Payment is credited.

PAYOUT PERIOD. The period, starting with the Annuity Commencement Date, during
which Annuity Payments are made by the Company.

PREMIUM TAX. The amount of tax, if any,  charged by a state or municipality on
Purchase Payments or Contract values.

PURCHASE  PAYMENT.  An amount  paid to the  Company as  consideration  for the
benefits described herein.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that is  qualified  for the special  federal
income tax treatment applicable in connection with certain retirement plans.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  A segregated  investment account entitled "Separate Account
D"  established  by the Company to separate  the assets  funding the  variable
benefits for the class of contracts  to which this  Contract  belongs from the
other  assets of the  Company.  That  portion  of the  assets of the  Separate
Account equal to the reserves and other contract  liabilities  with respect to
the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with  liabilities  arising out of
any other business we may conduct.  Income,  gains and losses,  whether or not
realized,  from assets allocable to the Separate  Account,  are credited to or
charged  against such account  without  regard to our other  income,  gains or
losses.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which we are open for business except, with respect
to any Division,  a day on which the related  Variable Fund does not value its
shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD.  The period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the Exchange on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option under which we promise to pay the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated  Payee one or more payments which vary
in amount in accordance  with the net investment  experience of the applicable
Divisions selected to measure the value of this Contract.

VARIABLE  FUND.  An individual  investment  fund or series in which a Division
invests.

WRITTEN,  IN  WRITING.  A written  request  or notice in  acceptable  form and
content, which is signed and dated, and received at our Home Office.

                                    Page 5

95020

<PAGE>

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract          This  Contract,  and a copy  of the  Application,  if
                         attached, is the entire Contract. All statements made
                         by the  Contract  Owner or  Annuitant  will be deemed
                         representations and not warranties. No statement will
                         be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                         it is in writing and made a part of this Contract.

Not Contestable          This Contract is not contestable.

Guarantees               Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of
                         this Contract, we guarantee that the dollar amount of
                         Variable Annuity Payments made during the lifetime of
                         the Payee(s)  will not be  adversely  affected by our
                         actual mortality experience or by the actual expenses
                         incurred  by us in excess of the  expense  deductions
                         provided for in this Contract.

Settlement               All benefits under this Contract are payable from our
                         Home Office.

Nonparticipating         This Contract is nonparticipating  and does not share
                         in our surplus or earnings.

Change of Investment     Unless otherwise  required by law or regulation,  the
Advisor or Investment    investment  advisor or any investment  policy may not
Policy                   be changed without our consent. If required, approval
                         of or  change  of any  investment  objective  will be
                         filed  with the  Insurance  Department  of the  state
                         where  this  Contract  is  delivered.   You  will  be
                         notified of any  material  investment  policy  change
                         which   has  been   approved.   Notification   of  an
                         investment  policy change will be given in advance to
                         those Owners who have the right to comment on or vote
                         on such change.

                         Any substitution of the underlying investments of any
                         Division will comply with all applicable requirements
                         of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and  rules
                         thereunder.

Rights Reserved          Upon notice to you,  this Contract may be modified by
by Us                    us, but only if such modification is necessary to:

                         (1) Operate   the   Separate   Account  in  any  form
                             permitted  under the  Investment  Company  Act of
                             1940 or in any other form permitted by law;

                         (2) Transfer  any assets in any  Division  to another
                             Division,  or  to  one  or  more  other  separate
                             accounts, or to the Fixed Account;

                         (3) Add,  combine or remove Divisions in the Separate
                             Account,  or combine the  Separate  Account  with
                             another separate account;

                         (4) Add, restrict, or remove Guarantee Periods of the
                             Fixed Account;

                         (5) Make any new Division available to you on a basis
                             to be determined by us;

                         (6) Substitute  for the shares held in any  Division,
                             the shares of another Variable Fund or the shares
                             of  another   investment  company  or  any  other
                             investment permitted by law;

                         (7) Make any  changes  as  required  by the  Internal
                             Revenue  Code  or by any  other  applicable  law,
                             regulation or interpretation in order to continue
                             treatment of this Contract as an annuity; or

                         (8) Make any changes required to comply with rules of
                             any Variable Fund.

                                    Page 6

95020

<PAGE>

                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.

Changing the Terms       Any change in your  Contract  must be approved by one
of Your Contract         of our  officers.  No agent has the authority to make
                         any  changes  or  waive  any of  the  terms  of  your
                         Contract.

Termination              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

                         If the Owner's Account Value in any Division  (except
                         the Money  Market  Division)  falls  below  $500,  we
                         reserve the right to transfer the remaining  balance,
                         without charge, to the Money Market Division.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Minimum Payments         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the right to modify
                         these  minimums  or to refuse a Purchase  Payment for
                         any reason.

Allocation of            The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
Purchase Payments        shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so  received.  We reserve the right to
                         limit the total  number  of Fixed  Account  Guarantee
                         Periods and Separate  Account  Divisions  that may be
                         chosen during the life of the Contract.

Premium Taxes            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1) From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2) From  the  Account  Value  at  the  time  annuity
                             payments are to commence; or

                         (3) From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4) From  proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                             Contract for any other reason, including death of
                             the  Annuitant  or  Owner,  or  surrender  of the
                             Contract.

                                    Page 7

95020

<PAGE>

                         If premium tax is paid,  the  Company  may  reimburse
                         itself  for  such tax when  deduction  is being  made
                         under  paragraphs  2,  3, or 4  above  calculated  by
                         multiplying  the  sum  of  Purchase   Payments  being
                         withdrawn by the applicable premium tax percentage.

                             OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

Exercise of Contract     This Contract  belongs to the Owner,  who is entitled
Rights                   to exercise all rights and  privileges  in connection
                         with  this  Contract.  Where a  Contract  is  jointly
                         owned,  both  Owners  must  join  in any  request  to
                         exercise the rights or privileges of an Owner.

                         In  any  case,  such  rights  and  privileges  can be
                         exercised  without  the  consent  of the  Beneficiary
                         (other than an irrevocably - designated  Beneficiary)
                         or any other person.  Such rights and  privileges may
                         be   exercised   only  during  the  lifetime  of  the
                         Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,
                         except as otherwise provided in this Contract.

                         Unless the Owner specifies  otherwise,  the Annuitant
                         will  become  the Payee on the  Annuity  Commencement
                         Date. If the Owner or the Annuitant dies prior to the
                         Annuity   Commencement  Date,  the  Beneficiary  will
                         become the Payee. Such Payees may thereafter exercise
                         such  rights  and   privileges  of  ownership   which
                         continue.

Beneficiary              The Owner named the  Beneficiary  and any  Contingent
                         Beneficiary  when  applying  for  this  Contract.  By
                         Written notice to us, a  non-irrevocable  Beneficiary
                         or Contingent Beneficiary may be changed by the Owner
                         prior  to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  or by the
                         Annuitant  or other  properly-designated  Payee after
                         the Annuity Commencement Date.

Change of Ownership      Ownership   of  a  Qualified   Contract  may  not  be
                         transferred  except  to:  (1)  the  Annuitant;  (2) a
                         trustee or  successor  trustee of a pension or profit
                         sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of
                         the Internal  Revenue  Code;  (3) the employer of the
                         Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after
                         transfer   is   maintained   under  the  terms  of  a
                         retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the
                         Internal   Revenue   Code  for  the  benefit  of  the
                         Annuitant;   (4)  the   trustee   of  an   individual
                         retirement  account plan qualified  under Section 408
                         of the  Internal  Revenue  Code;  or (5) as otherwise
                         permitted  from time to time by laws and  regulations
                         governing  the  retirement  or deferred  compensation
                         plans for which a Qualified  Contract  may be issued.
                         In no other case may a  Qualified  Contract  be sold,
                         assigned,  transferred,   discounted  or  pledged  as
                         collateral.

                         During the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the
                         Annuity  Commencement  Date, the Owner may change the
                         ownership of a Non-Qualified Contract.

                         A change of  ownership  will not be  binding  upon us
                         until we  receive  Written  notification  at our Home
                         Office.  When such  notification is so received,  the
                         change will be effective as of the date of the signed
                         request  for  change,  but the change will be without
                         prejudice  to us on account of any payment  made,  or
                         any action taken by us prior to receiving the change,
                         or on account of any tax consequence.

                                    Page 8

95020

<PAGE>

Distribution of          If an Owner  (including  the first to die in the case
Death Proceeds           of  joint  Contract  owners)  under  a  Non-Qualified
under Non-Qualified      Contract  dies prior to the  Annuitant and before the
Contracts                Annuity Commencement Date, the death proceeds must be
                         distributed to the Beneficiary either (1) within five
                         years  after the date of death of the  Owner,  or (2)
                         over  the life of or a period  not  greater  than the
                         life  or  expected  life  of  the  Beneficiary,  with
                         annuity payments  beginning within one year after the
                         date of death of the Owner. The Beneficiary  shall be
                         considered   the  designated   beneficiary   for  the
                         purposes  of Section  72(s) of the  Internal  Revenue
                         Code. In all cases,  any such designated  beneficiary
                         will  not  be  entitled   to   exercise   any  rights
                         prohibited by applicable federal income tax law.

                         These mandatory  distribution  requirements  will not
                         apply when the  designated  Beneficiary is the spouse
                         of the  deceased  Owner,  if  the  spouse  elects  to
                         continue  this  Contract in the spouse's own name, as
                         Owner.   When  the   deceased   Owner  was  also  the
                         Annuitant,  the  surviving  spouse (if the  surviving
                         spouse is the designated Beneficiary) may elect to be
                         named as both Owner and  Annuitant  and continue this
                         Contract.

                         If the  Payee  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies
                         after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all of
                         the  payments  under  the  Annuity  Option  have been
                         distributed,  the remaining  amount payable,  if any,
                         must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                         method of distribution then in effect.

                         If the Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date,
                         or the Payee  thereafter,  is not a  natural  person,
                         then the foregoing  distribution  requirements  shall
                         apply upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within
                         the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code.

Periodic Reports         We will send to each Owner, at least once during each
                         Contract  Year,  a  statement   showing  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value as of a date not more than two  months
                         prior to the date of mailing.  We will also send such
                         statements as may be required by applicable state and
                         federal laws, rules and regulations.

Owner's Account          We will  establish  an Owner's  Account for the Owner
                         under this  Contract and will  maintain  such account
                         during the Accumulation  Period.  The Owner's Account
                         Value for any  Valuation  Period will be equal to the
                         Owner's  Separate  Account  Value,  if any,  plus the
                         Owner's  Fixed  Account  Value,   if  any,  for  that
                         Valuation Period.

                                FIXED ACCOUNT

Fixed Account Value      That  portion  of a Net  Purchase  Payment  which  is
                         allocated  to the Fixed  Account  will be credited to
                         the Owner's  Account and  allocated to the  Guarantee
                         Period(s)  selected.  The Fixed  Account  Value of an
                         Owner's Account for any Valuation  Period is equal to
                         the  sum of  the  values  in  each  of the  Guarantee
                         Periods  credited  to the  Owner's  account  for such
                         Valuation Period.

                         The value in any one Guarantee  Period on a Valuation
                         Date is the  accumulated  value  of the Net  Purchase
                         Payments,  renewals  or  transfers  allocated  to the
                         Guarantee  Period at the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate,
                         minus  the   accumulated   value  of  surrenders  and
                         transfers out of that  Guarantee  Period and Contract
                         Fee  allocated  to  that  Guarantee  Period,  at  the
                         Guaranteed Interest Rate.

                                    Page 9

95020

<PAGE>

Guarantee Periods        The Owner may select one or more Guarantee Period(s).
                         The Guarantee  Period(s)  selected will determine the
                         Guaranteed   Interest  Rates(s).   The  Net  Purchase
                         Payment or the portion thereof (or amount transferred
                         in accordance with the transfer  privilege  provision
                         described below) allocated to a particular  Guarantee
                         Period will earn interest at the Guaranteed  Interest
                         Rate during the Guarantee  Period.  Guarantee Periods
                         begin on the date as of which we credit  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value to that  Guarantee  Period  or, in the
                         case  of a  transfer,  on the  effective  date of the
                         transfer. The Guarantee Period is the number of years
                         we  credit  the   Guaranteed   Interest   Rate.   The
                         expiration  date of any Guarantee  Period is the last
                         day of the  Guarantee  Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee
                         Periods   begin  on  the  first  day   following  the
                         expiration  date.  As a result  of  Guarantee  Period
                         renewals,  additional Purchase Payments and transfers
                         of portions of the Owner's  Account Value,  Guarantee
                         Periods  of the  same  duration  may  have  different
                         expiration dates and Guaranteed Interest Rates.

                         We will  notify  the Owner in writing at least 30 and
                         no more than 60 days prior to the expiration  date of
                         any Guarantee  Period.  A new Guarantee Period of the
                         same duration as the previous  Guarantee  Period will
                         begin automatically  unless we receive Written notice
                         to the  contrary  from the Owner at least 3 Valuation
                         Dates prior to the end of such Guarantee Period.  The
                         Owner may elect to change to another Guarantee Period
                         or Division which we offer at such time.

                         If  the  amount  of an  Owner's  Account  Value  in a
                         Guarantee Period is less than $500 at the end of such
                         Guarantee  Period,  we reserve  the right to transfer
                         such  amount,  without  charge,  to the Money  Market
                         Division of the Separate  Account.  However,  we will
                         transfer such amount to another available Division at
                         the Owner's request.

Guaranteed Interest      We  will   periodically   establish   an   applicable
Rates                    Guaranteed Interest Rate for each Guarantee Period we
                         offer.   These  rates  will  be  guaranteed  for  the
                         duration of the  respective  Guarantee  Periods.  The
                         Guarantee  Periods that we make available at any time
                         will be determined in our discretion.

                         No  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  shall be less than an
                         effective annual rate of 3.0% per year.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Divisions                The  Separate  Account  has several  Divisions,  each
                         investing  in  a  corresponding  Variable  Fund.  Net
                         Purchase  Payments will be allocated to the Divisions
                         and the Fixed  Account as shown on Page 3, unless the
                         Owner changes the allocation.

                         We  will  use  the  Net  Purchase  Payments  and  any
                         transferred  amounts to purchase Variable Fund shares
                         applicable to the Divisions at their net asset value.
                         We will be the  owner  of all  Variable  Fund  shares
                         purchased   with  the  Net   Purchase   Payments   or
                         transferred amounts.

                                   Page 10

95020

<PAGE>

Division                 Net  Purchase   Payments  and   transferred   amounts
Accumulation             allocated to the Separate Account will be credited to
Units                    the   Owner's   Account  in  the  form  of   Division
                         Accumulation    Units.   The   number   of   Division
                         Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the
                         amount  allocated  to  a  Division  by  the  Division
                         Accumulation   Unit  value  as  of  the  end  of  the
                         Valuation  Period  as of  which  the  transaction  is
                         credited.  The  value of each  Division  Accumulation
                         Unit was  arbitrarily set as of the date the Division
                         first  purchased  Variable  Fund  shares.  Subsequent
                         values  on  any  Valuation  Date  are  equal  to  the
                         previous  Division  Accumulation Unit value times the
                         Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period ending
                         on that Valuation Date.

Net Investment           The Net  Investment  Factor  is an index  applied  to
Factor                   measure the investment performance of a Division from
                         one Valuation  Period to the next. The Net Investment
                         Factor  may be  greater or less than or equal to one;
                         therefore,  the  value  of an  Accumulation  Unit may
                         increase, decrease or remain the same.

                         The  Net   Investment   Factor  for  a  Division   is
                         determined   by  dividing   (1)  by  (2),   and  then
                         subtracting (3) from the result, where:

                         (1) Is the sum of:
    
                             (a) The Net Asset Value Per Share of the Variable
                                 Fund shares held in the Division,  determined
                                 at the end of the current  Valuation  Period;
                                 plus
    
                             (b) The  per  share  amount  of any  dividend  or
                                 capital  gain  distribu-  tions  made  on the
                                 Variable  Fund  shares  held in the  Division
                                 during the current Valuation Period;

                         (2) Is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the  Variable
                             Fund shares held in the  Division,  determined at
                             the  beginning of the current  Valuation  Period;
                             and

                         (3) Is a  factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,
                             expense risk, and administrative  expense charge.
                             We will  determine  the daily asset charge factor
                             annually,  but  in no  event  may it  exceed  the
                             Maximum  Asset Charge Factor as specified on Page
                             3.

Separate Account         The Separate  Account Value for any Valuation  Period
Value                    is the total of the values in each Division  credited
                         to the Owner's Account for such Valuation Period. The
                         value for each Division will be equal to:

                         (1) The  number  of  Division   Accumulation   Units;
                             multiplied by

                         (2) The  Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  for the
                             Valuation Period.

                         The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation
                         Date to Valuation Date  reflecting the total value in
                         the Divisions.

                                  TRANSFERS

Transfers                Transfers   may  be  made  at  any  time  during  the
                         Accumulation Period after the first 30 days following
                         the Date of Issue. A transfer will be

                                   Page 11

95020

<PAGE>

                         effective at the end of the Valuation Period in which
                         we  receive  the  Owner's   Written   request  for  a
                         transfer.  Transfers will be subject to the following
                         restrictions:

                         (1) Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner
                             may make up to 12 transfers  each  Contract  Year
                             without charge.

                         (2) There  will  be  a  charge  of  $25.00  for  each
                             transfer in excess of 12 in a Contract Year.

                         (3) Transfers under the Automatic Rebalancing program
                             will not count towards the 12 free transfers each
                             Contract  Year.  The $25.00 charge will not apply
                             to transfers made through Automatic  Rebalancing.
                             Transfers   under  any  other  asset   management
                             arrangement  approved  by  the  Company  will  be
                             subject  to the  $25.00  charge  and  will  count
                             towards the 12 free  transfers  unless  waived by
                             the Company.

                         (4) Not more than 25% of the  Owner's  Account  Value
                             allocated to a Guarantee  Period at its inception
                             may be transferred to the Variable Account during
                             any  Contract  Year.  Transfers  from a Guarantee
                             Period  are made on a first in,  first out basis.
                             The 25% limit does not apply to:
    
                             (a) Funds transferred from the One-Year Guarantee
                                 period; or
    
                             (b) Transfers  within 15 days before or after the
                                 end of the applicable Guarantee Period; or
    
                             (c) A renewal at the end of a Guarantee Period to
                                 the same Guarantee Period.

                         (5) If a transfer  would cause the  Account  Value in
                             any  Division or  Guarantee  Period to fall below
                             $500,  we reserve the right to also  transfer the
                             remaining  balance in that  Division or Guarantee
                             Period in the same  proportions  as the  transfer
                             request.

                         (6) We reserve the right to defer any  transfer  from
                             the Fixed  Account to the Variable  Divisions for
                             up to 6 months.

                         We  reserve  the  right  to  restrict  or   terminate
                         transfers.

                         After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may
                         make one  transfer  during any 180 day  period;  such
                         transfer  is without  charge.  The Owner may not make
                         transfers from the fixed annuity account.

Automatic                "Automatic   Rebalancing"   occurs   when  funds  are
Rebalancing              transferred  by  the  Company  between  the  Separate
                         Account Divisions so that the values in each Division
                         match  the  percentage  allocation  then  in  effect.
                         Automatic   Rebalancing   of  the  Separate   Account
                         Divisions will occur periodically:

                         (1) If the  Owner's  Account  Value  is  equal  to or
                             greater than $25,000; and

                         (2) If selected by the Owner.

                                   Page 12

95020

<PAGE>

                         The  Owner  may  select  Automatic  Rebalancing  when
                         applying for this Contract,  or it may be selected at
                         a later  date.  The  Company  reserves  the  right to
                         increase or lower the Minimum  Account Value required
                         for Automatic Rebalancing.

                                  SURRENDERS

General Surrender        The amount  surrendered  will normally be paid to the
Provisions               Owner within 5 Valuation  Dates following our receipt
                         of:

                         (1) The Owner's  Written request on a form acceptable
                             to us; and

                         (2) This Contract, if required.

                         We reserve the right to defer  payment of  surrenders
                         from the Fixed  Account  for up to 6 months  from the
                         date we receive the request.

Full Surrender           At any time prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date
                         and during the lifetime of the  Annuitant,  the Owner
                         may  surrender  this Contract by sending us a Written
                         request. The amount payable on surrender is:

                         (1) The  Owner's  Account  Value  at  the  end of the
                             Valuation  Period in which we receive the Owner's
                             request on a form acceptable to us;

                         (2) Minus any applicable Surrender Charge;

                         (3) Minus any applicable Contract Fee; and

                         (4) Minus any applicable premium tax.

                         The amount  payable upon  surrender  will not be less
                         than the amount required by state law.

                         Upon payment of the surrender  amount,  this Contract
                         will be  terminated  and  the  Company  will  have no
                         further obligation to the Owner.

                         All   collateral   assignees   must  consent  to  any
                         surrender or partial withdrawal.  We may require that
                         this Contract be returned to our Home Office prior to
                         making payment.

Partial Withdrawals      A  portion  of  the  Owner's  Account  Value  may  be
                         withdrawn   at  any  time   prior   to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  The Owner must send us a Written
                         request specifying the Divisions or Guarantee Periods
                         from  which  the  Partial  Withdrawal  is to be made.
                         However,  in  cases  where  the  Owner  does  not  so
                         specify,   or  the  withdrawal   cannot  be  made  in
                         accordance with the Owner's specification, we reserve
                         the right to implement the  withdrawal  pro rata from
                         each  Division  and  Guarantee  Period  based  on the
                         Owner's  Account Value in each.  Partial  Withdrawals
                         will be made  effective  at the end of the  Valuation
                         Period  in  which we  receive  the  Written  request.
                         Partial  Withdrawals will be subject to the following
                         guidelines:

                         (1) The  Partial  Withdrawal  amount must be at least
                             $100 or,  if less,  the  Owner's  entire  Account
                             Value;

                                   Page 13

95020

<PAGE>

                         (2) We will  surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units
                             from  the  Separate  Account  of  interests  in a
                             Guarantee   Period  so  that  the  total   amount
                             withdrawn will be the sum of:
    
                             (a) The amount payable to the Owner;
    
                             (b) Plus any Surrender  Charge and any applicable
                                 premium tax;

                         (3) If a Partial  Withdrawal  would cause the Owner's
                             Account Value in any Division or Guarantee Period
                             (except the Money Market  Division) to fall below
                             $500,  we  reserve  the  right  to  transfer  the
                             remaining  balance  without  charge  to the Money
                             Market Division.

                         (4) If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,
                             We may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice
                             to  the  Owner.   Such   cancellation   would  be
                             considered a full surrender of this Contract.

Surrender Charge         Except as noted under "Surrender Charge  Exceptions",
for Partial              a  Surrender  Charge will be applied to the amount of
Withdrawals and          any  Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first 7
Full Surrenders          years after it was first credited, as follows:


                                                        Surrender Charge
                            Year of                      as a Percentage 
                         Purchase Payment                 of Purchase
                            Withdrawal                  Payment Withdrawn
                         ----------------               -----------------

                             1st                                6%
                             2nd                                6%
                             3rd                                5%
                             4th                                5%
                             5th                                4%
                             6th                                3%
                             7th                                2%
                          Thereafter                            0%



                         For purposes of computing the Surrender  Charge,  the
                         oldest  Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn
                         first,  and before any  amounts in excess of Purchase
                         Payments are withdrawn from an Owner's  Account.  The
                         following   transactions   will  be   considered   as
                         withdrawals  for purposes of computing  the Surrender
                         Charge:   total   surrender,    partial   withdrawal,
                         commencement   of  an  annuity   payment  option  and
                         termination due to insufficient Owner Account Value.

Surrender Charge         The Surrender Charge will not apply:
Exceptions               
                         (1) To any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments
                             that are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                         (2) To any amounts in excess of the amount  permitted
                             by the  10%  Free  Withdrawal  Privilege  if such
                             amounts are required to be withdrawn to obtain or
                             retain  favorable  federal  tax  treatment;  (The
                             granting  of this  exception  is  subject  to our
                             approval);

                         (3) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the Payout Period;

                                   Page 14

95020
<PAGE>

                         (4) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the   Accumulation   Period   if  no   Contingent
                             Annuitant survives;

                         (5) Upon the  death of the  Owner of a  Non-Qualified
                             Contract,  unless the Contract is being continued
                             under the special rule for a surviving  spouse as
                             defined  under  Internal   Revenue  Code  Section
                             (72)(s);

                         (6) Upon selection of an annuity  payment option over
                             a period of at least 10 years;

                         (7) Upon selection of an annuity payment option based
                             on life  contingencies  if life  expectancy is at
                             least 10 years.

10% Free Withdrawal      The  Surrender  Charge does not apply to that portion
Privilege                of  each  withdrawal  or a  total  surrender  in  any
                         Contract Year that does not exceed:

                         (1) Ten  Percent  (10%)  of the  amount  of  Purchase
                             Payments not previously  withdrawn that have been
                             credited to this  Contract for at least one year,
                             but not more than 7 years; less

                         (2) The  amount  of  any  previous  withdrawals  made
                             during such Contract Year.

                         For withdrawals  under a systematic  withdrawal plan,
                         Purchase  Payments  credited  for 30 days or more are
                         eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                         If  multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract
                         Year,  the amount  eligible  for the free  withdrawal
                         will be  recalculated  at the  time  of each  Partial
                         Withdrawal.    After   the   first   Contract   Year,
                         non-automatic  and automatic  withdrawals may be made
                         in  the  same   Contract  Year  subject  to  the  10%
                         limitation.

                         A free  withdrawal  pursuant to any of the  foregoing
                         Surrender   Charge   Exceptions   is  not   deemed  a
                         withdrawal of Purchase  Payments  except for purposes
                         of computing the 10% free withdrawal privilege.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

Manner of                An annual  Contract Fee not to exceed  $30.00 will be
Deducting                deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year prior to
                         the Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,
                         the fee will be allocated among the Guarantee Periods
                         and Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account
                         Value in each.  The  entire  fee for the year will be
                         deducted  from the proceeds of any full  surrender of
                         this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

Right to                 We reserve the right to impose additional  charges or
Impose                   establish  reserves  for any  federal or local  taxes
                         incurred  or that may be incurred by us, and that may
                         be deemed attributable to the Contracts.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

Reinstatement of         If the Owner has made a full surrender of the Owner's
Account Value            Account Value,  the Owner may reinstate the Contract,
                         if we  receive  the  Written  reinstatement  request,
                         together with a return of the net surrender

                                   Page 15

95020

<PAGE>

                         proceeds,  not more than 30 days after the date as of
                         which the  surrender  was made.  In such a case,  the
                         Owner's Account Value will be restored to what it was
                         at  the  time  of  the  surrender  (less  any  annual
                         Contract  maintenance  charge  that has since  become
                         payable), and any subsequent Surrender Charge will be
                         computed  as if the  Contract  had been issued at the
                         date of  reinstatement in consideration of a Purchase
                         Payment in the amount of such net surrender proceeds.
                         This  one-time  reinstatement  privilege is available
                         only  if the  Owner's  Account  Value  following  the
                         reinstatement  would be at  least  $500.  Unless  the
                         Owner  requests  otherwise  in  Writing,  the Account
                         Value following the  reinstatement  will be allocated
                         among the Divisions and Guarantee Periods in the same
                         proportions as those prior to surrender.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

Death Proceeds           If the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement
Before the Annuity       Date, and is survived by a Contingent Annuitant,  the
Commencement Date        Contract  will  be  continued   with  the  Contingent
                         Annuitant  being  named the  Annuitant.  If this is a
                         Non-Qualified Contract, this Contract may qualify for
                         continuation   under  the   "Distribution   of  Death
                         Proceeds under  Non-Qualified  Contracts"  provision.
                         Otherwise,  we will  pay the  death  proceeds  to the
                         Beneficiary if one of the following dies prior to the
                         Annuity Commencement Date:

                         (1) The  Annuitant   (provided   that  no  Contingent
                             Annuitant survives); or

                         (2) The Owner of a Non-Qualified  Contract (including
                             the first to die in the case of Joint Owners).

                         If the  Annuitant  or such Owner dies,  the amount of
                         the  death  proceeds  will  be  the  greatest  of the
                         following amounts, less any applicable premium tax:

                         (1) The sum of all Net  Purchase  Payments  less  any
                             prior Partial Withdrawals;

                         (2) The  Owner's  Account  Value as of the end of the
                             Valuation Period in which we receive proof of the
                             Annuitant's  or such Owner's  death and a Written
                             request  from the  Beneficiary  as to the form of
                             payment; or

                         (3) The Minimum Death Benefit, as defined below, plus
                             Net Purchase  Payments less all withdrawals  made
                             after determination of the Minimum Death Benefit.

                         Prior to the fifth Contract anniversary,  the Minimum
                         Death  Benefit  will  be  equal  to  the  sum  of Net
                         Purchase  Payments made since the Date of Issue, less
                         the sum of all  Partial  Withdrawals  made during the
                         same period.

                         On the fifth Contract  anniversary,  if the Annuitant
                         has not  attained age 81, the Minimum  Death  Benefit
                         will be determined as follows:

                                   Page 16

95020

<PAGE>

                         (1) We will compare the Account  Values at the end of
                             each  of the  first  five  Contract  Years  after
                             increasing  such  values by the amount of all Net
                             Purchase Payments less all withdrawals made since
                             the end of such Contract Years;

                         (2) The Minimum Death Benefit will be an amount equal
                             to the  highest  of the  resulting  five  Account
                             Values.

                         On each Contract anniversary  thereafter (if prior to
                         the  Annuitant's  age 81), the Minimum  Death Benefit
                         will be the greater of:

                         (1) The  Minimum  Death  Benefit  as of the  previous
                             anniversary,  plus Net Purchase Payments less all
                             withdrawals made during the Contract Year; or

                         (2) The  Account  Value  as of the  current  Contract
                             Anniversary.

                         The Minimum Death Benefit will not be reset after age
                         80. Therefore, if the Annuitant is age 76 or older on
                         the Date of Issue, the Minimum Death Benefit will not
                         be reset on the fifth anniversary.  The Account Value
                         is the value after  deduction for fees.  Net Purchase
                         Payments are Purchase  Payments  less any  applicable
                         premium tax.

                         The death  proceeds  will not be less than the amount
                         payable on a full surrender at the date used to value
                         the death  benefit.  The death  proceeds will be paid
                         when we receive:

                         (1) Proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's Death; and

                         (2) A Written request from the Beneficiary for either
                             a single sum or payment under an Annuity Option.

                         If the Annuitant dies, and a Contingent Annuitant was
                         named but predeceased the Annuitant,  we will require
                         proof of the Contingent Annuitant's death in addition
                         to proof of the death of the Annuitant.

                         We will pay a single sum to the Beneficiary unless an
                         Annuity Option is chosen.

Death Proceeds on        If  the  Annuitant  dies  on  or  after  the  Annuity
or After the             Commencement  Date, the Beneficiary  will receive the
Annuity                  death  proceeds,  if any,  as provided by the annuity
Commencement Date        form in effect.


Proof of Death           We  accept  any  of the  following  as  proof  of the
                         Annuitant's or Owner's death:

                         (1) A copy of a certified death certificate;

                         (2) A  copy  of a  certified  decree  of a  court  of
                             competent  jurisdiction  as  to  the  finding  of
                             death;

                         (3) A  written  statement  by a  medical  doctor  who
                             attended the deceased at the time of death; or

                         (4) Any other proof satisfactory to us.

                                   Page 17

95020

<PAGE>

                             PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

Application of           Unless  directed  otherwise,  we will apply the Fixed
Account Value            Account  Value to  provide a Fixed  Annuity,  and the
                         Separate Account Value to provide a Variable Annuity.
                         The Owner  must tell us in  writing  at least 30 days
                         prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date if Fixed and
                         Separate   Account   values  are  to  be  applied  in
                         different   proportions.    Transfers   and   partial
                         withdrawals  will  be  permitted  within  the  30-day
                         period.

Annuity                  The Annuity Commencement Date (Annuity Date) is shown
Commencement Date        on page 3. The Owner of a qualified  Contract  may be
                         required  to  receive  distributions  after age 70 to
                         comply with  certain  federal tax  requirements.  The
                         Annuity  Date may be changed by Written  notice  from
                         the Owner, subject to our approval.

Options Available        The  Owner may elect to have  annuity  payments  made
to a Contract            beginning on the Annuity  Commencement Date under any
Owner                    one  of  the  Annuity   Options   described  in  this
                         Contract.  We will  notify  the  Owner  60 to 90 days
                         prior to the scheduled Annuity Date that the Contract
                         is scheduled  to mature,  and request that an Annuity
                         Option be selected.  If the Owner has not selected an
                         Annuity   Option  ten  days  prior  to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement Date, we will proceed as follows:

                         If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is any
                         date prior to the Annuitant's 99th birthday,  we will
                         extend   the   Annuity   Commencement   Date  to  the
                         Annuitant's 99th birthday.

                         If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is the
                         Annuitant's 99th birthday, the Account Value less any
                         applicable  charges and premium taxes will be paid in
                         one sum to the Owner.

Options Available        The Owner may  elect,  in lieu of payment in one sum,
to Beneficiary           that  any  amount  or part  thereof  due  under  this
                         Contract   be  applied   under  any  of  the  options
                         described  below.  Within 60 days  after the death of
                         the Annuitant or Owner, the Beneficiary may make such
                         election  if the Owner has not done so. In such case,
                         the Beneficiary  thereafter shall have all the rights
                         and options of the Owner.

                         The first  annuity  payment under any option shall be
                         made  on the  first  day of the  second  month  after
                         approval  of the  claim  for  settlement.  Subsequent
                         payments  shall be made  periodically  in  accordance
                         with the manner of payment elected.

Payment Contract         At  such  time  as  one  of  these  options   becomes
                         effective,  this Contract shall be surrendered to the
                         Company in exchange for a payment contract  providing
                         for the option elected.

                                   Page 18

95020

<PAGE>

Fixed Annuity            Fixed   Annuity   Payments   start  on  the   Annuity
Payments                 Commencement  Date.  The amount of the first  monthly
                         payment for the annuity  selected will be at least as
                         favorable as that produced by the applicable  annuity
                         tables of this Contract for each $1,000 applied as of
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period that  contains  the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

                         The  dollar  amount of any  payments  after the first
                         payment is  specified  during  the  entire  period of
                         annuity payments,  according to the provisions of the
                         Annuity Option selected.

                          VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Annuity Units            We  convert  the  Division  Accumulation  Units  into
                         Division  Annuity  Units at the values  determined at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period which  contains the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The
                         number of Division  Annuity Units remains constant as
                         long as an annuity  remains  in force and  allocation
                         among the Divisions has not changed.

                         Each Division  Annuity Unit Value was arbitrarily set
                         when   the   Division   first   converted    Division
                         Accumulation   Units  into  Division  Annuity  Units.
                         Subsequent  values on any Valuation Date are equal to
                         the  previous  Division  Annuity Unit Value times the
                         Net  Investment  Factor  for  that  Division  for the
                         Valuation  Period ending on that Valuation Date, with
                         an offset for the 3 1/2% assumed  interest  rate used
                         in the annuity tables of this Contract.

                         Variable   Annuity  Payments  start  on  the  Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  Payments will vary in amount and
                         are  determined  at the end of the  Valuation  Period
                         that contains the tenth day prior to each payment. If
                         the monthly  payment  under the annuity form selected
                         is based on a single Division, the monthly payment is
                         found by multiplying the Division  Annuity Unit Value
                         on said date by the number of Division Annuity Units.

                         If  the  monthly   payment  under  the  annuity  form
                         selected  is based upon more than one  Division,  the
                         above  procedure  is  repeated  for  each  applicable
                         Division.  The sum of these  payments is the Variable
                         Annuity Payment.

                         We guarantee that the amount of each payment will not
                         be affected  by  variations  in expense or  mortality
                         experience.

                               ANNUITY OPTIONS

                         First  Option - Life  Annuity  - An  annuity  payable
                         monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

                         Second  Option - Life  Annuity  with 120,  180 or 240
                         Monthly  Payments  Guaranteed  - An  annuity  payable
                         monthly   during  the  lifetime  of  the   Annuitant,
                         including the guarantee  that if, at the death of the
                         Annuitant,  payments have been made for less than 120
                         months,  180  months  or 240  months  (as  selected),
                         payments  shall be continued  during the remainder of
                         the selected period.

                                   Page 19

95020

<PAGE>

                         Third Option - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity -
                         An annuity  payable monthly during the joint lifetime
                         of the  Annuitant,  and a  secondary  Annuitant,  and
                         thereafter  during  the  remaining  lifetime  of  the
                         survivor,  ceasing with the last payment prior to the
                         death of the survivor.

                         Fourth Option - Payments for a Designated Period - An
                         amount  payable  monthly  for  the  number  of  years
                         selected  which  may be from 5 to 40  years.  If this
                         option is selected on a variable basis, the number of
                         years  may not  exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the
                         Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         Fifth Option - Payments of a Specific Dollar Amount -
                         The  amount   due  may  be  paid  in  equal   monthly
                         installments of a designated  dollar amount (not less
                         than $125 nor more than $200 per annum per  $1,000 of
                         the original amount due) until the remaining  balance
                         is less than the amount of one installment.  Payments
                         under this  option  are  available  on a fixed  basis
                         only. To determine  the remaining  balance at the end
                         of any month, such balance at the end of the previous
                         month is decreased  by the amount of any  installment
                         paid   during  the  month  and  the  result  will  be
                         accumulated  at an  interest  rate not less than 3.5%
                         compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any
                         time is less than the amount of one installment, such
                         balance  will be paid and will be the  final  payment
                         under the option.

                         In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected
                         on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which
                         cases the  amount  of each  annuity  payment  will be
                         determined on a basis  consistent with that described
                         in this Contract for monthly payments.

                         No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the
                         case where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,
                         unless a minimum initial annuity payment of $100 will
                         be provided. No election of any Annuity Option may be
                         made in the case where a combination of a Fixed and a
                         Variable Annuity is elected, unless a minimum initial
                         annuity   payment  of  $50  on  each  basis  will  be
                         provided.  If the initial  annuity  payment  does not
                         meet the  minimum  amount  required  for the  Annuity
                         Option  elected,  the  Company  will  provide  a less
                         frequent  payment  schedule.  If the minimum is still
                         not met, the Company will make a lump-sum  payment of
                         the  Account  Value  (less  any   Surrender   Charge,
                         uncollected  annual Maintenance Charge and applicable
                         premium tax) as of the date of this  determination to
                         the Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated
                         to us, any amount  payable  will be that which  would
                         have been payable had the  misstatement not occurred.
                         We will deduct any overpayment  from the next payment
                         or payments due and add any underpayments to the next
                         payment due.  Interest at an effective annual rate of
                         3.5% will be added to any such adjustment.

Annuity Tables           The tables that follow show the dollar  amount of the
                         first monthly  payment for each $1,000  applied under
                         the options.  Under the First or Second Options,  the
                         amount of each  payment  will  depend upon the sex of
                         the Annuitant and the Annuitant's adjusted age at the
                         time the

                                   Page 20

95020

<PAGE>

                         first  payment is due.  Under the Third  Option,  the
                         amount of each  payment  will  depend upon the sex of
                         both  Annuitants  and their adjusted ages at the time
                         the first payment is due.

                         In using the table of annuity payment rates, the ages
                         of the  Annuitants  must be  reduced  by one year for
                         Annuity   Commencement  Dates  occurring  during  the
                         decade  2000-2009,  reduced  two  years  for  Annuity
                         Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2010-
                         2019, and reduced an additional  year for each decade
                         that  follows.  The age 70 rate is also used for ages
                         above 70.

Alternate Amount         If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner
of Installments          (or, if the Owner has not  elected a payment  option,
Under Fixed Life         the Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal
Income Options           to those  provided  by  those  fixed  single  premium
                         immediate  annuity option rates in use by the Company
                         when annuity payments begin.
  
                                   Page 21

95020

<PAGE>

                                ANNUITY TABLES

                          AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PAYMENT
                       FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE

Options 1 and 2 - Life Annuities
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
Adjusted Unisex     ---------------Monthly Payments Guaranteed---------------
     Age        Option 1        Option 2        Option 2        Option 2
                  None            120             180             240

     <S>          <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
    
     50           4.18            4.15            4.12            4.07
     51           4.24            4.21            4.18            4.12
     52           4.31            4.28            4.24            4.17
     53           4.38            4.34            4.30            4.23
     54           4.45            4.41            4.36            4.28
     55           4.53            4.48            4.43            4.34
     56           4.61            4.56            4.50            4.40
     57           4.70            4.64            4.57            4.46
     58           4.79            4.73            4.65            4.52
     59           4.89            4.82            4.72            4.59
     60           5.00            4.91            4.81            4.65
     61           5.11            5.02            4.89            4.71
     62           5.23            5.12            4.98            4.78
     63           5.36            5.23            5.07            4.85
     64           5.49            5.35            5.17            4.91
     65           5.64            5.48            5.26            4.98
     66           5.80            5.61            5.36            5.04
     67           5.96            5.74            5.46            5.10
     68           6.14            5.88            5.57            5.16
     69           6.34            6.03            5.67            5.21
     70 and above 6.54            6.19            5.77            5.27
</TABLE>
    

Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity
<TABLE>

 Adjusted Age                     Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
 of Annuitant

<CAPTION>
    Unisex         50          55           60          65          70

     <S>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C> 
     50           3.75        3.85         3.94        4.01        4.07
     55           3.85        4.00         4.13        4.24        4.33
     60           3.94        4.13         4.32        4.49        4.65
     65           4.01        4.24         4.49        4.75        5.00
     70           4.07        4.33         4.65        5.00        5.36
</TABLE>

Option 4 - Payments for a Designated Period
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
   Years of       Amount of Monthly      Years of      Amount of Monthly
    Payment           Payment             Payment           Payment

     <S>              <C>                   <C>              <C>  
    
      5               $18.12                23               $5.24
      6                15.35                24                5.09
      7                13.38                25                4.96
      8                11.90                26                4.84
      9                10.75                27                4.73
     10                 9.83                28                4.63
     11                 9.09                29                4.53
     12                 8.46                30                4.45
     13                 7.94                31                4.37
     14                 7.49                32                4.29
     15                 7.10                33                4.22
     16                 6.76                34                4.15
     17                 6.47                35                4.09
     18                 6.20                36                4.03
     19                 5.97                37                3.98
     20                 5.75                38                3.92
     21                 5.56                39                3.88
     22                 5.39                40                3.83
</TABLE>

                                   Page 22

95020

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this Contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this Contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received, plus any premium taxes and Annual Contract Fee
that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [American General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95021
<PAGE>
                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505

                           [American General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

95021
<PAGE>
                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this Contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this Contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received, plus any premium taxes and Annual Contract Fee
that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [American General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95021
<PAGE>
                                    INDEX

                                                                   Page
                                                                   ----

Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Annuity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

Annuity Tables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

Annuity Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

Automatic Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

Change of Investment Advisor or
  Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

Contingent Annuitant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Contract Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Death Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

Division Accumulation Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Fixed Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

General Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

Guaranteed Interest Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Guarantee Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Net Investment Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Ownership Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

Payment of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

Separate Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

Surrenders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

  Full Surrender  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

  Partial Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

  Surrender Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

  Surrender Charge Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

  Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Tax Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

Variable Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

95021

                                    Page 2
<PAGE>
                   American General Life Insurance Company

                                SCHEDULE PAGE

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT:                                             $10,000

MINIMUM ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS
 (Per Division or Guarantee Period):                                  $   100

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS:                                                     NONE

MAXIMUM ASSET CHARGE FACTORS
 (Separate Account Only) ANNUAL RATE:                                   1.40%

MAXIMUM ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE:                                          $    30

TRANSFER CHARGE:                                                      $    25

ISSUE AGE:                                                                 35

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                    JANUARY 1, 2026
</TABLE>

INITIAL ALLOCATION:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Net Dollar
                                                               Amount of 
                                          Percentage          Allocations

     <S>                                    <C>                 <C>
     Emerging Growth Fund                   100%                $10,000

     Enterprise Fund                         xx%                $   xxx

     Global Equity Fund                      xx%                $   xxx

     Real Estate Securities Fund             xx%                $   xxx

     Growth and Income Fund                  xx%                $   xxx

     Asset Allocation Fund                   xx%                $   xxx

     Domestic Income Fund                    xx%                $   xxx

     Government Fund                         xx%                $   xxx

     Money Market Fund                       xx%                $   xxx

     Fixed Account

          1 Year Guarantee Period            xx%                $   xxx

          3 Year Guarantee Period            xx%                $   xxx

          5 Year Guarantee Period            xx%                $   xxx

          7 Year Guarantee Period            xx%                $   xxx

          10 Year Guarantee Period           xx%                $   xxx

     Total Allocations                      100%                $10,000
</TABLE>

ANNUITANT:              JOHN DOE            CONTRACT NUMBER:  123456

CONTRACT OWNER:         JOHN DOE            DATE OF ISSUE:    JANUARY 1, 1996

CONTRACT JURISDICTION:  (STATE NAME)

95021

                                    Page 3
<PAGE>
                                 DEFINITIONS

"WE", "OUR", "US", OR "COMPANY".  American General Life Insurance Company.

YOU, YOUR,  OWNER.  The Owner of this  Contract.  The  "Owner"  is the  person,
persons or entity  entitled to the ownership  rights stated in this  Contract.
The Owner may  designate a trustee or  custodian  of a  retirement  plan which
meets the  requirements of Section 401,  Section 408(c),  or Section 408(k) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement
plan,  but the term  "Owner" as used herein,  shall refer to the  organization
entering into this Contract.

ACCOUNT.  Any of the Divisions or the Fixed Account.

ACCOUNT  VALUE.  The sum of the Fixed Account  Value and the Separate  Account
Value.  The  Fixed  Account  Value  is the sum of Net  Purchase  Payments  and
transfers into the Fixed Account, plus accumulated interest,  less any partial
withdrawals and transfers out of the Fixed Account. The Separate Account Value
is the sum of the values of the  Separate  Account  Divisions.  The value of a
Separate  Account  Division  is the value of a  Division's  Accumulation  Unit
multiplied by the number of Accumulation Units in that Division.

ACCUMULATION  PERIOD.  The  period  during  which Net  Purchase  Payments  are
applied.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT.  An accounting  unit of measure used to calculate the value
of a Division of this Contract before annuity payments begin.

ANNUITANT.  The person  upon whose date of birth and sex income  payments  are
based. The Annuitant's name is shown on Page 3.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measurement to calculate variable annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY. The person entitled to receive benefits in the event the Owner or
Annuitant  dies. If no named  Beneficiary is living at the time any payment is
to be made, the Owner shall be the Beneficiary, or if the Owner is not living,
the Owner's estate shall be the Beneficiary.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT.  A person named by the Owner of a Non-Qualified contract
to become the Annuitant if:
1. The  Annuitant  dies  before  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date;  and
2. The Contingent Annuitant is then living.

A Contingent  Annuitant  may not be named  except at the time of  application.
Once  named,  the  choice  may not be revoked  or  replaced.  If a  Contingent
Annuitant  dies, a new  Contingent  Annuitant may not be named.  After Annuity
Payments start, a Contingent Annuitant may not become the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY. A person named by the Owner to receive benefits in the
event a  designated  Beneficiary  is not living at the time of the  Owner's or
Annuitant's death.

CONTRACT  YEAR.  A period of 12  consecutive  months  beginning on the Date of
Issue or any anniversary thereof.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. Each anniversary of the Date of Issue of this Contract.

DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this Contract  becomes  effective as shown on
Page 3.

DIVISION. The subdivisions of the Separate Account which are used to determine
how the Owner's Account is allocated among the Variable Funds.

FIXED ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option with payments which do not vary with
investment performance as to dollar amount. Interest Rate is credited.

95021

                                    Page 4
<PAGE>
GUARANTEE PERIOD. The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE. The minimum rate we may use to credit interest on an
effective annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

HOME  OFFICE.  Our  office at 2727-A  Allen  Parkway,  Houston,  Texas  77019;
1-713-831-3505; Mailing Address P.O. Box 1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401.

ISSUE AGE. The Annuitant's age nearest birthday on the Date of Issue.

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE.  The net assets of a Variable  Fund  divided by the
number of shares in the Variable Fund.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT.  The gross amount of a Purchase Payment less any Premium
Taxes deducted at the time a Purchase Payment is made.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that does not  qualify  for the  special
federal income tax treatment applicable in connection with retirement plans.

OWNER'S ACCOUNT.  An account established for each Owner to which each Purchase
Payment is credited.

PAYOUT PERIOD. The period, starting with the Annuity Commencement Date, during
which Annuity Payments are made by the Company.

PREMIUM TAX. The amount of tax, if any,  charged by a state or municipality on
Purchase Payments or Contract values.

PURCHASE  PAYMENT.  An amount  paid to the  Company as  consideration  for the
benefits described herein.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that is  qualified  for the special  federal
income tax treatment applicable in connection with certain retirement plans.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  A segregated  investment account entitled "Separate Account
D"  established  by the Company to separate  the assets  funding the  variable
benefits for the class of contracts  to which this  Contract  belongs from the
other  assets of the  Company.  That  portion  of the  assets of the  Separate
Account equal to the reserves and other contract  liabilities  with respect to
the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with  liabilities  arising out of
any other business we may conduct.  Income,  gains and losses,  whether or not
realized,  from assets allocable to the Separate  Account,  are credited to or
charged  against such account  without  regard to our other  income,  gains or
losses.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which we are open for business except, with respect
to any Division,  a day on which the related  Variable Fund does not value its
shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD.  The period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the Exchange on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option under which we promise to pay the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated  Payee one or more payments which vary
in amount in accordance  with the net investment  experience of the applicable
Divisions selected to measure the value of this Contract.

VARIABLE  FUND.  An individual  investment  fund or series in which a Division
invests.

WRITTEN,  IN  WRITING.  A written  request  or notice in  acceptable  form and
content, which is signed and dated, and received at our Home Office.

95021

                                    Page 5
<PAGE>
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract          This  Contract,  and a copy  of the  Application,  if
                         attached, is the entire Contract. All statements made
                         by the  Contract  Owner or  Annuitant  will be deemed
                         representations and not warranties. No statement will
                         be used to reduce a claim under this Contract  unless
                         it is in writing and made a part of this Contract.

Not Contestable          This Contract is not contestable.

Guarantees               Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of
                         this Contract, we guarantee that the dollar amount of
                         Variable Annuity Payments made during the lifetime of
                         the Payee(s)  will not be  adversely  affected by our
                         actual mortality experience or by the actual expenses
                         incurred  by us in excess of the  expense  deductions
                         provided for in this Contract.

Settlement               All benefits under this Contract are payable from our
                         Home Office.

Nonparticipating         This Contract is nonparticipating  and does not share
                         in our surplus or earnings.

Change of Investment     Unless otherwise  required by law or regulation,  the
Advisor or Investment    investment  advisor or any investment  policy may not
Policy                   be changed without our consent. If required, approval
                         of or  change  of any  investment  objective  will be
                         filed  with the  Insurance  Department  of the  state
                         where  this  Contract  is  delivered.   You  will  be
                         notified of any  material  investment  policy  change
                         which   has  been   approved.   Notification   of  an
                         investment  policy change will be given in advance to
                         those Owners who have the right to comment on or vote
                         on such change.

                         Any substitution of the underlying investments of any
                         Division will comply with all applicable requirements
                         of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and  rules
                         thereunder.

Rights Reserved          Upon notice to you,  this Contract may be modified by
by Us                    us, but only if such modification is necessary to:

                         (1) Operate   the   Separate   Account  in  any  form
                             permitted  under the  Investment  Company  Act of
                             1940 or in any other form permitted by law;

                         (2) Transfer  any assets in any  Division to another
                         Division,  or to one or more other separate accounts,
                         or to the Fixed Account;

                         (3) Add,  combine or remove Divisions in the Separate
                         Account, or combine the Separate Account with another
                         separate account;

                         (4) Add, restrict, or remove Guarantee Periods of the
                         Fixed Account;

                         (5) Make any new Division available to you on a basis
                         to be determined by us;

                         (6)  Substitute  for the shares held in any Division,
                         the shares of another  Variable Fund or the shares of
                         another  investment  company or any other  investment
                         permitted by law;

                         (7) Make any  changes  as  required  by the  Internal
                         Revenue  Code  or  by  any  other   applicable   law,
                         regulation  or  interpretation  in order to  continue
                         treatment of this Contract as an annuity; or

                         (8) Make any changes required to comply with rules of
                         any Variable Fund.

95021

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>
                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.

Changing the Terms       Any change in your  Contract  must be approved by one
of Your Contract         of our  officers.  No agent has the authority to make
                         any  changes  or  waive  any of  the  terms  of  your
                         Contract.

Termination              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

                         If the Owner's Account Value in any Division  (except
                         the Money  Market  Division)  falls  below  $500,  we
                         reserve the right to transfer the remaining  balance,
                         without charge, to the Money Market Division.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Minimum Payments         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the right to modify
                         these  minimums  or to refuse a Purchase  Payment for
                         any reason.

Allocation of            The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
Purchase Payments        shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so  received.  We reserve the right to
                         limit the total  number  of Fixed  Account  Guarantee
                         Periods and Separate  Account  Divisions  that may be
                         chosen during the life of the Contract.

Premium Taxes            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1) From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2) From  the  Account  Value  at  the  time  annuity
                             payments are to commence; or

                         (3) From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4) From  proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                             Contract for any other reason, including death of
                             the  Annuitant  or  Owner,  or  surrender  of the
                             Contract.

95021

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>

                         If premium tax is paid,  the  Company  may  reimburse
                         itself  for  such tax when  deduction  is being  made
                         under  paragraphs  2,  3, or 4  above  calculated  by
                         multiplying  the  sum  of  Purchase   Payments  being
                         withdrawn by the applicable premium tax percentage.

                             OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

Exercise of Contract     This Contract  belongs to the Owner,  who is entitled
Rights                   to exercise all rights and  privileges  in connection
                         with  this  Contract.  Where a  Contract  is  jointly
                         owned,  both  Owners  must  join  in any  request  to
                         exercise the rights or privileges of an Owner.

                         In  any  case,  such  rights  and  privileges  can be
                         exercised  without  the  consent  of the  Beneficiary
                         (other than an irrevocably - designated  Beneficiary)
                         or any other person.  Such rights and  privileges may
                         be   exercised   only  during  the  lifetime  of  the
                         Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,
                         except as otherwise provided in this Contract.

                         Unless the Owner specifies  otherwise,  the Annuitant
                         will  become  the Payee on the  Annuity  Commencement
                         Date. If the Owner or the Annuitant dies prior to the
                         Annuity   Commencement  Date,  the  Beneficiary  will
                         become the Payee. Such Payees may thereafter exercise
                         such  rights  and   privileges  of  ownership   which
                         continue.

Beneficiary              The Owner named the  Beneficiary  and any  Contingent
                         Beneficiary  when  applying  for  this  Contract.  By
                         Written notice to us, a  non-irrevocable  Beneficiary
                         or Contingent Beneficiary may be changed by the Owner
                         prior  to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  or by the
                         Annuitant  or other  properly-designated  Payee after
                         the Annuity Commencement Date.

Change of Ownership      Ownership   of  a  Qualified   Contract  may  not  be
                         transferred  except  to:  (1)  the  Annuitant;  (2) a
                         trustee or  successor  trustee of a pension or profit
                         sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of
                         the Internal  Revenue  Code;  (3) the employer of the
                         Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after
                         transfer   is   maintained   under  the  terms  of  a
                         retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the
                         Internal   Revenue   Code  for  the  benefit  of  the
                         Annuitant;   (4)  the   trustee   of  an   individual
                         retirement  account plan qualified  under Section 408
                         of the  Internal  Revenue  Code;  or (5) as otherwise
                         permitted  from time to time by laws and  regulations
                         governing  the  retirement  or deferred  compensation
                         plans for which a Qualified  Contract  may be issued.
                         In no other case may a  Qualified  Contract  be sold,
                         assigned,  transferred,   discounted  or  pledged  as
                         collateral.

                         During the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the
                         Annuity  Commencement  Date, the Owner may change the
                         ownership of a Non-Qualified Contract.

                         A change of  ownership  will not be  binding  upon us
                         until we  receive  Written  notification  at our Home
                         Office.  When such  notification is so received,  the
                         change will be effective as of the date of the signed
                         request  for  change,  but the change will be without
                         prejudice  to us on account of any payment  made,  or
                         any action taken by us prior to receiving the change,
                         or on account of any tax consequence.

95021

                                    Page 8
<PAGE>
Distribution of          If an Owner  (including  the first to die in the case
Death Proceeds           of  joint  Contract  owners)  under  a  Non-Qualified
under Non-Qualified      Contract  dies prior to the  Annuitant and before the
Contracts                Annuity Commencement Date, the death proceeds must be
                         distributed to the Beneficiary either (1) within five
                         years  after the date of death of the  Owner,  or (2)
                         over  the life of or a period  not  greater  than the
                         life  or  expected  life  of  the  Beneficiary,  with
                         annuity payments  beginning within one year after the
                         date of death of the Owner. The Beneficiary  shall be
                         considered   the  designated   beneficiary   for  the
                         purposes  of Section  72(s) of the  Internal  Revenue
                         Code. In all cases,  any such designated  beneficiary
                         will  not  be  entitled   to   exercise   any  rights
                         prohibited by applicable federal income tax law.

                         These mandatory  distribution  requirements  will not
                         apply when the  designated  Beneficiary is the spouse
                         of the  deceased  Owner,  if  the  spouse  elects  to
                         continue  this  Contract in the spouse's own name, as
                         Owner.   When  the   deceased   Owner  was  also  the
                         Annuitant,  the  surviving  spouse (if the  surviving
                         spouse is the designated Beneficiary) may elect to be
                         named as both Owner and  Annuitant  and continue this
                         Contract.

                         If the  Payee  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies
                         after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all of
                         the  payments  under  the  Annuity  Option  have been
                         distributed,  the remaining  amount payable,  if any,
                         must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                         method of distribution then in effect.

                         If the Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date,
                         or the Payee  thereafter,  is not a  natural  person,
                         then the foregoing  distribution  requirements  shall
                         apply upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within
                         the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code.

Periodic Reports         We will send to each Owner, at least once during each
                         Contract  Year,  a  statement   showing  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value as of a date not more than two  months
                         prior to the date of mailing.  We will also send such
                         statements as may be required by applicable state and
                         federal laws, rules and regulations.

Owner's Account          We will  establish  an Owner's  Account for the Owner
                         under this  Contract and will  maintain  such account
                         during the Accumulation  Period.  The Owner's Account
                         Value for any  Valuation  Period will be equal to the
                         Owner's  Separate  Account  Value,  if any,  plus the
                         Owner's  Fixed  Account  Value,   if  any,  for  that
                         Valuation Period.

                                FIXED ACCOUNT

Fixed Account Value      That  portion  of a Net  Purchase  Payment  which  is
                         allocated  to the Fixed  Account  will be credited to
                         the Owner's  Account and  allocated to the  Guarantee
                         Period(s)  selected.  The Fixed  Account  Value of an
                         Owner's Account for any Valuation  Period is equal to
                         the  sum of  the  values  in  each  of the  Guarantee
                         Periods  credited  to the  Owner's  account  for such
                         Valuation Period.

                         The value in any one Guarantee  Period on a Valuation
                         Date is the  accumulated  value  of the Net  Purchase
                         Payments,  renewals  or  transfers  allocated  to the
                         Guarantee  Period at the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate,
                         minus  the   accumulated   value  of  surrenders  and
                         transfers out of that  Guarantee  Period and Contract
                         Fee  allocated  to  that  Guarantee  Period,  at  the
                         Guaranteed Interest Rate.

95021

                                    Page 9
<PAGE>
Guarantee Periods        The Owner may select one or more Guarantee Period(s).
                         The Guarantee  Period(s)  selected will determine the
                         Guaranteed   Interest  Rates(s).   The  Net  Purchase
                         Payment or the portion thereof (or amount transferred
                         in accordance with the transfer  privilege  provision
                         described below) allocated to a particular  Guarantee
                         Period will earn interest at the Guaranteed  Interest
                         Rate during the Guarantee  Period.  Guarantee Periods
                         begin on the date as of which we credit  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value to that  Guarantee  Period  or, in the
                         case  of a  transfer,  on the  effective  date of the
                         transfer. The Guarantee Period is the number of years
                         we  credit  the   Guaranteed   Interest   Rate.   The
                         expiration  date of any Guarantee  Period is the last
                         day of the  Guarantee  Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee
                         Periods   begin  on  the  first  day   following  the
                         expiration  date.  As a result  of  Guarantee  Period
                         renewals,  additional Purchase Payments and transfers
                         of portions of the Owner's  Account Value,  Guarantee
                         Periods  of the  same  duration  may  have  different
                         expiration dates and Guaranteed Interest Rates.

                         We will  notify  the Owner in writing at least 30 and
                         no more than 60 days prior to the expiration  date of
                         any Guarantee  Period.  A new Guarantee Period of the
                         same duration as the previous  Guarantee  Period will
                         begin automatically  unless we receive Written notice
                         to the  contrary  from the Owner at least 3 Valuation
                         Dates prior to the end of such Guarantee Period.  The
                         Owner may elect to change to another Guarantee Period
                         or Division which we offer at such time.

                         If  the  amount  of an  Owner's  Account  Value  in a
                         Guarantee Period is less than $500 at the end of such
                         Guarantee  Period,  we reserve  the right to transfer
                         such  amount,  without  charge,  to the Money  Market
                         Division of the Separate  Account.  However,  we will
                         transfer such amount to another available Division at
                         the Owner's request.

Guaranteed Interest      We  will   periodically   establish   an   applicable
Rates                    Guaranteed Interest Rate for each Guarantee Period we
                         offer.   These  rates  will  be  guaranteed  for  the
                         duration of the  respective  Guarantee  Periods.  The
                         Guarantee  Periods that we make available at any time
                         will be determined in our discretion.

                         No  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  shall be less than an
                         effective annual rate of 3.0% per year.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Divisions                The  Separate  Account  has several  Divisions,  each
                         investing  in  a  corresponding  Variable  Fund.  Net
                         Purchase  Payments will be allocated to the Divisions
                         and the Fixed  Account as shown on Page 3, unless the
                         Owner changes the allocation.

                         We  will  use  the  Net  Purchase  Payments  and  any
                         transferred  amounts to purchase Variable Fund shares
                         applicable to the Divisions at their net asset value.
                         We will be the  owner  of all  Variable  Fund  shares
                         purchased   with  the  Net   Purchase   Payments   or
                         transferred amounts.

95021

                                   Page 10
<PAGE>
Division                 Net  Purchase   Payments  and   transferred   amounts
Accumulation             allocated to the Separate Account will be credited to
Units                    the   Owner's   Account  in  the  form  of   Division
                         Accumulation    Units.   The   number   of   Division
                         Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the
                         amount  allocated  to  a  Division  by  the  Division
                         Accumulation   Unit  value  as  of  the  end  of  the
                         Valuation  Period  as of  which  the  transaction  is
                         credited.  The  value of each  Division  Accumulation
                         Unit was  arbitrarily set as of the date the Division
                         first  purchased  Variable  Fund  shares.  Subsequent
                         values  on  any  Valuation  Date  are  equal  to  the
                         previous  Division  Accumulation Unit value times the
                         Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period ending
                         on that Valuation Date.

Net Investment           The Net  Investment  Factor  is an index  applied  to
Factor                   measure the investment performance of a Division from
                         one Valuation  Period to the next. The Net Investment
                         Factor  may be  greater or less than or equal to one;
                         therefore,  the  value  of an  Accumulation  Unit may
                         increase, decrease or remain the same.

                         The  Net   Investment   Factor  for  a  Division   is
                         determined   by  dividing   (1)  by  (2),   and  then
                         subtracting (3) from the result, where:

                         (1) Is the sum of:

                             (a)  The  Net  Asset   Value  Per  Share  of  the
                                  Variable  Fund shares held in the  Division,
                                  determined   at  the  end  of  the   current
                                  Valuation Period; plus

                             (b)  The per  share  amount  of any  dividend  or
                                  capital  gain   distributions  made  on  the
                                  Variable  Fund shares  held in the  Division
                                  during the current Valuation Period;

                         (2) Is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the  Variable
                             Fund shares held in the  Division,  determined at
                             the  beginning of the current  Valuation  Period;
                             and

                         (3) Is a  factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,
                             expense risk, and administrative  expense charge.
                             We will  determine  the daily asset charge factor
                             annually,  but  in no  event  may it  exceed  the
                             Maximum  Asset Charge Factor as specified on Page
                             3.

Separate Account         The Separate  Account Value for any Valuation  Period
Value                    is the total of the values in each Division  credited
                         to the Owner's Account for such Valuation Period. The
                         value for each Division will be equal to:

                         (1) The  number  of  Division   Accumulation   Units;
                             multiplied by

                         (2) The  Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  for the
                             Valuation Period.

                         The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation
                         Date to Valuation Date  reflecting the total value in
                         the Divisions.

                                  TRANSFERS

Transfers                Transfers   may  be  made  at  any  time  during  the
                         Accumulation Period after the first 30 days following
                         the Date of Issue. A transfer will be

95021

                                   Page 11
<PAGE>
                         effective at the end of the Valuation Period in which
                         we  receive  the  Owner's   Written   request  for  a
                         transfer.  Transfers will be subject to the following
                         restrictions:

                         (1) Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner
                             may make up to 12 transfers  each  Contract  Year
                             without charge.

                         (2) There  will  be  a  charge  of  $25.00  for  each
                             transfer in excess of 12 in a Contract Year.

                         (3) Transfers under the Automatic Rebalancing program
                             will not count towards the 12 free transfers each
                             Contract  Year.  The $25.00 charge will not apply
                             to transfers made through Automatic  Rebalancing.
                             Transfers   under  any  other  asset   management
                             arrangement  approved  by  the  Company  will  be
                             subject  to the  $25.00  charge  and  will  count
                             towards the 12 free  transfers  unless  waived by
                             the Company.

                         (4) Not more than 25% of the  Owner's  Account  Value
                             allocated to a Guarantee  Period at its inception
                             may be transferred to the Variable Account during
                             any  Contract  Year.  Transfers  from a Guarantee
                             Period  are made on a first in,  first out basis.
                             The 25% limit does not apply to:

                             (a)  Funds    transferred   from   the   One-Year
                                  Guarantee period; or

                             (b)  Transfers within 15 days before or after the
                                  end of the applicable Guarantee Period; or

                             (c)  A renewal at the end of a  Guarantee  Period
                                  to the same Guarantee Period.

                         (5) If a transfer  would cause the  Account  Value in
                             any  Division or  Guarantee  Period to fall below
                             $500,  we reserve the right to also  transfer the
                             remaining  balance in that  Division or Guarantee
                             Period in the same  proportions  as the  transfer
                             request.

                         (6) We reserve the right to defer any  transfer  from
                             the Fixed  Account to the Variable  Divisions for
                             up to 6 months.

                         We  reserve  the  right  to  restrict  or   terminate
                         transfers.

                         After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may
                         make one  transfer  during any 180 day  period;  such
                         transfer  is without  charge.  The Owner may not make
                         transfers from the fixed annuity account.

Automatic               "Automatic   Rebalancing"   occurs   when  funds  are
Rebalancing              transferred  by  the  Company  between  the  Separate
                         Account Divisions so that the values in each Division
                         match  the  percentage  allocation  then  in  effect.
                         Automatic   Rebalancing   of  the  Separate   Account
                         Divisions will occur periodically:

                         (1) If the  Owner's  Account  Value  is  equal  to or
                             greater than $25,000; and

                         (2) If selected by the Owner.

95021

                                   Page 12
<PAGE>
                         The  Owner  may  select  Automatic  Rebalancing  when
                         applying for this Contract,  or it may be selected at
                         a later  date.  The  Company  reserves  the  right to
                         increase or lower the Minimum  Account Value required
                         for Automatic Rebalancing.

                                  SURRENDERS

General Surrender        The amount  surrendered  will normally be paid to the
Provisions               Owner within 5 Valuation  Dates following our receipt
                         of:

                         (1) The Owner's  Written request on a form acceptable
                             to us; and

                         (2) This Contract, if required.

                         We reserve the right to defer  payment of  surrenders
                         from the Fixed  Account  for up to 6 months  from the
                         date we receive the request.

Full Surrender           At any time prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date
                         and during the lifetime of the  Annuitant,  the Owner
                         may  surrender  this Contract by sending us a Written
                         request. The amount payable on surrender is:

                         (1) The  Owner's  Account  Value  at  the  end of the
                             Valuation  Period in which we receive the Owner's
                             request on a form acceptable to us;

                         (2) Minus any applicable Surrender Charge;

                         (3) Minus any applicable Contract Fee; and

                         (4) Minus any applicable premium tax.

                         The amount  payable upon  surrender  will not be less
                         than the amount required by state law.

                         Upon payment of the surrender  amount,  this Contract
                         will be  terminated  and  the  Company  will  have no
                         further obligation to the Owner.

                         All   collateral   assignees   must  consent  to  any
                         surrender or partial withdrawal.  We may require that
                         this Contract be returned to our Home Office prior to
                         making payment.

Partial Withdrawals      A  portion  of  the  Owner's  Account  Value  may  be
                         withdrawn   at  any  time   prior   to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  The Owner must send us a Written
                         request specifying the Divisions or Guarantee Periods
                         from  which  the  Partial  Withdrawal  is to be made.
                         However,  in  cases  where  the  Owner  does  not  so
                         specify,   or  the  withdrawal   cannot  be  made  in
                         accordance with the Owner's specification, we reserve
                         the right to implement the  withdrawal  pro rata from
                         each  Division  and  Guarantee  Period  based  on the
                         Owner's  Account Value in each.  Partial  Withdrawals
                         will be made  effective  at the end of the  Valuation
                         Period  in  which we  receive  the  Written  request.
                         Partial  Withdrawals will be subject to the following
                         guidelines:

                         (1) The  Partial  Withdrawal  amount must be at least
                             $100 or,  if less,  the  Owner's  entire  Account
                             Value;

95021

                                   Page 13
<PAGE>
                         (2) We will  surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units
                             from  the  Separate  Account  of  interests  in a
                             Guarantee   Period  so  that  the  total   amount
                             withdrawn will be the sum of:

                             (a)  The amount payable to the Owner;

                             (b)  Plus any Surrender Charge and any applicable
                                  premium tax;

                         (3) If a Partial  Withdrawal  would cause the Owner's
                             Account Value in any Division or Guarantee Period
                             (except the Money Market  Division) to fall below
                             $500,  we  reserve  the  right  to  transfer  the
                             remaining  balance  without  charge  to the Money
                             Market Division.

                         (4) If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,
                             We may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice
                             to  the  Owner.   Such   cancellation   would  be
                             considered a full surrender of this Contract.

Surrender Charge
   for Partial
Withdrawals and
Full Surrenders

                         Except as noted under "Surrender Charge  Exceptions",
                         a  Surrender  Charge will be applied to the amount of
                         any  Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first 7
                         years after it was first credited, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Surrender Charge
                                       Year of                as a Percentage 
                                   Purchase Payment             of Purchase
                                      Withdrawal             Payment Withdrawn

                                        <S>                        <C>
                                        1st                        6%
                                        2nd                        6%
                                        3rd                        5%
                                        4th                        5%
                                        5th                        4%
                                        6th                        3%
                                        7th                        2%
                                        Thereafter                 0%
</TABLE>

                         For purposes of computing the Surrender  Charge,  the
                         oldest  Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn
                         first,  and before any  amounts in excess of Purchase
                         Payments are withdrawn from an Owner's  Account.  The
                         following   transactions   will  be   considered   as
                         withdrawals  for purposes of computing  the Surrender
                         Charge:   total   surrender,    partial   withdrawal,
                         commencement   of  an  annuity   payment  option  and
                         termination due to insufficient Owner Account Value.

Surrender Charge         The Surrender Charge will not apply:
Exceptions

                         (1) To any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments
                             that are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                         (2) To any amounts in excess of the amount  permitted
                             by the  10%  Free  Withdrawal  Privilege  if such
                             amounts are required to be withdrawn to obtain or
                             retain  favorable  federal  tax  treatment;  (The
                             granting  of this  exception  is  subject  to our
                             approval);

                         (3) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the Payout Period;

95021

                                   Page 14
<PAGE>
                         (4) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the   Accumulation   Period   if  no   Contingent
                             Annuitant survives;

                         (5) Upon the  death of the  Owner of a  Non-Qualified
                             Contract,  unless the Contract is being continued
                             under the special rule for a surviving  spouse as
                             defined  under  Internal   Revenue  Code  Section
                             (72)(s);

                         (6) Upon selection of an annuity  payment option over
                             a period of at least 10 years;

                         (7) Upon selection of an annuity payment option based
                             on life  contingencies  if life  expectancy is at
                             least 10 years.

10% Free Withdrawal      The  Surrender  Charge does not apply to that portion
Privilege                of  each  withdrawal  or a  total  surrender  in  any
                         Contract Year that does not exceed:

                         (1) Ten  Percent  (10%)  of the  amount  of  Purchase
                             Payments not previously  withdrawn that have been
                             credited to this  Contract for at least one year,
                             but not more than 7 years; less

                         (2) The  amount  of  any  previous  withdrawals  made
                             during such Contract Year.

                         For withdrawals  under a systematic  withdrawal plan,
                         Purchase  Payments  credited  for 30 days or more are
                         eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                         If  multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract
                         Year,  the amount  eligible  for the free  withdrawal
                         will be  recalculated  at the  time  of each  Partial
                         Withdrawal.    After   the   first   Contract   Year,
                         non-automatic  and automatic  withdrawals may be made
                         in  the  same   Contract  Year  subject  to  the  10%
                         limitation.

                         A free  withdrawal  pursuant to any of the  foregoing
                         Surrender   Charge   Exceptions   is  not   deemed  a
                         withdrawal of Purchase  Payments  except for purposes
                         of computing the 10% free withdrawal privilege.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

Manner of                An annual  Contract Fee not to exceed  $30.00 will be
Deducting                deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year prior to
                         the Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,
                         the fee will be allocated among the Guarantee Periods
                         and Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account
                         Value in each.  The  entire  fee for the year will be
                         deducted  from the proceeds of any full  surrender of
                         this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

Right to                 We reserve the right to impose additional  charges or
Impose                   establish  reserves  for any  federal or local  taxes
                         incurred  or that may be incurred by us, and that may
                         be deemed attributable to the Contracts.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

Reinstatement of         If the Owner has made a full surrender of the Owner's
Account Value            Account Value,  the Owner may reinstate the Contract,
                         if we  receive  the  Written  reinstatement  request,
                         together with a return of the net surrender

95021

                                   Page 15
<PAGE>
                         proceeds,  not more than 30 days after the date as of
                         which the  surrender  was made.  In such a case,  the
                         Owner's Account Value will be restored to what it was
                         at  the  time  of  the  surrender  (less  any  annual
                         Contract  maintenance  charge  that has since  become
                         payable), and any subsequent Surrender Charge will be
                         computed  as if the  Contract  had been issued at the
                         date of  reinstatement in consideration of a Purchase
                         Payment in the amount of such net surrender proceeds.
                         This  one-time  reinstatement  privilege is available
                         only  if the  Owner's  Account  Value  following  the
                         reinstatement  would be at  least  $500.  Unless  the
                         Owner  requests  otherwise  in  Writing,  the Account
                         Value following the  reinstatement  will be allocated
                         among the Divisions and Guarantee Periods in the same
                         proportions as those prior to surrender.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

Death Proceeds           If the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement
Before the Annuity       Date, and is survived by a Contingent Annuitant,  the
Commencement Date        Contract  will  be  continued   with  the  Contingent
                         Annuitant  being  named the  Annuitant.  If this is a
                         Non-Qualified Contract, this Contract may qualify for
                         continuation   under  the   "Distribution   of  Death
                         Proceeds under  Non-Qualified  Contracts"  provision.
                         Otherwise,  we will  pay the  death  proceeds  to the
                         Beneficiary if one of the following dies prior to the
                         Annuity Commencement Date:

                         (1) The  Annuitant   (provided   that  no  Contingent
                             Annuitant survives); or

                         (2) The Owner of a Non-Qualified  Contract (including
                             the first to die in the case of Joint Owners).

                         If the  Annuitant  or such Owner dies,  the amount of
                         the  death  proceeds  will  be  the  greatest  of the
                         following amounts, less any applicable premium tax:

                         (1) The sum of all Net  Purchase  Payments  less  any
                             prior Partial Withdrawals;

                         (2) The  Owner's  Account  Value as of the end of the
                             Valuation Period in which we receive proof of the
                             Annuitant's  or such Owner's  death and a Written
                             request  from the  Beneficiary  as to the form of
                             payment; or

                         (3) The Minimum Death Benefit, as defined below, plus
                             Net Purchase  Payments less all withdrawals  made
                             after determination of the Minimum Death Benefit.

                         Prior to the fifth Contract anniversary,  the Minimum
                         Death  Benefit  will  be  equal  to  the  sum  of Net
                         Purchase  Payments made since the Date of Issue, less
                         the sum of all  Partial  Withdrawals  made during the
                         same period.

                         On the fifth Contract  anniversary,  if the Annuitant
                         has not  attained age 81, the Minimum  Death  Benefit
                         will be determined as follows:

95021

                                   Page 16
<PAGE>
                         (1) We will compare the Account  Values at the end of
                             each  of the  first  five  Contract  Years  after
                             increasing  such  values by the amount of all Net
                             Purchase Payments less all withdrawals made since
                             the end of such Contract Years;

                         (2) The Minimum Death Benefit will be an amount equal
                             to the  highest  of the  resulting  five  Account
                             Values.

                         On each Contract anniversary  thereafter (if prior to
                         the  Annuitant's  age 81), the Minimum  Death Benefit
                         will be the greater of:

                         (1) The  Minimum  Death  Benefit  as of the  previous
                             anniversary,  plus Net Purchase Payments less all
                             withdrawals made during the Contract Year; or

                         (2) The  Account  Value  as of the  current  Contract
                             Anniversary.

                         The Minimum Death Benefit will not be reset after age
                         80. Therefore, if the Annuitant is age 76 or older on
                         the Date of Issue, the Minimum Death Benefit will not
                         be reset on the fifth anniversary.  The Account Value
                         is the value after  deduction for fees.  Net Purchase
                         Payments are Purchase  Payments  less any  applicable
                         premium tax.

                         The death  proceeds  will not be less than the amount
                         payable on a full surrender at the date used to value
                         the death  benefit.  The death  proceeds will be paid
                         when we receive:

                         (1) Proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's Death; and

                         (2) A Written request from the Beneficiary for either
                             a single sum or payment under an Annuity Option.

                         If the Annuitant dies, and a Contingent Annuitant was
                         named but predeceased the Annuitant,  we will require
                         proof of the Contingent Annuitant's death in addition
                         to proof of the death of the Annuitant.

                         We will pay a single sum to the Beneficiary unless an
                         Annuity Option is chosen.

Death Proceeds on        If  the  Annuitant  dies  on  or  after  the  Annuity
or After the             Commencement  Date, the Beneficiary  will receive the
Annuity                  death  proceeds,  if any,  as provided by the annuity
Commencement Date        form in effect.

Proof of  Death          We  accept  any  of the  following  as  proof  of the
                         Annuitant's or Owner's death:

                         (1) A copy of a certified death certificate;

                         (2) A  copy  of a  certified  decree  of a  court  of
                             competent  jurisdiction  as  to  the  finding  of
                             death;

                         (3) A  written  statement  by a  medical  doctor  who
                             attended the deceased at the time of death; or

                         (4) Any other proof satisfactory to us.

95021

                                   Page 17
<PAGE>
                             PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

Application  of          Unless  directed  otherwise,  we will apply the Fixed
Account  Value           Account  Value to  provide a Fixed  Annuity,  and the
                         Separate Account Value to provide a Variable Annuity.
                         The Owner  must tell us in  writing  at least 30 days
                         prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date if Fixed and
                         Separate   Account   values  are  to  be  applied  in
                         different   proportions.    Transfers   and   partial
                         withdrawals  will  be  permitted  within  the  30-day
                         period.

Annuity                  The Annuity Commencement Date (Annuity Date) is shown
Commencement Date        on page 3. The Owner of a qualified  Contract  may be
                         required  to  receive  distributions  after age 70 to
                         comply with  certain  federal tax  requirements.  The
                         Annuity  Date may be changed by Written  notice  from
                         the Owner, subject to our approval.

Options Available        The  Owner may elect to have  annuity  payments  made
to a Contract            beginning on the Annuity  Commencement Date under any
Owner                    one  of  the  Annuity   Options   described  in  this
                         Contract.  We will  notify  the  Owner  60 to 90 days
                         prior to the scheduled Annuity Date that the Contract
                         is scheduled  to mature,  and request that an Annuity
                         Option be selected.  If the Owner has not selected an
                         Annuity   Option  ten  days  prior  to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement Date, we will proceed as follows:

                         If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is any
                         date prior to the Annuitant's 99th birthday,  we will
                         extend   the   Annuity   Commencement   Date  to  the
                         Annuitant's 99th birthday.

                         If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is the
                         Annuitant's 99th birthday, the Account Value less any
                         applicable  charges and premium taxes will be paid in
                         one sum to the Owner.

Options Available        The Owner may  elect,  in lieu of payment in one sum,
to Beneficiary           that  any  amount  or part  thereof  due  under  this
                         Contract   be  applied   under  any  of  the  options
                         described  below.  Within 60 days  after the death of
                         the Annuitant or Owner, the Beneficiary may make such
                         election  if the Owner has not done so. In such case,
                         the Beneficiary  thereafter shall have all the rights
                         and options of the Owner.

                         The first  annuity  payment under any option shall be
                         made  on the  first  day of the  second  month  after
                         approval  of the  claim  for  settlement.  Subsequent
                         payments  shall be made  periodically  in  accordance
                         with the manner of payment elected.

Payment Contract         At  such  time  as  one  of  these  options   becomes
                         effective,  this Contract shall be surrendered to the
                         Company in exchange for a payment contract  providing
                         for the option elected.

95021

                                   Page 18
<PAGE>
Fixed Annuity            Fixed   Annuity   Payments   start  on  the   Annuity
Payments                 Commencement  Date.  The amount of the first  monthly
                         payment for the annuity  selected will be at least as
                         favorable as that produced by the applicable  annuity
                         tables of this Contract for each $1,000 applied as of
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period that  contains  the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

                         The  dollar  amount of any  payments  after the first
                         payment is  specified  during  the  entire  period of
                         annuity  payments,  according  to  the  provisions of
                         the Annuity Option selected.

                          VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Annuity Units            We  convert  the  Division  Accumulation  Units  into
                         Division  Annuity  Units at the values  determined at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period which  contains the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The
                         number of Division  Annuity Units remains constant as
                         long as an annuity  remains  in force and  allocation
                         among the Divisions has not changed.

                         Each Division  Annuity Unit Value was arbitrarily set
                         when   the   Division   first   converted    Division
                         Accumulation   Units  into  Division  Annuity  Units.
                         Subsequent  values on any Valuation Date are equal to
                         the  previous  Division  Annuity Unit Value times the
                         Net  Investment  Factor  for  that  Division  for the
                         Valuation  Period ending on that Valuation Date, with
                         an offset for the 3 1/2% assumed  interest  rate used
                         in the annuity tables of this Contract.

                         Variable   Annuity  Payments  start  on  the  Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  Payments will vary in amount and
                         are  determined  at the end of the  Valuation  Period
                         that contains the tenth day prior to each payment. If
                         the monthly  payment  under the annuity form selected
                         is based on a single Division, the monthly payment is
                         found by multiplying the Division  Annuity Unit Value
                         on said date by the number of Division Annuity Units.

                         If  the  monthly   payment  under  the  annuity  form
                         selected  is based upon more than one  Division,  the
                         above  procedure  is  repeated  for  each  applicable
                         Division.  The sum of these  payments is the Variable
                         Annuity Payment.

                         We guarantee that the amount of each payment will not
                         be affected  by  variations  in expense or  mortality
                         experience.

                               ANNUITY OPTIONS

                         First  Option - Life  Annuity  - An  annuity  payable
                         monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

                         Second  Option - Life  Annuity  with 120,  180 or 240
                         Monthly  Payments  Guaranteed  - An  annuity  payable
                         monthly   during  the  lifetime  of  the   Annuitant,
                         including the guarantee  that if, at the death of the
                         Annuitant,  payments have been made for less than 120
                         months,  180  months  or 240  months  (as  selected),
                         payments  shall be continued  during the remainder of
                         the selected period.

95021

                                   Page 19
<PAGE>
                         Third Option - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity -
                         An annuity  payable monthly during the joint lifetime
                         of the  Annuitant,  and a  secondary  Annuitant,  and
                         thereafter  during  the  remaining  lifetime  of  the
                         survivor,  ceasing with the last payment prior to the
                         death of the survivor.

                         Fourth Option - Payments for a Designated Period - An
                         amount  payable  monthly  for  the  number  of  years
                         selected  which  may be from 5 to 40  years.  If this
                         option is selected on a variable basis, the number of
                         years  may not  exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the
                         Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         Fifth Option - Payments of a Specific Dollar Amount -
                         The  amount   due  may  be  paid  in  equal   monthly
                         installments of a designated  dollar amount (not less
                         than $125 nor more than $200 per annum per  $1,000 of
                         the original amount due) until the remaining  balance
                         is less than the amount of one installment.  Payments
                         under this  option  are  available  on a fixed  basis
                         only. To determine  the remaining  balance at the end
                         of any month, such balance at the end of the previous
                         month is decreased  by the amount of any  installment
                         paid   during  the  month  and  the  result  will  be
                         accumulated  at an  interest  rate not less than 3.5%
                         compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any
                         time is less than the amount of one installment, such
                         balance  will be paid and will be the  final  payment
                         under the option.

                         In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected
                         on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which
                         cases the  amount  of each  annuity  payment  will be
                         determined on a basis  consistent with that described
                         in this Contract for monthly payments.

                         No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the
                         case where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,
                         unless a minimum initial annuity payment of $100 will
                         be provided. No election of any Annuity Option may be
                         made in the case where a combination of a Fixed and a
                         Variable Annuity is elected, unless a minimum initial
                         annuity   payment  of  $50  on  each  basis  will  be
                         provided.  If the initial  annuity  payment  does not
                         meet the  minimum  amount  required  for the  Annuity
                         Option  elected,  the  Company  will  provide  a less
                         frequent  payment  schedule.  If the minimum is still
                         not met, the Company will make a lump-sum  payment of
                         the  Account  Value  (less  any   Surrender   Charge,
                         uncollected  annual Maintenance Charge and applicable
                         premium tax) as of the date of this  determination to
                         the Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated
                         to us, any amount  payable  will be that which  would
                         have been payable had the  misstatement not occurred.
                         We will deduct any overpayment  from the next payment
                         or payments due and add any underpayments to the next
                         payment due.  Interest at an effective annual rate of
                         3.5% will be added to any such adjustment.

Annuity Tables           The tables that follow show the dollar  amount of the
                         first monthly  payment for each $1,000  applied under
                         the options.  Under the First or Second Options,  the
                         amount of each  payment  will  depend upon the sex of
                         the Annuitant and the Annuitant's adjusted age at the
                         time the

95021

                                   Page 20
<PAGE>
                         first  payment is due.  Under the Third  Option,  the
                         amount of each  payment  will  depend upon the sex of
                         both  Annuitants  and their adjusted ages at the time
                         the first payment is due.

                         In using the table of annuity payment rates, the ages
                         of the  Annuitants  must be  reduced  by one year for
                         Annuity   Commencement  Dates  occurring  during  the
                         decade  2000-2009,  reduced  two  years  for  Annuity
                         Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2010-
                         2019, and reduced an additional  year for each decade
                         that  follows.  The age 70 rate is also used for ages
                         above 70.

Alternate Amount         If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner
of Installments          (or, if the Owner has not  elected a payment  option,
Under Fixed Life         the Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal
Income Options           to those  provided  by  those  fixed  single  premium
                         immediate  annuity option rates in use by the Company
                         when annuity payments begin.

95021

                                   Page 21
<PAGE>
                                ANNUITY TABLES

                          AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PAYMENT
                       FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE

Options 1 and 2 - Life Annuities
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
Adjusted Age            ---------Monthly Payments Guaranteed--------
  of Male        Option 1        Option 2       Option 2          Option 2
                  None            120            180                 240

      <S>           <C>           <C>            <C>                 <C>
      50            4.37          4.33           4.28                4.21
      51            4.44          4.40           4.34                4.26
      52            4.52          4.47           4.40                4.32
      53            4.59          4.54           4.47                4.37
      54            4.68          4.62           4.54                4.43
      55            4.77          4.70           4.61                4.49
      56            4.86          4.78           4.69                4.55
      57            4.96          4.87           4.76                4.61
      58            5.06          4.97           4.84                4.67
      59            5.18          5.07           4.93                4.73
      60            5.30          5.17           5.01                4.79
      61            5.42          5.28           5.10                4.86
      62            5.56          5.40           5.20                4.92
      63            5.71          5.52           5.29                4.98
      64            5.87          5.65           5.38                5.04
      65            6.04          5.79           5.48                5.10
      66            6.22          5.92           5.58                5.15
      67            6.41          6.07           5.68                5.21
      68            6.62          6.22           5.77                5.26
      69            6.84          6.37           5.87                5.30
      70 and above  7.07          6.53           5.96                5.35
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
Adjusted Age            ---------Monthly Payments Guaranteed--------
  of Female      Option 1        Option 2       Option 2          Option 2
                  None            120            180                 240

      <S>           <C>           <C>            <C>                 <C>
      50            4.05          4.03           4.01                3.97
      51            4.10          4.09           4.06                4.02
      52            4.17          4.14           4.12                4.07
      53            4.23          4.21           4.17                4.12
      54            4.30          4.27           4.23                4.18
      55            4.37          4.34           4.30                4.23
      56            4.44          4.41           4.36                4.29
      57            4.52          4.48           4.43                4.35
      58            4.61          4.56           4.50                4.41
      59            4.70          4.65           4.58                4.48
      60            4.79          4.74           4.66                4.54
      61            4.89          4.83           4.74                4.61
      62            5.00          4.93           4.83                4.67
      63            5.12          5.03           4.92                4.74
      64            5.24          5.14           5.01                4.81
      65            5.38          5.26           5.11                4.88
      66            5.52          5.38           5.20                4.95
      67            5.67          5.51           5.31                5.01
      68            5.83          5.65           5.41                5.08
      69            6.01          5.79           5.52                5.14
      70 and above  6.20          5.94           5.62                5.20
</TABLE>

95021 

                                   Page 22
<PAGE>

Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
Adjusted Age                     Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
of Annuitant

    Male        F50         F55          F60         F65             F70

      <S>       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>
      50        3.76        3.89         4.01        4.11            4.19
      55        3.84        4.01         4.18        4.33            4.46
      60        3.90        4.11         4.33        4.56            4.77
      65        3.95        4.19         4.47        4.78            5.09
      70        3.99        4.25         4.58        4.96            5.39
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
Adjusted Age                     Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
of Annuitant

    Female      M50         M55          M60         M65             M70

      <S>       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>
      50        3.76        3.84         3.90        3.95            3.99
      55        3.89        4.01         4.11        4.19            4.25
      60        4.01        4.18         4.33        4.47            4.58
      65        4.11        4.33         4.56        4.78            4.96
      70        4.19        4.46         4.77        5.09            5.39
</TABLE>

Option 4 - Payments for a Designated Period
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>

    Years of      Amount of Monthly        Years of         Amount of Monthly
    Payment          Payment               Payment             Payment

      <S>            <C>                     <C>                <C>
       5             $18.12                  23                 $5.24
       6              15.35                  24                  5.09
       7              13.38                  25                  4.96
       8              11.90                  26                  4.84
       9              10.75                  27                  4.73
      10               9.83                  28                  4.63
      11               9.09                  29                  4.53
      12               8.46                  30                  4.45
      13               7.94                  31                  4.37
      14               7.49                  32                  4.29
      15               7.10                  33                  4.22
      16               6.76                  34                  4.15
      17               6.47                  35                  4.09
      18               6.20                  36                  4.03
      19               5.97                  37                  3.98
      20               5.75                  38                  3.92
      21               5.56                  39                  3.88
      22               5.39                  40                  3.83
</TABLE>

95021

                                   Page 23
<PAGE>
                              Insurance Company

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a separate  account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

               For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                   Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department

                            American General Life
                              Insurance Company
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                P.O. Box 1401
                          Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505

                               A STOCK COMPANY
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation

95021


                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                   CALIFORNIA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

                                  IMPORTANT

YOU HAVE  PURCHASED  A  VARIABLE  ANNUITY  CONTRACT.  CAREFULLY  REVIEW IT FOR
LIMITATIONS.

THIS  CONTRACT  MAY BE RETURNED  WITHIN 10 DAYS* FROM THE DATE YOU RECEIVED IT
FOR A FULL  REFUND  EITHER  BY  RETURNING  IT TO THE  AGENT  OR THE  INSURANCE
COMPANY. THE AMOUNT OF REFUND WILL BE THE SUM OF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AT THE END
OF THE  VALUATION  PERIOD IN WHICH YOUR REQUEST IS RECEIVED,  PLUS ANY PREMIUM
TAXES AND ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CHARGES THAT HAVE BEEN DEDUCTED.  AFTER 10 DAYS*,
CANCELLATION MAY RESULT IN A SUBSTANTIAL PENALTY, KNOWN AS A SURRENDER CHARGE.

*30 DAYS IF YOU WERE AGE 60 OR ABOVE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

A  surrender  charge as shown on page 14 may be  applied  to the amount of any
Purchase  Payment  withdrawn  during the first  seven years after it was first
credited.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--5
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                        IDAHO
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this Contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 20 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this Contract  within the 20 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received, plus any premium taxes and Annual Contract Fee
that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--35
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                       KANSAS
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund all purchase payments received by the Company.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--A

<PAGE>
                                                                 MASSACHUSETTS

                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.

Changing the Terms       Any change in your  Contract  must be approved by one
of Your Contract         of our  officers.  No agent has the authority to make
                         any  changes  or  waive  any of  the  terms  of  your
                         Contract.

Termination              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value in any Division  falls
                         below  $500,  we reserve  the right to  transfer  the
                         remaining  balance,  without  charge,  to  the  Money
                         Market Division.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Minimum Payments         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3.

Allocation of            The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
Purchase Payments        shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so  received.  We reserve the right to
                         limit the total  number  of Fixed  Account  Guarantee
                         Periods and Separate  Account  Divisions  that may be
                         chosen during the life of the Contract.

Premium Taxes            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1) From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2) From  the  Account  Value  at  the  time  annuity
                             payments are to commence; or

                         (3) From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4) From  proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                             Contract for any other reason, including death of
                             the  Annuitant  or  Owner,  or  surrender  of the
                             Contract.


                                    Page 7

95020--21
<PAGE>
                                                                 MASSACHUSETTS

                         Third Option - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity -
                         An annuity  payable monthly during the joint lifetime
                         of the  Annuitant,  and a  secondary  Annuitant,  and
                         thereafter  during  the  remaining  lifetime  of  the
                         survivor,  ceasing with the last payment prior to the
                         death of the survivor.

                         Fourth Option - Payments for a Designated Period - An
                         amount  payable  monthly  for  the  number  of  years
                         selected  which  may be from 5 to 40  years.  If this
                         option is selected on a variable basis, the number of
                         years  may not  exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the
                         Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         Fifth Option - Payments of a Specific Dollar Amount -
                         The  amount   due  may  be  paid  in  equal   monthly
                         installments of a designated  dollar amount (not less
                         than $125 nor more than $200 per annum per  $1,000 of
                         the original amount due) until the remaining  balance
                         is less than the amount of one installment.  Payments
                         under this  option  are  available  on a fixed  basis
                         only. To determine  the remaining  balance at the end
                         of any month, such balance at the end of the previous
                         month is decreased  by the amount of any  installment
                         paid   during  the  month  and  the  result  will  be
                         accumulated  at an  interest  rate not less than 3.5%
                         compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any
                         time is less than the amount of one installment, such
                         balance  will be paid and will be the  final  payment
                         under the option.

                         In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected
                         on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which
                         cases the  amount  of each  annuity  payment  will be
                         determined on a basis  consistent with that described
                         in this Contract for monthly payments.

                         No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the
                         case where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,
                         unless a minimum initial annuity payment of $100 will
                         be provided. No election of any Annuity Option may be
                         made in the case where a combination of a Fixed and a
                         Variable Annuity is elected, unless a minimum initial
                         annuity   payment  of  $50  on  each  basis  will  be
                         provided.  If the initial  annuity  payment  does not
                         meet the  minimum  amount  required  for the  Annuity
                         Option  elected,  the  Company  will  provide  a less
                         frequent  payment  schedule.  If the Annuity Value is
                         less than $2,000 or payments on a monthly basis would
                         be less than $20.00, the Company will make a lump-sum
                         payment  of the  Account  Value  (less any  Surrender
                         Charge,  uncollected  annual  Maintenance  Charge and
                         applicable  premium  tax)  as of  the  date  of  this
                         determination    to   the    Annuitant    or    other
                         properly-designated Payee.

                         If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated
                         to us, any amount  payable  will be that which  would
                         have been payable had the  misstatement not occurred.
                         We will deduct any overpayment  from the next payment
                         or payments due and add any underpayments to the next
                         payment due.  Interest at an effective annual rate of
                         3.5% will be added to any such adjustment.

Annuity Tables           The tables that follow show the dollar  amount of the
                         first monthly  payment for each $1,000  applied under
                         the options.  Under the First or Second Options,  the
                         amount of each  payment  will  depend upon the sex of
                         the Annuitant and the Annuitant's adjusted age at the
                         time the

                                   Page 20

95020--44

<PAGE>
                                                                 MASSACHUSETTS
<TABLE>

           TABLE OF MINIMUM GUARANTEED ANNUITY AND SURRENDER VALUES
                            FOR THE FIXED ACCOUNT
              ASSUMING AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $2,000.00
                        ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT
<CAPTION>

END OF     ANNUITY     SURRENDER      SURRENDER
 YEAR       VALUE       CHARGE           VALUE
- - -------  ---------     ---------      ------------
  <S>     <C>            <C>            <C>     
   1     $2,030.00      $108.00        $1,922.00
   2      2,060.90       108.00         1,952.90
   3      2,092.73        90.00         2,002.73
   4      2,125.51        90.00         2,035.51
   5      2,159.28        72.00         2,087.28

   6      2,194.06        54.00         2,140.06
   7      2,229.88        36.00         2,193.88
   8      2,266.78         0.00         2,266.78
   9      2,304.78         0.00         2,304.78
  10      2,343.92         0.00         2,343.92

  11      2,384.24         0.00         2,384.24
  12      2,425.77         0.00         2,425.77
  13      2,468.54         0.00         2,468.54
  14      2,512.60         0.00         2,512.60
  15      2,557.98         0.00         2,557.98

  16      2,604.72         0.00         2,604.72
  17      2,652.86         0.00         2,652.86
  18      2,702.45         0.00         2,702.45
  19      2,753.52         0.00         2,753.52
  20      2,806.13         0.00         2,806.13

  21      2,860.31         0.00         2,860.31
  22      2,916.12         0.00         2,916.12
  23      2,973.60         0.00         2,973.60
  24      3,032.81         0.00         3,032.81
  25      3,093.79         0.00         3,093.79

  26      3,156.60         0.00         3,156.60
  27      3,221.30         0.00         3,221.30
  28      3,287.94         0.00         3,287.94
  29      3,356.58         0.00         3,356.58
  30      3,427.28         0.00         3,427.28

  31      3,500.10         0.00         3,500.10
  32      3,575.10         0.00         3,575.10
  33      3,652.35         0.00         3,652.35
  34      3,731.92         0.00         3,731.92
  35      3,813.88         0.00         3,813.88

  36      3,898.30         0.00         3,898.30
  37      3,985.25         0.00         3,985.25
  38      4,074.81         0.00         4,074.81
  39      4,167.05         0.00         4,167.05
  40      4,262.06         0.00         4,262.06

  41      4,359.92         0.00         4,359.92
  42      4,460.72         0.00         4,460.72
  43      4,564.54         0.00         4,564.54
  44      4,671.48         0.00         4,671.48
  45      4,781.62         0.00         4,781.62
</TABLE>

The values shown above were calculated  assuming the guaranteed  interest rate
of 3.0% will be applied to the amount allocated to the fixed account.

                                    Page 23

95020
<PAGE>
                                                                 MASSACHUSETTS
<TABLE>

           TABLE OF MINIMUM GUARANTEED ANNUITY AND SURRENDER VALUES
                            FOR THE FIXED ACCOUNT
              ASSUMING AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $2,000.00
                        ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT
<CAPTION>

END OF   ANNUITY        SURRENDER    SURRENDER
 YEAR     VALUE         CHARGE         VALUE
- - -------  ---------     ---------      ------------

  <S>     <C>            <C>            <C>     
  46      4,895.07       0.00           4,895.07
  47      5,011.92       0.00           5,011.92
  48      5,132.28       0.00           5,132.28
  49      5,256.25       0.00           5,256.25
  50      5,383.94       0.00           5,383.94

  51      5,515.46       0.00           5,515.46
  52      5,650.92       0.00           5,650.92
  53      5,790.45       0.00           5,790.45
  54      5,934.16       0.00           5,934.16
  55      6,082.18       0.00           6,082.18

  56      6,234.65       0.00           6,234.65
  57      6,391.69       0.00           6,391.69
  58      6,553.44       0.00           6,553.44
  59      6,720.04       0.00           6,720.04
  60      6,891.64       0.00           6,891.64
</TABLE>

The values shown above were calculated  assuming the guaranteed  interest rate
of 3.0% will be applied to the amount allocated to the fixed account.

                                   Page 24

95020
<PAGE>


                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                    MINNESOTA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

RIGHT TO CANCEL -- You may cancel  this  contract by  delivering  or mailing a
written  notice or sending a telegram to the Company at 2727--A Allen Parkway,
Houston,  Texas 77019,  and by returning the contract  before  midnight of the
tenth day after the date you receive the  contract.  Notice  given by mail and
return of the  contract by mail are  effective on being  postmarked,  properly
addressed and postage  prepaid.  The Insurer must return all payments made for
this contract within ten days after it receives notice of cancellation and the
returned contract.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--24

<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE               NORTH CAROLINA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund all purchase payments received by the Company.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--A
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                NORTH DAKOTA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this Contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 20 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this Contract  within the 20 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received, plus any premium taxes and Annual Contract Fee
that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                         Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--35
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                     OKLAHOMA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  Contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See the "Separate  Account" and
"Variable Annuity Payments" provisions in this Contract.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this Contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this Contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received, plus any premium taxes and Annual Contract Fee
that have been deducted. If refund is not made within 30 days after the policy
is returned to us, the amount refunded will include interest.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--37

<PAGE>
                                    INDEX                         PENNSYLVANIA

                                                                  Page

Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

Allocation of Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Annuity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19

Annuity Tables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22

Annuity Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19

Automatic Rebalancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8

Change of Investment Advisor or

   Investment Policy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

Contingent Annuitant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

Contract Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

Death Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

Division Accumulation Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11

Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

Fixed Account Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

General Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

Guaranteed Interest Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

Guarantee Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

Net Investment Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

Ownership Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8

Payment of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18

Premium Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Purchase Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

Separate Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

Surrenders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
   
  Full Surrender  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
   
  Partial Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
   
  Surrender Charge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
   
  Surrender Charge Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
   
  Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11

Variable Annuity Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19

95020--39

                                    Page 2
<PAGE>
                                                                  PENNSYLVANIA

                         (4) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the   Accumulation   Period   if  no   Contingent
                             Annuitant survives;

                         (5) Upon the  death of the  Owner of a  Non-Qualified
                             Contract,  unless the Contract is being continued
                             under the special rule for a surviving  spouse as
                             defined  under  Internal   Revenue  Code  Section
                             (72)(s);

                         (6) Upon selection of an annuity  payment option over
                             a period of at least 10 years;

                         (7) Upon selection of an annuity payment option based
                             on life  contingencies  if life  expectancy is at
                             least 10 years.

10% Free Withdrawal      The  Surrender  Charge does not apply to that portion
Privilege                of  each  withdrawal  or a  total  surrender  in  any
                         Contract Year that does not exceed:

                         (1) Ten  Percent  (10%)  of the  amount  of  Purchase
                             Payments not previously  withdrawn that have been
                             credited to this  Contract for at least one year,
                             but not more than 7 years; less

                         (2) The  amount  of  any  previous  withdrawals  made
                             during such Contract Year.

                         For withdrawals  under a systematic  withdrawal plan,
                         Purchase  Payments  credited  for 30 days or more are
                         eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                         If  multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract
                         Year,  the amount  eligible  for the free  withdrawal
                         will be  recalculated  at the  time  of each  Partial
                         Withdrawal.    After   the   first   Contract   Year,
                         non-automatic  and automatic  withdrawals may be made
                         in  the  same   Contract  Year  subject  to  the  10%
                         limitation.

                         A free  withdrawal  pursuant to any of the  foregoing
                         Surrender   Charge   Exceptions   is  not   deemed  a
                         withdrawal of Purchase  Payments  except for purposes
                         of computing the 10% free withdrawal privilege.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

Manner of                An annual  Contract Fee not to exceed  $30.00 will be
Deducting                deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year prior to
                         the Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,
                         the fee will be allocated among the Guarantee Periods
                         and Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account
                         Value in each.  The  entire  fee for the year will be
                         deducted  from the proceeds of any full  surrender of
                         this Contract.

                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

Reinstatement of         If the Owner has made a full surrender of the Owner's
Account Value            Account Value,  the Owner may reinstate the Contract,
                         if we  receive  the  Written  reinstatement  request,
                         together with a return of the net surrender

                                   Page 15

95020--39
<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE               SOUTH CAROLINA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund all purchase payments received by the Company.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--A
<PAGE>
                                                                SOUTH CAROLINA

                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.

Changing the Terms       Any change in your  Contract  must be approved by one
of Your Contract         of our  officers.  No agent has the authority to make
                         any  changes  or  waive  any of  the  terms  of  your
                         Contract.

Termination              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         Upon 60 days notice to the Owner,  we may cancel this
                         contract  prior  to  the  time  the  annuity  becomes
                         payable if:

                         (1) No  considerations  have been received  under the
                             contract for a period of two full years; and

                         (2) The paid-up  annuity benefit at maturity would be
                             less than $20.00 monthly.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Minimum Payments         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the right to modify
                         these  minimums  or to refuse a Purchase  Payment for
                         any reason.

Allocation of 
Purchase Payments 

                         The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
                         shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so  received.  We reserve the right to
                         limit the total  number  of Fixed  Account  Guarantee
                         Periods and Separate  Account  Divisions  that may be
                         chosen during the life of the Contract.

Premium Taxes            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1) From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2) From  the  Account  Value  at  the  time  annuity
                             payments are to commence; or

                         (3) From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4) From  proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                             Contract for any other reason, including death of
                             the  Annuitant  or  Owner,  or  surrender  of the
                             Contract.

                                    Page 7

95020--41
<PAGE>
                                                                         TEXAS

                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.

Changing the Terms       Any change in your  Contract  must be approved by one
of Your Contract         of our  officers.  No agent has the authority to make
                         any  changes  or  waive  any of  the  terms  of  your
                         Contract.

Termination              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         Upon 60 days notice to the Owner,  we may cancel this
                         contract  prior  to  the  time  the  annuity  becomes
                         payable if:

                         (1) No  considerations  have been received  under the
                             contract for a period of two full years; and

                         (2) The Owner's Account Value is less than $500.

                              PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Minimum Payments         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the right to modify
                         these  minimums  or to refuse a Purchase  Payment for
                         any reason.

Allocation of            The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
Purchase Payments        shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so  received.  We reserve the right to
                         limit the total  number  of Fixed  Account  Guarantee
                         Periods and Separate  Account  Divisions  that may be
                         chosen during the life of the Contract.

Premium Taxes            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1) From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2) From  the  Account  Value  at  the  time  annuity
                             payments are to commence; or

                         (3) From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4) From  proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                             Contract for any other reason, including death of
                             the  Annuitant  or  Owner,  or  surrender  of the
                             Contract.

                                    Page 7

95020--44
<PAGE>
                                                                         TEXAS

                         Third Option - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity -
                         An annuity  payable monthly during the joint lifetime
                         of the  Annuitant,  and a  secondary  Annuitant,  and
                         thereafter  during  the  remaining  lifetime  of  the
                         survivor,  ceasing with the last payment prior to the
                         death of the survivor.

                         Fourth Option - Payments for a Designated Period - An
                         amount  payable  monthly  for  the  number  of  years
                         selected  which  may be from 5 to 40  years.  If this
                         option is selected on a variable basis, the number of
                         years  may not  exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the
                         Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         Fifth Option - Payments of a Specific Dollar Amount -
                         The  amount   due  may  be  paid  in  equal   monthly
                         installments of a designated  dollar amount (not less
                         than $125 nor more than $200 per annum per  $1,000 of
                         the original amount due) until the remaining  balance
                         is less than the amount of one installment.  Payments
                         under this  option  are  available  on a fixed  basis
                         only. To determine  the remaining  balance at the end
                         of any month, such balance at the end of the previous
                         month is decreased  by the amount of any  installment
                         paid   during  the  month  and  the  result  will  be
                         accumulated  at an  interest  rate not less than 3.5%
                         compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any
                         time is less than the amount of one installment, such
                         balance  will be paid and will be the  final  payment
                         under the option.

                         In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected
                         on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which
                         cases the  amount  of each  annuity  payment  will be
                         determined on a basis  consistent with that described
                         in this Contract for monthly payments.

                         No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the
                         case where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,
                         unless a minimum initial annuity payment of $100 will
                         be provided. No election of any Annuity Option may be
                         made in the case where a combination of a Fixed and a
                         Variable Annuity is elected, unless a minimum initial
                         annuity   payment  of  $50  on  each  basis  will  be
                         provided.  If the initial  annuity  payment  does not
                         meet the  minimum  amount  required  for the  Annuity
                         Option  elected,  the  Company  will  provide  a less
                         frequent  payment  schedule.  If the Annuity Value is
                         less than $2,000 or payments on a monthly basis would
                         be less than $20.00, the Company will make a lump-sum
                         payment  of the  Account  Value  (less any  Surrender
                         Charge,  uncollected  annual  Maintenance  Charge and
                         applicable  premium  tax)  as of  the  date  of  this
                         determination    to   the    Annuitant    or    other
                         properly-designated Payee.

                         If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated
                         to us, any amount  payable  will be that which  would
                         have been payable had the  misstatement not occurred.
                         We will deduct any overpayment  from the next payment
                         or payments due and add any underpayments to the next
                         payment due.  Interest at an effective annual rate of
                         3.5% will be added to any such adjustment.

Annuity Tables           The tables that follow show the dollar  amount of the
                         first monthly  payment for each $1,000  applied under
                         the options.  Under the First or Second Options,  the
                         amount of each  payment  will  depend upon the sex of
                         the Annuitant and the Annuitant's adjusted age at the
                         time the

                                   Page 20

95020--44

<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                         UTAH
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund all purchase payments received by the Company.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--A
<PAGE>
                            AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE                WEST VIRGINIA
                              Insurance Company

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

All  payments  and  values  provided  by  this  contract,  when  based  on the
investment  experience  of a Separate  Account are  variable,  may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to amount.  See "Separate  Account" on page
10 and "Variable Annuity Payments" on page 16.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund all purchase payments received by the Company.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING--NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/THOMAS B. PHILLIPS                                /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
 ---------------------                                --------------------
 Secretary                                            President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                           [Amercian General Logo]
                               A STOCK COMPANY

                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation


                          Home Office: Houston, Texas

2727-A Allen Parkway   P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401   (713) 831-3505

95020--A


                   AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                RIDER PROVIDING
                          WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGES
              DUE TO TERMINAL ILLNESS, CONFINEMENT IN A HOSPITAL
                          OR IN-PATIENT NURSING HOME,
                    OR DUE TO CATASTROPHIC MEDICAL EXPENSES

This  rider has been added to and made a part of the  Contract  to which it is
attached.

The following provisions are hereby added to the Contract.

Surrender Charge Exception Due to Terminal Illness.

After the first Contract Year, a Surrender Charge will not apply to partial or
total  surrenders  if we receive  satisfactory  evidence that the Annuitant or
Owner is terminally ill with 12 months or less to live.  The Surrender  Charge
may be waived only after:

1.  We receive a request for waiver of  Surrender  Charges  while the Contract
    and this rider are in force; and

2.  We receive a written statement signed by a Physician providing:
  
    a.  the diagnosis; and
  
    b.  a statement  that the medical  condition of the Annuitant or the Owner
        is expected to result in death within 12 months; and

3.  Our right to a second opinion by a physician has been exercised or waived.

A second  medical  opinion  may be  requested  at our  expense.  If the second
opinion differs from the first,  we will submit all medical  information to an
independent third party, and will rely on the third party's decision.

Surrender  Charge  Exception Due to Confinement in a Hospital or an In-Patient
Nursing Home.

Confinement of the Annuitant.After the first Contract Year, a Surrender Charge
will not apply to partial or total surrenders if we receive written proof that
the Annuitant is (or was)  confined in a Hospital or In-Patient  Nursing Home,
provided that:

1.  Such confinement was for a period of 30 consecutive days or more; and

2.  The  surrender  request is made while the  Annuitant  is  confined in such
    Hospital  or Nursing  Home,  or within 30 days after  discharge  from such
    Hospital or Nursing Home.

Confinement  of the  Owner,  Owner's  Spouse  or a  Dependent.After  the first
Contract  Year,  a  Surrender  Charge  will  not  apply  to  partial  or total
surrenders if we receive written proof that the Owner, the Owner's Spouse or a
Dependent,  as defined herein, is confined in a Hospital or In-Patient Nursing
Home, provided that:

1.  Such confinement has existed for 30 consecutive days or more; and

2.  Such confinement is expected to continue on a permanent basis.

The term "Owner" means a natural person designated as Owner of the Contract to
which this rider is attached. "Owner" also means a Joint Owner.

The term  "Owner's  Spouse"  means the Owner's  current  spouse at the time of
confinement.

The term  "dependent"  means a person  who is related  by blood,  adoption  or
marriage to the Owner or the Annuitant,  and who relies primarily on the Owner
or Annuitant for his or her support.

                                 Page 1 of 3

95049

<PAGE>

Surrender Charge Exception For Catastrophic Medical Expenses.

After the first  Contract  Year,  the Owner may apply for waiver of  Surrender
Charges for a partial or total  surrender  equal to or less than the amount of
Catastrophic Medical Expenses for which the Owner or Annuitant is responsible.
To consider waiver of surrender charges under this provision,  we must receive
written proof  satisfactory  to the Company that the Owner or the Annuitant is
responsible for payment of $50,000 or more of medical expenses:

1.  That have not been reimbursed;

2.  That are not subject to reimbursement; and

3.  That are  incurred  during a 12 month  period  beginning  after  the first
    Contract Year.

Catastrophic Medical Expenses may have been incurred by the Annuitant,  Owner,
Owner's  spouse or one or more  dependents  with the Owner or Annuitant  being
responsible for payment.  Definitions of the terms "Owner",  "Owner's  Spouse"
and  "dependent" are located in the exception for Confinement in a Hospital or
an In-Patient Nursing Home.

                                 Definitions

Physician

The term "Physician"  means an individual who is licensed to practice medicine
and treat illness or injury in the state in which  treatment is received,  and
who is acting within the scope of that license. Physician does not include:

1.  The Annuitant;

2.  The Owner (or Joint Owner); or

3.  A spouse,  child,  brother,  sister, parent or grandparent of the Owner or
    the Annuitant.

Hospital

The term "Hospital" means an institution operated pursuant to law for the care
and treatment of sick and injured persons. A Hospital must have facilities for
diagnosis,  surgery and 24 hour nursing services.  Services may be provided in
facilities on the Hospital premises or in facilities available to the Hospital
by contract or agreement. The Hospital must be under the supervision of a duly
licensed physician. The term "Hospital" will not mean or include:

1.  An In-Patient Nursing Home; or

2.  An institution used mainly for psychiatric  care, rest care,  convalescent
    care,  nursing  care,  care  of the  aged  or  care  of  drug  addicts  or
    alcoholics.

In-Patient Nursing Home

The term  "In-Patient  Nursing Home" ("Nursing  Home") means an institution or
special  nursing unit of a Hospital  which meets at least one of the following
requirements:

1.  It is Medicare approved as a provider of skilled nursing care services; or

2.  It is licensed  as a skilled  Nursing  Home,  or as an  intermediate  care
    facility  by the  state in  which  it is  located,  if such  licensing  is
    required; or

3.  It meets all the requirements listed below:
  
    a.  It is licensed  as a Nursing  Home by the state in which it is located
        if such licensing is required;
  
    b.  Its main function is to provide  skilled,  intermediate,  or custodial
        nursing care;

                                 Page 2 of 3

95049

<PAGE>
  
    c.  It is engaged in providing continuous room and board accommodations to
        3 or more persons;
  
    d.  It is under the  supervision  of a  registered  nurse (RN) or licensed
        practical nurse (LPN);
  
    e.  It maintains a daily medical record of each patient; and
  
    f.  It maintains control and records for all medications dispensed.

Contract Provisions Applicable

This rider is subject to all the  conditions and provisions of the Contract to
which it is attached except as otherwise provided in this rider.

Consideration

The  consideration  for this rider is payment of the initial  Purchase Payment
for the base Contract. There is no charge for this rider.

The effective date of this rider is the Date of Issue of the Contract to which
this rider is attached.  This rider will  terminate  upon  termination  of the
Contract.

                                                    /s/ROBERT S. CAUTHEN, Jr.
                                                    --------------------------
                                                    President

                                 Page 3 of 3

95049

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   P. O. BOX 1401, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77251-1401
                         VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION
INSTRUCTIONS: Please type or print in permanent black. 

1.   ANNUITANT
     Name:      John M  Doe
     Address:   123 Main Street
                Houston, Texas 77001
     Phone:   (713) 466-3800        DOB: 5-1-60            (Max Age 85)
     Sex: [ ] M  [ ] F     SS #: 123-45-6789


2.   CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (optional)
     Name:
     Address:

     Phone:                         DOB:                   (Max Age 85)
     Sex: [ ] M  [ ] F     SS #:


3.   OWNER (Complete Only If Different than Annuitant)
     Name:
     Address:

     Phone:                           DOB:                 (Max Age 85)
     Sex: [ ]M  [ ]F     Tax ID or SS #:


     JOINT OWNER (optional) 
     Name:
     Address:

     Phone:                         DOB:                   (Max Age 85)
     Sex: [ ] M  [ ] F     SS #:


4.   BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION (to list additional beneficiaries, 
                              use section 13):
     Primary (if more than one, indicate percentages)
     Name/Relationship      
        Jane Doe / wife 

     Contingent (if more than one, indicate percentages) 
     Name/Relationship 


5.   PAYMENT INFORMATION 
     Initial Purchase Payment (minimum $10,000)     $ 10,000 
     If [ ] 1035X OR [ ] Transfer, estimated amount $
     [ ] Non-Qualified    
     [ ] Qualified: (check appropriate boxes in sections A and B) 
          A.  [ ] Rollover         [ ] Transfer
          B.  Type of Plan: [ ] IRA
                            [ ] SEP-IRA
                            [ ] 401(k)
                            [ ] 401(a)
                            [ ] Other
          Tax Year of applicable contribution


6.   AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OPTION 
     [ ] By checking here, I authorize American General Life to collect $
                                                                (minimum $100)
         starting -------------  by initiating electronic fund transfer (EFT)
                   MONTH/DAY 
         against my bank account with the following frequency: 
         Frequency:    [ ] Monthly          [ ] Quarterly
                       [ ] Semi-annually    [ ] Annually 
               (Attach voided check to application)


7.   INVESTMENT OPTIONS (Total allocation must equal 100%; no fractional 
                         percentages) 
     (00) Emerging Growth Fund                 _____ %
     (00) Enterprise Fund                      _____ %
     (00) Global Equity Fund                   _____ %
     (00) Real Estate Securities Fund          _____ %
     (00) Growth and Income Fund               _____ %
     (00) Asset Allocation Fund                _____ %
     (00) Domestic Income Fund                 _____ %
     (00) Government Fund                      _____ %
     (00) Money Market Fund                    _____ %
     Other ____________________                 100  %
     Fixed Account      (000) 1 yr ______%       (000) 3 yr ______%
                        (000) 5 yr ______%       (000) 7 yr ______%
                        (000)10 yr ______%


8.   REPLACEMENT  Will the proposed contract replace any existing annuity or 
                  insurance contract?    [ ] No     [ ] Yes
     (If yes, list company name, plan, year of issue and complete appropriate 
      replacement documents.) 


9.   TELEPHONE TRANSFER PRIVILEGE: 
     [ ]  By  checking  here,  I  authorize  American  General  Life to act on
          transfer  instructions  given by telephone from me or any person who
          can furnish proper identification. Neither American General Life nor
          any person  authorized by American  General Life will be responsible
          for any claim,  loss,  liability  or expense  in  connection  with a
          telephone  transfer if American  General  Life or such other  person
          acted on telephone  transfer  instructions in good faith in reliance
          on this  authorization.  This  authorization is subject to the terms
          and provisions in the prospectus.  American General Life will employ
          reasonable  procedures to confirm that  telephone  instructions  are
          genuine.  If it does not,  it may be liable  for any  losses  due to
          unauthorized or fraudulent transfers.

    [   ] By    initialing    here,    the   owner   gives   the    Registered
          Representative/Agent   of  record,  the  authority  to  provide,  by
          telephone, fund transfer instructions. This authorization is subject
          to the terms and provisions in the prospectus. American General Life
          will  employ   reasonable   procedures  to  confirm  that  telephone
          instructions  are genuine.  If it does not, it may be liable for any
          losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent transfers.

     [ ]  Check here to decline telephone transfer authorization.

L8771-95
<PAGE>
10.  AUTOMATIC REBALANCING ($25,000 minimum)  
     [ ]  Check  here  for  Automatic  Rebalancing  of  investment,  based  on
          contract  anniversary,  to the percentage  allocations  indicated in
          section  7 or  then in  effect.
          [ ] Quarterly  [ ] Semi-annually  [ ]Annually


11.  DOLLAR COST AVERAGING: 
     (Available by either $ or % allocations.) 
     Dollar cost average [ ] $___________  OR  [ ] _________% (whole % only)
         taken from the  [ ] Money Market Fund  OR  [ ] 1 Year Fixed Account
         Frequency:      [ ] Monthly     [ ] Quarterly      [ ] Semi-Annually
         Duration:  [ ] 12 months    [ ] 24 months    [ ]36 months
                    [ ] 48 months    [ ] 60 months
         to be allocated to the following fund(s)  as indicated.:  
         % or $ ______  Emerging Growth Fund           
         % or $ ______  Enterprise Fund                      
         % or $ ______  Global Equity Fund                    
         % or $ ______  Real Estate Securities Fund
         % or $ ______  Growth and Income Fund
         % or $ ______  Asset Allocation Fund
         % or $ ______  Domestic Income Fund
         % or $ ______  Government Fund
         % or $ ______  Other _____________


12.   SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL ($100 minimum withdrawal) 
      [ ] Specified Dollar Amount $___________
       OR [ ] Percentage of Annuity Value ________%
          Frequency:    [ ] Monthly         [ ] Quarterly
                        [ ] Semi-Annually   [ ] Annually
          To begin on ___________/___________/___________  
          (must be at least 30 days after issue date). 
          Date must be between the 5th and the 24th of the month. 

      NOTICE OF WITHHOLDING 

      The taxable  portion of the  distribution  you receive from your annuity
      contract is subject to federal income tax  withholding  unless you elect
      not to have withholding apply.  Withholding of state income tax may also
      be  required  by your  state of  residence.  You may  elect  not to have
      withholding  apply by checking the  appropriate  box below. If you elect
      not to have withholding apply to your distribution or if you do not have
      enough  income  tax  withheld,  you may be  responsible  for  payment of
      estimated tax. You may incur  penalties under the estimated tax rules if
      your withholding and estimated tax are not sufficient.
      [ ] I do NOT want income tax withheld from this distribution. 
      [ ] I do want  10%  or  _________%  income  tax  withheld  from  this
      distribution.


13.   SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 


14.   SIGNATURES 

      All  statements  made in this  application  are  true to the best of our
      knowledge and belief, and we agree to all terms and conditions as shown.
      We further agree that this  application,  if attached shall be a part of
      the annuity contract, and verify our understanding that ALL PAYMENTS AND
      VALUES PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACT,  WHEN BASED ON INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF
      A FUND, ARE VARIABLE AND NOT GUARANTEED AS TO THE DOLLAR AMOUNT.

      We  acknowledge  receipt of the current  prospectuses  for the  American
      General  Life  Insurance  Company  Separate  Account  D and  Van  Kampen
      American  Capital Life Investment  Trust. If this  application is for an
      IRA or a Simplified  Employee  Pension,  we  acknowledge  receipt of the
      Individual  Retirement  Annuity  Disclosure  Statement provided to us in
      conjunction with the current prospectuses.
      
      Under penalty of perjury,  the contract owner  certifies that the Social
      Security (or taxpayer identification) number is correct as it appears in
      this application.

Signed at     Anytown           TX                Date:    12-1-95
             ------------------------                      ---------- 
               CITY            STATE 
      
             Signature                            Date:
             ------------------------                      ---------- 
             SIGNATURE OF ANNUITANT               SIGNATURE OF OWNER
                                                  (if different than Annuitant)

                                                  Date:
             ------------------------                      ---------- 
             SIGNATURE OF ANNUITANT               SIGNATURE OF OWNER
                                                  (if applicable) 


15.   DEALER/REPRESENTATIVE INFORMATION AND SIGNATURES 
      Registered Representative:                   

      PRINT NAME                                REPRESENTATIVE NUMBER/LOCATION

      PHONE                                     STATE LICENSE NUMBER 

      Will  the  proposed  contract replace any existing  annuity or insurance
      contract?     [ ] NO    [ ] YES

      The  representative  hereby  certifies he/she witnessed the signature(s)
      contained in this application and that all information contained in this
      application is true to the best of his/her knowledge and belief.

      Signature of Representative:___________________________________
      Broker Dealer:              ___________________________________
                                   PRINT NAME
      Branch Office:                                                 
                                  ____________________________________________
                                   STREET ADDRESS    CITY       STATE     ZIP

      Signature of Registered Principal of Broker Dealer:                    

L8771-95


                           LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

     WHEREAS,  American General Life Insurance  Company,  a Texas company (and
its successors, if applicable) ("Company"),  intends from time to time to file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  ("Commission"),  one or more Form
N-4  Registration  Statement(s)  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  and the
Investment  Company Act of 1940,  on behalf of the  Company  and the  Separate
Account(s) maintained or to be maintained by the Company, with such amendments
thereto as may be necessary or appropriate, together with any and all exhibits
and other documents related thereto;

     NOW, THEREFORE, each of the undersigned individuals, in his capacity as a
director or officer of the Company,  hereby  appoints  Thomas B.  Phillips and
Steven A. Glover, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder
of the  other,  his true and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  and with full power of
substitution and resubstitution,  to execute in his name, place, and stead, in
his  capacity  as a director  or  officer or both,  as the case may be, of the
Company,  any  and  all  Form  N-4  Registration  Statements  and  any and all
amendments  thereto  as each said  attorney-in-fact  shall deem  necessary  or
appropriate,   together  with  all  instruments  necessary  or  incidental  in
connection therewith,  and to file the same or cause the same to be filed with
the Commission.  The above-named  attorneys-in-fact shall each have full power
and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned,
in any and all  capacities,  every act  whatsoever  necessary  or desirable in
connection with any and all Form N-4 Registration Statements,  and any and all
amendments  thereto,  as  fully  and  for  all  intents  and  proposes  as the
undersigned might or could do in person,  the undersigned hereby ratifying and
approving the acts of each said attorney-in-fact.

     EXECUTED this 18th day of December, 1995.

                               /s/GEORGE W. BENTHAM
                               --------------------
                               George W. Bentham


                                                                    EXHIBIT 16
                                                             December 27, 1995


                   STATEMENT OF EXEMPTIVE RELIEF RELIED UPON


     American  General Life Insurance  Company ("AG Life"),  American  General
Life  Insurance  Company  Separate  Account D (the  "Account"),  and  American
General  Securities  Incorporated  ("AGSI")  have  received  an  order  of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act")  exempting  them from the  provisions  of
Sections  26(a)(2)(C) and 27(c)(2) of the 1940 Act "to the extent necessary to
permit the  deduction of mortality and expense risk charges from the assets of
Separate Account D." SEC Rel. No. IC-18453 (Dec. 20, 1991) ("Order"), Rel. No.
IC-18417 (Nov. 22, 1991) (Notice) (File No. 812-7811).

     AG Life,  the  Account and AGSI  intend to rely on the  exemptive  relief
granted in the Order in connection with variable  annuity  contracts that will
be funded  through the Account and that have been enhanced as described  below
("Enhanced  Contracts").  AG Life, the Account and AGSI base their reliance on
the Order on the fact  that the  Enhanced  Contracts  do not  differ  from the
variable annuity  contracts that were the subject of a registration  statement
under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  at the  time  of  the  Order  ("Original
Contracts") in any way that is material to the relief granted by the Order.

     The Enhanced Contracts differ from the Original Contracts  principally in
terms of: sale through an additional  distribution channel,  certain different
underlying  investment options,  and certain lower charge levels and generally
enhanced benefits. (The Enhanced Contracts also differ from two generations of
Contracts   subsequent   to  the  Original   Contracts   and   including   the
currently-offered  generation of Contracts. This Statement of Exemptive Relief
Relied Upon addresses only the Original  Contracts,  because only the Original
Contracts were the subject of the Order.)


                        A. Basis for Reliance on Order

     AGSI has served as principal  underwriter for the Original  Contracts and
will  serve  as  principal  underwriter  for the  Enhanced  Contracts  through
wholesale  and retail  broker-dealers.  AGSI intends to continue to distribute
the  Original  Contracts  during at least a portion of the period that AG Life
seeks approval of the Enhanced Contracts from state insurance departments.

<PAGE>

     AG Life,  the  Account  and AGSI base their  reliance on the Order on the
following:

          1.  The  Commission  staff  has  recently  confirmed  that  multiple
     prospectuses may be combined in a single Form N-4 registration  statement
     when the prospectuses describe contracts that are essentially  identical.
     The Commission  staff stated that multiple  prospectuses may be used in a
     single  registration  statement where: (a) the prospectuses  describe the
     same contract that is sold through different  distribution  channels; (b)
     the  prospectuses  describe  contracts  that differ only with  respect to
     underlying funds or portfolio  investment  options  offered;  and (c) the
     prospectuses  describe both the original and  "enhanced"  versions of the
     same contract during the period that the insurance company seeks approval
     of the "enhanced"  version from state  insurance  departments.  SEC Staff
     Industry Comment Letter (Nov. 3, 1995).

          2.  The  foregoing   Commission  staff  position  is  based  on  the
     Commission's  recognition  that the  provisions of some variable  annuity
     contracts may vary slightly depending upon how the contracts are used and
     that contract variations may not warrant separate  registration under the
     Securities  Act of 1933.  SEC Rel.  No.  33-6588 at n. 20 (June 14, 1985)
     (adopting Form N-4 Registration Statement).

          3. Since AG Life, the Account and AGSI received their Order in 1991,
     the Commission has begun following an administrative practice of granting
     exemptive orders under Sections 26(a)(2)(C) and 27(c)(2) of the 1940 Act,
     which orders expressly apply to contracts that "are substantially similar
     in all material respects" to the contracts  described in the applications
     underlying the Orders. See, e.g., Aid Association for Lutherans, Rel. No.
     IC-20773  (Dec.  24, 1994)  (Order),  Rel. No.  IC-20720  (Nov. 18, 1994)
     (Notice) (File No. 812-9130).

          4.  Furthermore,  since AG Life, the Account and AGSI received their
     Order in 1991,  the  Commission  and its staff  have  followed a flexible
     administrative  approach  that  has  permitted  companies  in  situations
     similar to that of AG Life,  the Account and AGSI,  to rely on previously
     granted  exemptive orders under Sections  26(a)(2)(C) and 27(c)(2) relief
     with respect to  significant  contract  variations  where the  variations
     benefit  contractowners.  See, e.g., WF Life Insurance Company, SEC Staff
     No-Action Letter (Jan. 19, 1994).


                                       2

<PAGE>

                          B. Variations in Contracts

     The Enhanced  Contracts  reflect  variations from the Original  Contracts
that lower certain charge levels and generally enhance  benefits.  Neither the
Original Contracts,  the Order, nor the exemptive  application  underlying the
Order  prohibit  any such  variation  in  subsequent  versions of the Original
Contracts.

     Both the  Enhanced  Contracts  and the  Original  Contract  provide for a
mortality  and  expense  risk  assumption  charge  ("M&E  charge") of 1.25% as
reflected in the Order.  At the same time,  AG Life will assume  mortality and
expense risks under the Enhanced Contracts that will at least equal -- and, in
important respects,  exceed -- those under the Original  Contracts.  Regarding
mortality risks, the Enhanced Contracts, for example, differ from the Original
Contracts in providing  for: an enhanced  minimum  guaranteed  death  benefit,
after  the  fifth  contract  anniversary,  equal to the  highest  value on any
contract  anniversary  prior to the deceased's  attained age 81, plus purchase
payments less withdrawals since such anniversary; the minimum guaranteed death
benefit to be  applicable  to age 80  (rather  than age 75);  and an  enhanced
minimum  guaranteed death benefit applicable after age 80 equal to the minimum
guaranteed death benefit  immediately prior to the deceased's attained age 81.
Regarding expense risks, the Enhanced Contracts,  for example, differ from the
Original  Contracts in providing for: an annual  administrative  charge of $30
per contract  (rather than $36); an asset-based  administrative  charge at the
daily  rate  of  0.15%  (rather  than  0.30%);  and a  waiver  of  the  annual
administrative charge per contract for $100,000 or more of cumulative premium.

     Other  principal  differences  between  the  Enhanced  Contracts  and the
Original Contracts are as follows:

          1. The Enhanced  Contracts provide for a sales load that is: lowered
     to a maximum rate of 6% (from 7.5%);  assessed  over seven years  (rather
     than nine);  and lowered in years 3, 5, 6, and 7 by one percentage  point
     and in year 8 by two percentage points.

          2. The Account  subaccounts  funding  the  Enhanced  Contracts  will
     invest  in one  of  the  two  mutual  funds  that  underlie  the  Account
     subaccounts  funding  the  Original  Contracts.   However,  the  Enhanced
     Contracts  will offer a number of different  investment  options than the
     Original Contracts.


                                       3

<PAGE>

          3. The  Enhanced  Contracts  will require a higher  minimum  initial
     purchase  payment of  $10,000  (rather  than  $5,000)  than the  Original
     Contract.


                           C. Actuarial Memorandums

     Each  representation  made in the exemptive  application  underlying  the
Order ("Application") will remain valid as to the Enhanced Contracts.

     The Application  requested  exemptive relief based on the  representation
that the level of the M&E charge under the Original  Contracts was "within the
range of industry practice for comparable annuity  contracts." As noted above,
under the Enhanced Contracts, the rate of the M&E charge will be unchanged and
the CDSL and the  asset-based  administrative  charges  will be  substantially
reduced.  The  representation  quoted above from the  Application  will remain
valid with respect to the Enhanced Contracts.

     AG Life,  the Account and AGSI, in  concluding  that the level of the M&E
charge under the Enhanced  Contracts is within the range of industry  practice
for comparable annuity contracts, have reviewed publicly available information
regarding   variable  annuity  contracts  of  other  companies,   taking  into
consideration  such factors as guaranteed  minimum death benefits,  guaranteed
annuity  purchase  rates,  minimum initial and subsequent  purchase  payments,
other  contract  charges,  the manner in which  charges  are  imposed,  market
sector, investment options under contracts, the rating of the issuer, the size
of the issuer, and availability to individual qualified and  non-tax-qualified
plans.  AG Life will maintain at its principal  office,  and make available on
request to the Commission or its staff, a memorandum  setting forth in detail,
with respect to the Enhanced Contracts, the variable annuity products analyzed
and the methodology and results of AG Life's comparative review.

     Moreover,  AG Life has  concluded  that there is a reasonable  likelihood
that the  proposed  distribution  financing  arrangements  with respect to the
Enhanced  Contracts will benefit the Account and owners of the  Contracts.  AG
Life will maintain at its principal  office,  and make available on request to
the  Commission  or its staff,  a  memorandum  setting  out the basis for such
conclusion.


                                       4

<PAGE>

                                 D. Conclusion

     Based on the foregoing  analysis,  AG Life,  the Account and AGSI believe
(1) that the Enhanced  Contracts will be offered on a basis that is similar to
that on which the  Original  Contracts  were  intended to be  offered,  in all
respects  material to the exemptive  relief  granted by the Order and (2) that
the Enhanced  Contracts are similar to the Original  Contracts in all respects
material to the exemptive relief previously granted by the Order. Accordingly,
AG Life,  the  Account and AGSI  believe  that they may rely on the Order with
respect to the Enhanced Contracts.


                                       5



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission